IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 MA 
 
 .^1^^ 
 
 ,> #^- 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 B^ 1^ 12.2 
 S «iS 111112.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 ||.6 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 7J 
 
 '^2 
 
 >> 
 
 <?^ 
 
 c?m. ' o^S. '"h 
 
 
 ;^ 
 
 
 V. <^S 
 
 
 /A 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 4^ 
 
 <v 
 
 .^ 
 
 -b 
 
 SJ 
 
 N> 
 
 ^ 
 
 'Oi 
 
 :v 
 
 
 O"^ 
 
 ». 
 
 ^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STRSET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 \ 
 
 O' 
 
1'echnical s td Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the bast 
 original copy availab'a for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may b«i ^jibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or vt>hich may significantly change 
 the usuiil method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 • 
 
 Coloured covors/ 
 Couverture ds couleur 
 
 r~~| Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagie 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture risntaurie et/ou peiliculie 
 
 I I Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 r~~l Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes giographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other materi' 1/ 
 Relii avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tighi binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re Mure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distoision le long de ia marge intirieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas iti filmies. 
 
 A Jditional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires: 
 
 Various pagingi. 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il iui a 6ti possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger una 
 modification dans la m6thode normale de filmage 
 sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages/ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaur^es et/ou pelliculies 
 
 Pages discoloured, sta 
 Pages dicolories, tach 
 
 □ Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtachdes 
 
 >/ 
 
 n 
 
 ned or foxed/ 
 tachetdes ou piqu^es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 Quality indgale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du matdriel suppldmentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 Slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmdes i nouveau de facon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 12X 
 
 7 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 28X 
 
 30X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 n 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed hare hat baan raproducad thanks 
 to tha ganarosity of: 
 
 Law Library 
 York University 
 Toronto 
 
 Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha beat quality 
 posaibia considaring tha condition and lagibility 
 of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha 
 filming contract spacif icationa. 
 
 L'axamplaira film* fut raproduit grica h ia 
 g^ntroait* da: 
 
 Law Library 
 York University 
 Toronto 
 
 Laa imagaa suivantaa ont At* raproduitaa avac la 
 plua grand soin, compta tanu da ia condition at 
 da la nattat* da l'axamplaira film*, at Bn 
 conformity avac laa conditions du contrat da 
 fiimaga. 
 
 Original copias in printad papar covars ara fiimad 
 beginning with tha front covar and ending on 
 the last page with a printad or illustrated imprea- 
 sion, or the back covar when appropriate. Ail 
 other original copies ara filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printad or iiiuatrated imprea- 
 sion, and ending on the laat page with a printad 
 or iiiuatrated impreasion. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain tha symbol —^(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or tha symbol y (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Lee exemplairea originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimAe sont filmte en commenpant 
 par la premier plat at en terminant soit par la 
 darniAre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impreasion ou d'iliustration, 9oit par la second 
 plat, salon la caa. Tous lea autraa axempiairas 
 originaux aont fiimAa an commandant par la 
 premiere page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impreasion ou d'iliustration at en terminant par 
 la de. ;.i*re page qui comporte una telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un dee aymboiae suivants apparaltra sur la 
 darnlAre image da cheque microfiche, seion le 
 caa: io symbola -^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
 symbole ▼ signifie "FIN". 
 
 IMaps, plataa, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely inclufled in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames aa 
 required. The following diagrams iiluatrata the 
 method: 
 
 Lea cartae, planches, tabieeux, etc., peuvent Atre 
 fiimte A dee taux da rMuction diff Grants. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atra 
 raproduit en un seul ciichA, ii est film* A partir 
 de I'angle supArieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut an baa, en prenant le nombre 
 d'imegea nAcessaire. Las diagrammes suivants 
 iiiustrent la mithode. 
 
 1 2 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 « 
 
•Bi 
 
 3CH0( 
 BOOKi 
 
 FRIZ] 
 BOOKS 
 
 MAPS 
 Etc. 
 
 Exa 
 
 
 Also ( 
 
 Correspo 
 
 EDUCA 
 

 yK^PQU^^TE^S 
 
 FOB 
 
 BsaaMre^fiu sygpurBS- 
 
 FOR 
 
 P!|^l?lf|€£ OF €t^E^EG. 
 
 -:o:- 
 
 school! Messrs. W. D. & Co. keep constant supplies on hand 
 nnnire f ofallti- Text-Books used in the Province. A-ll 
 JSUU&o. J others procured and supphed. 
 
 PRIZE ] ^^® largest assortment in Canada to select from. Books 
 -Rnnvc f ^^ ^^^ prices, to suit all tastes. Trustees and 
 iSUUivb. J teachers are invited to send for our lists and rates. 
 
 The Johnston Serie.« of Maps. A full line. 
 MAPS, - " 
 
 Etc. 
 
 The Universal fe-.ies. 
 
 Tlie Bartholomew Series. 
 Globes, Blackboards, Charts, Clock Cabdb^ 
 Compasses, Etc, Etc. 
 
 -:o:- 
 
 Examination, Dpawing and Writing Test Paper, 
 
 SCHOOL FOBMS, REGISTERS. 
 
 -:o:- 
 
 Also a Pull Line of Books in General Literature, 
 
 Teacher's Helps, etc. 
 
 -:o:- 
 
 Correspondence Solicited. Quotations Cheerfully Gi7e& 
 
 ALL ORDERS FILLED WITH DESPATCH. 
 
 -:o:- 
 
 W. DBYSDAZE & CO., 
 
 EDUCATIONAL & GENERAL BOOKSELLERS & STATIONERS, 
 
 232 ST. JAMES STREET, 
 
 MONTREAL. 
 
F 
 
 THE 
 
 WM. 
 
CODE 
 
 ov 
 
 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 
 
 OF TBI 
 
 S^o 
 
 PROVINCE OF QUEBEO^^'6 
 
 COMrBISINO 
 
 THE SCHOOL LAW 
 
 WITH NOTSS OP NUMBBOUS JUDICIAL DECISIONS THKBaOM 
 
 AND 
 
 
 THE REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE 
 OF THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, 
 
 COMPILED BY 
 
 PAUL DE Ca^ES 
 
 BKORBTART OP TBI DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUOTIOM. 
 
 T.H(ANSLATED BY 
 JOHN AHERN. 
 
 SECOND EDITION. 
 
 MONTREAL : 
 WM. DEYSDALK k CO., BOOKSELLERS AND STATIONBRS. 
 
 1891. 
 
4i/i 
 
 Bntored a4joordii»it to Act of Parliament, A. D. 1889. in the office of A© 
 
 Minister of Agriculture, Ottawa, by Paul de Cazos, Secretary of 
 
 the Department of Pubiio Instruction, Quebec. 
 
 ^ It^'i^l 
 
 THE HERALD COMPANY'S PBINT. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 TABLE OF CASES REPORTED. 
 LIST OF ABREVIATIONS 
 
 PAGES. 
 
 ... vi 
 
 X 
 
 SCHOOL LAVV^. 
 
 CHAPTER FIRST, 
 INTERPRETATIVE AND DECLARATORY. 
 
 SECTION T.— Interpretative... i 
 
 fSECTION IL-Dkxjlaratory ."'.'.'.'.'.ZV. 4 
 
 I \.—Qmrum of School Corp'orations. .."*.*.'.'*.'*." 4 
 
 « 2.—SrmilaHty 0/ the powers and duties of School Co'rnmi'siivn' 
 
 ers and Trvste.es a 
 
 I 'i.—Docfurnmts ifigncd by Superir) tcndmt and Sicretaries ..... 4 
 
 < i.— Appointments by the LimlcnarU-Govemor a 
 
 i b.— Public Notices g 
 
 j I G.—Teaching of Drawing in Schools *.*.'.!'.'.'.*.'.!*.*..* 7 
 
 f 7.-^Scfiool Exhibitions ',**** 3 
 
 ^ 8. — Holidays in Schools *. a 
 
 ' ^ lO.^Account8 to be submitted ioihii^gislaiure!.!^^^^^^^ 9 
 
 CHAPTER SECOND. 
 DEPARTMENT OF PtJBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 if ACTION I.— General Provisions ia 
 
 j b^criON II.— Si AFP OP THB Department fX 
 
 1 1 l'—^PP(nntrnent of Superintendent and other ojSkersZZ'.'.Z 10 
 
 < 2.— Power* and duties of Superintendent u 
 
M 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 CHAPTER THIRD. 
 
 OOUNaL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND OOBiMITTEES 
 
 THBREOF-SCHOOL INSPECTORS-SCHOOL VISIT- 
 
 0R8-AND BOARDS OF EXAMINERS. 
 
 SECTION I.— Council of Public Instruotion and* Committbeb 
 
 I h—ComkQriHtmofthe Council of I^iclmtjy^tion........ 14 
 
 i 2 ^Meemgs of the Council and of the' Cofnmitteea thereof. itt 
 
 I Z.-'Fmers and duties of tlie Coundi and of tJie CommxtUes 
 
 I 4.— Potwer* of' the" Committees respecting Boards of Exam- 
 
 iners : •• :;: '. ^ 
 
 I 6.—Pinoer« of the Committees respecting the cancelling of 
 teachers diplomas, and inquiries into th£ conduct of 
 
 scli^ol inspectors ; •/•/•••; S 
 
 I ^.'-Powers of the Committees respecting text-books ^ 
 
 8 7.'-Miscellaneous • ^ 
 
 SECTION II.— School Inspecfors f* 
 
 SECTION III.— School Visitors ^ 
 
 SECTION IV.— Boards of Examiners ^ 
 
 { l,^Compositi(m of Boards of Examiners : o« 
 
 I 2.— Pou,«er« and duties of Boards of Examiners oZ 
 
 SECTION v.— Cbntral Board of Examiners - w 
 
 CHAPTER FOURTH. 
 PUBLIC SCHOOLS. 
 
 I 
 
 SECTION I.— Division of the Province into MuNiaPAM- 
 
 ties and Districts for cchool purposes 37 
 
 5 1. — School Munidpolities • jj 
 
 3 2.— School Districts - Jj 
 
 SECTION II.— Dissentient Schools .-. J* 
 
 SECTION III.— School Commissioners and Trustees - 4» 
 
 'i l.^Election of School Commissioners and 2\^tee8... 4» 
 
 8 2,— School Corporations and meetings thereof, -•• *>* 
 
 8 d,^I>uti€S of School Commissioners and Trustees respecHng 
 
 management of schools »• ;:••• "^ 
 
 8 4,^Dutie8 of School Commissioners and Trustees respecting 
 
 school property ..••^* V-'" 
 
 8 6.— I>u<i€s of School Commissioners and Trustees respecting 
 
 school taxes ••••• *^ 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 I Q.^Dutiei of School Commitiionert und Tnuteet re9pecHn0 
 
 Schoolhotuet „ « 80 
 
 { l.—PtnoerB of School O&mmiMoriert and thMeea rim>eeHn^ 
 
 monthly feet .* t 69 
 
 1 8.^PoiMTt of School OotnmiitionerB and Tnutees rtgpectin^ 
 
 tchoolsfor girls. 4 .* k 91 
 
 t 9.— Pow«r« and dviieB of School Commissioners and Trutteek 
 
 remecting the annual census of children 92 
 
 SECTION IV.— Tbustkes op Dissentient Schools— Tmoli 
 
 GENUAL POWERS ANP DVTIEP; 9S 
 
 SECTION v.— Secrbtary-Tbbasurebs of School Commission- 
 
 BBS AND Trustees 94 
 
 8 l,-— General Provisions 94 
 
 { 2,— Examination of the accounts of Secretary-Treasurers by 
 
 an avditor 102 
 
 3 3. — Examination of Secretary'Treasureri? accounts 61/ the 
 
 Superintendent 104 
 
 SECTION VI.— Valuators 109 
 
 SECTION VII.— School Taxes and Contributions 113 
 
 2 1. — Imposition of school taxes 113 
 
 2 2. — Collection of taxes by means of seizure 116 
 
 S 3. — Oppositions to seizure 119 
 
 'i 4. — Annual statement of taxes due 121 
 
 § 5. — Collection at the sams time as Municipal taxes 122 
 
 I 6. — New taxes in certain cases 123 
 
 I 7. — Collection of taxes from Corporations and Incorporated 
 
 Companies « ^ 123 
 
 S S.^^pedal Taxes 126 
 
 I 9.— Voluntary Contributions „ 131 
 
 SECTION VIII.— Common School Fund 132 
 
 ? 1.— Distribution and Application of Common School Fund... 132 
 
 S 2.^Applimtion of Local School JFkind in certain cases 138 
 
 SECTION IX.— Prosecutions and Penalties m 139 
 
 CHAPTER FIFTH. 
 SupsBioB Education , 144 
 
 CHAPTER SIXTH. 
 
 NORMAL SCHOOLS. 
 
 SECTION I— Building Fund fob Normal ScH00i£y btCm 147 
 
 SECTION II.— Management of Nobmal ^Schooul 148 
 
 SECTION III. — Provisions bespecting the JAOQuis-CAsnEB 
 
 Normal School I5I 
 
ivi SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 CHAPTER SEVENTH. 
 Fabriqub Schcx)ls ••• 153 
 
 CHAPTER EIGHTH 
 FcLYTECHNic School of Montreal 1S3 
 
 CHAPTER NINTH. ' \ 
 
 CC7KTY Academies ......M.*«.*«t. 165 
 
 CHAPTER TENTH. 
 Libraries in School Munictpalities 158 
 
 , CHAPTER ELEVENTH. 
 
 PENSION FUND OF OFFICERS OF PRIMARY INSTRUC- 
 TION. 
 
 SECTION I.— Interpretative 159 
 
 fc^ECTION II.— Pensions OP officers 160 
 
 SECTION III.— Pensions OF widows 162 
 
 SECTION IV.— Contributions and stoppages 163 
 
 SECTION v.— Payment of pensions 166 
 
 SECTION VI.— Valuation of salaries 168 
 
 SECnON VII. — Administrative commission 170 
 
 SECTION VIH.- Miscellaneous 171 
 
 FORMS. 
 
 No. 1.— Notice for elechon of School Commissioners and 
 
 Trustees , • 172 
 
 No. 2. — Report to Superintendent op election of School 
 
 Commissioners or Trustees 173 
 
 No. 3.— Notice to School Commissionkhs ob Trusters elected 174 
 
 No. 4. — Notice, of dissent 174 
 
 No. 5.— Notice for spectal MBsnNa op School Commissioners 
 
 or Trustees » 17S 
 
 Ho. 6.— Heading for the minutes of frocbedznqs op School 
 
 Commissioners or Trustees 176 
 
 Ho. 7.— Form op sxtbety bond op thb Segbbtaby-Tbeasubeb... 177 
 
TABLE OF CONTEXTS. ▼ 
 
 No. 8,— Notice OP appointment of Managers 179 
 
 No. 9. — Demand for copy of the valuation roll 179 
 
 No, 10. — No'" s TO rate-payers for examination of cjollec- 
 
 tion roll 180 
 
 No. 11. — Secretary-Treasurer's notice for tub payment ov 
 
 taxes 182 
 
 No. 12. — Warrant OF distress for arrears 183 
 
 No. 13.- Notice of the day and place of sale op goods and 
 
 effects seized for school taxes 184 
 
 No. 14. — Form of teacher's engagement 186 
 
 No. 15. — Valuation of salaries .'. 187 
 
 No. 16. — Application for transfer of payments under Pen- 
 sion Act of 1856 188 
 
 No. 17.— Application for pension 189 
 
 No. 18. — Medical certificate .. 190 
 
 No. 19. — Request for continuance of contribution while 
 
 teaojiing in an indlpendent school 191 
 
 No. 20. — Appucation for pension by widow 192 
 
 INDEX TO THE SCHOOL LAW 193 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE ROMAN CATHOLIC COMMITTEE 
 OF THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE OF 
 THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
VI 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 TABLE OF CASES REPORTED. 
 
 Ui 
 
 i 
 
 ^dams vs. School Commissioners of Barnston 82 
 
 Armstrong ex parte.. 117 
 
 Armstrong et al. vs. Pangborn 52 
 
 Aaclaire VA Poirier 56, 59, 63 
 
 Audette (tal. v^. Duhamel , 65, 141 
 
 Audy V8. School Commissioners of Charlesbourg c 87 
 
 Bachand vs. Corporation of St. Th^dore of Acton 67 
 
 Barette 9S. School Commissioners of St. Colamban 65, 113 
 
 Barette vs, School Commissioners of St. Cyprien 69 
 
 Basin vs. School Commissioners of St. Anselme 66 
 
 B41and vs. L'Heureux ,..., 57 
 
 Bernatchez vs. Hamond 56 
 
 Bei'trand V.S. Lalonde 6 
 
 Bezidres vs. Turcotte 53 
 
 Bl.in vs. Corporation of Granby 65, 116, 117, llS 
 
 Boileaut's. Proulx 51 
 
 Bourdages ex parte 146 
 
 Brisson t;.5. Lafontaine 71 
 
 Brown vs. Corporation of Mor 'real 67 
 
 Browne vs. School Commissioners of Laprairie 70 
 
 Brunelle vs. Brosseau 61 
 
 Brunet vs. Davidson and School Trustees of C6te St. Paul... 66 
 
 Bureau t'5. Normand 59 63 
 
 CentraJ Vermont R. W. Co. and the Town of St. Johns ' 76 
 
 Charest vs^ Veilleux , , , ,.,. 152 
 
 Clercs Paroisslaux de St. Viateur vs. Labelle 2 
 
 Corporation of the Townsnip of Acton vs. Feltou 139 
 
 Bienville m Gillespie e< tir 118 
 
 St. Gabriel (Verdun) vs. The Sisters of tiie 
 
 Congregation of Notre Dame 125 
 
 Grantham vs. Couture <-< a? >... 67 
 
 Longueuil vs. Longueuil Navigation Co 76 
 
 St. Martine vs. Henderson , , 65 
 
 Montreal ?;«. Contant 1jl6 
 
 Montreal i;.». Seminary of St. Sulpice 125 
 
 Quebec vs. Morriu College 79 
 
 Sorel t;s. Armstrong 117 
 
 Cushing vs. School Trustees ( f Acton Vale 43 
 
 Daudelin vs. School Commissioners of St. Jude 140 
 
 De.Bellefeuille et al. vs. Corporation of St. Loula of Mile End.. 66 
 
 It 
 
 (I 
 
 11 
 
 it 
 
 ti 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Vll 
 
 Pelisle vs. School CommisEfioners of St Jchn (Isle of 
 Orleans) 84 
 
 Demeules vs. School Commissioners of St Dominique de 
 
 Jonqui^re 72 
 
 De Yarennes vs. HaI16 c 72 
 
 Dolbec vs. Portelance 54 
 
 Dorais vs. School Commissioners of Warwick 107 
 
 DoB\A[eT et al. vs. Coutu 66, 59 
 
 Doy on vs. Corporation of ihe Parish of St. Joseph 66 
 
 Drolet V8. School Commissioners of Koxton 118 
 
 Duvernay vh. Corporation of St Barth^lemy 67 
 
 Gagnon vs. School Commiflsioners of St Janvier 65 
 
 Gaudry r«. Marcotte 70 
 
 Gauron vs. School Commissioners of St. Louis de Lotbfni^re 72 
 
 Green el vir vs. City of Montreal 119 
 
 Hogan vs. City of Montreal et al 78 
 
 Hogan vs. City of Montreal 114 
 
 Iluneau vs. Magnan 52 
 
 Jobin vs. School Commissioners of Charlesbourg 87 
 
 Lacerte vs. Dufresne 60 
 
 Lafricain t?8. Villeneuve , 2 
 
 Lalibert^t;^. Euelle 59 
 
 Laraway vs. Brimmer 51 
 
 Lavoie vs. HamfJin 61 
 
 Lawford vs. Eobertson 59 
 
 Leclero vs. Corporation of the Parish of St Joachim de la 
 
 Pointe-Clairo and Valois et al 67 
 
 Legaultvs. Paiement. 50 
 
 Lemieux vs. Corporation of St Jean Chrysostdme 84 
 
 Lizotte vs. Lalancette 52 
 
 Loiseau i?a Lacaille 58, 100 
 
 Lovejoy vs. Campbell 1 
 
 Marquis vs. Couillard , 52 
 
 Martel vs. School Commissioners of St. Raymond 84 
 
 Matthews vs. City of Montreal , II7 
 
 Melangonvs. Sylvestre > 53 
 
 M^tras vs. Trudeau et al , 60 
 
 Morrierv*. Easconi 51^ 53^ 56 
 
 Ouimetvs. Normandin 105, '1O8 
 
 Ouimet vs. Verville ' 93 
 
 Pacaud vs. Gagn^ [[[ 53 
 
 Parent vs. Corporation of the Parish of St Sauveur.....V.'."65* 102 
 
 Paris w. Couture , ; 61 
 
 Parsons w. Mayor of Sorel ** 73 
 
 Patton vs. Corporation of St Andrew of Acton .'..... 113 
 
Viii SCHOOL LAkV. 
 
 Pelletier t>a. School Commissionerg of Si Philom^ne 100 
 
 Pineau v«. School Commissioners of Rimouski i ICC 
 
 Principal of the Jacques-Cartier Normal School vs. Pelland.. 150 
 
 T> J* , ^ . " " I's. Poissant. 150 
 
 Kolfe et al. vs. Corporation of the Township of Stoke 110 
 
 Roy vs. Coderre and School Commisstoners of St Ours and 
 
 Meilleur, T.S , 1 
 
 Saumure vs. School Commissioners of St. J4r6me!!.."!" !!!.!! 74 
 
 Sauv6 w. Boileau 50 59 
 
 School Commissioners of Acton vs. Grand Trunk R. Co...... 'll4 
 
 " " St Bridget w. Murray 122 
 
 ,^ " Chambly w. Hickey 105 
 
 ^^ " St Da\id vs. De Varenne 2 
 
 " Hochelaga vs. the Abattoir Co. of 
 
 ^^ Montreal 55 
 
 j^ " Hochelaga vs. Hogan et al 140 
 
 „ * Hochelaga vs. Hudon e< a; 109 
 
 ^^ Iberville t?.». Duquet 73 
 
 ^^ " Kamouraska w. Langlais 108 
 
 a " Laprairie v.". Brosseau e< a^ 82 
 
 „ ;* Ste. Marthe vs. St Pierre et ah 66 
 
 „ . St. Norbert vs. Cr^peau... 76, 113, 115 
 
 St. Pierre de Sorel vs. School Com- 
 missioners of tbi, town of Wil- 
 
 „ ,, liam Henry 65 
 
 „ ^^ Rimouski vs. Grondin 106 
 
 St. Roch Nord vs. Quebec Semin- 
 ^^ ary 78 
 
 " St Roch de Qu6bec-Nord vs. 
 
 \^ Rousseau m 
 
 „ " Roxton Falls vs. Beauchemin 105 
 
 ,j Roxton w. Boston €« aZ 44 
 
 t, " Sillery m Gingras 139 
 
 ,, Tewkesbury t)5. Corrigan 113 
 
 ^ - , ^ Vaudreuil vs. Bastien 69. 105 
 
 School Trustees of St Henri vs. Young 43 
 
 S^guin vs. School Trustees of Point Fortune .*.*.*.'.!.'*.*.'.*.*.'.*.*!." 76 
 
 St George vs. Gadoury ..'..,. 53 
 
 Tremblay vs. School Commissioners of St Vaientin.'.*.' .'.*.* .*.*.*.*.'.* 84 
 
 Trudelle vs. School Commissioners of Charlesbourg 42 
 
 villeneuve vs. Charest gy 
 
 Walsh vs. School Commissioners of Ting wick !.!!.. .*'" 73 
 
 Wilson e< aZ. m City of Montreal 116 
 
 vvyiie w. City of Montreal 79 
 
SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 IX 
 
 LIST OF ABEEVIATIONS. 
 
 C C. — Circuit Court. 
 
 C. Q. B. — Court of Queen's Bench. 
 
 C. R. — Court of Review. 
 
 D. C. A. — Decisions of the Court of Appeal. 
 D. S. C. R. — Digest Supreme Court Reports. 
 L. C. J. — Lower Canada Jurist. 
 
 L. C. R. — Lower Canada Reports. 
 
 L. N.— Legal News. ' 
 
 M. C— Magistrates' Court 
 
 M. C. R. — Montreal Condensed Reports. 
 
 M. L. R. — Montreal Law Reports. 
 
 M. L. R. Q. B. — Montreal Law Reports, Queen's Bench. 
 
 M. L. R. S. C. — Montreal Law Reports, Superior Court 
 
 Q. L. R. — Quebec Law Reports. 
 
 R. C. — Revue Critique. 
 
 R. L. — Revue Legale. 
 
 R C. C. — Regulations of the Roman Catholic Committee. 
 
 R de L. et de J. — Revue de Legislation et de Jurisprudence. 
 
 R. P. C. — Regulations of the Protestant Committee. 
 
 R S. Q.— Revised Statutes of the Province of Quebea 
 
 S. C. — Superior Court 
 
M 
 
 til 
 
 ^lic 
 ac 
 
 iCo: 
 
 '*t 
 
 s 
 
 tin 
 fei 
 18 
 
 Me 
 
 —J 
 
 Mo 
 
SCHOOL LAW; 
 
 
 CHAPTER FIRST. 
 
 INTERPRETATIVE AND DECLARATORY. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 INTERPRETATIVE. 
 
 1. In this law the following words, terms and ex- 
 >ressions, wherever found therein, have the sense. 
 Leaning and application assigned to them, respec- 
 bively, by this article : R. S. Q., art. 1860. 
 
 1. The terms "schools," "common schools," and " pub- 
 flic schools," designate elementary schools, model schools, 
 {academies and every school under the control of school 
 commissioners or trustees. R. S. Q., art. 1860, § 1 ; 
 
 2. The terms "superintendent of education " and 
 j"superintendent,apply tothe superintendent of Public 
 [Instruction. R. S. Q., art. 1860, § 2 ; 
 
 3. The term "teacher" or "professor" applies to 
 female teachers and to all persons, whether lay or reli- 
 gious, teaching in virtue of this law.* R. S. Q., art 
 I860, §3; 
 
 * Teachers are exempt from serving as jurors. Art 2621 , RS.Q. 
 Held .'—That the salary of teachers is exempt from seizure. 
 Roy V8. Coderre and the School Commissioners of St, Ours and 
 
 — M. C. R., p. 73, 2iid edition, and Lovejoy vs, Campbell, S. CI, 
 Montreal, 18S4, Judge Loranger.— L. N., vol. 7, p. 397. 
 
2 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 4. The terms "religious majority" and "religious 
 minority" mean the Roman Catholic or Pi'otestant 
 majority or minority, as the case may be. R. S. Q.. 
 art. 1860, §4; ^ ^' 
 
 5. The term "school municipality " means any terri- 
 tory erected into a municipality for the support of 
 schools under the control ot school commissioners or 
 trustees. R. S. Q., art. 1860, § 5 ; 
 
 6. The term "school corporation " means indifferently 
 corporations of commissioners or of trustees. R. S. 6.. 
 art. 1860, §6; ^ 
 
 7. The term "rate-payer" means any proprietor, 
 lessee, occupant, inhabitant or other individual who, 
 by reason ot* the taxable property which he owns or 
 occupies in a municipality, is liable for the payment 
 of school taxes. R. S. Q., art 1860, § 7 ; 
 
 Held .'—That art. 628 of the "Code of Civil Procedure," which 
 declares the salaries of teachers to be exempt from seizure, does 
 not apply to a person employed as a private tutor and who, as 
 such, travels with his pupil. Lafricain vs. Villeneuve. S.C. 
 Montreal, 1881, Judge Johnson.— L. N., vol. 4, p. 54. 
 
 -He/rf;— That the appellants (an institution incorporated for 
 educational purposes) were legally responsible for the death of 
 respondent s husband ; he having been killed by the burstine 
 of a cannon, which accident was due to the imprudence and 
 incapacity of two pupils of the institution, who fired the cannon 
 on the appellants' grounds and under the surveillance of one of 
 the directors of the institution. Clercs Paroissiaux de St. Viateur 
 ffs. Labelle. C. Q. B., Montreal, 1879.— L. N., vol. 2, p. 83, confirm- 
 ing judgment of S. C, Judge Torrance, 1877.— L. K, vol. 1, p. 63. 
 A ■^^^^••—That an action, taken under the Lessor and Lessee 
 Act (art 887 and following of the Code of Civil Proc.) to eject a 
 teacher, to whom over and above her salary, the privilege of 
 dwelling m the school house had been granted, and who con- 
 bnued to occupy it, against the will of the Commissioners, after 
 ttiejermination of her engagement, could not be maintained for 
 wsixi^ui luriHOiction, tnere being no lease expressed or presumed. 
 
 T. S^^^ % ^"^ «»• ^^ Varenne, C. C, Quebec. 1878. 
 Judge Caron.— Q. L. R, voL 4, p. 206. ' 
 
i "religious 
 : Pi'otestant 
 )e. R. S. Q., 
 
 QS any terri- 
 
 support of 
 
 lissioners or 
 
 ndifferently 
 js. R. S. Q., 
 
 proprietor, 
 vidual who, 
 he owns or 
 le payment 
 
 dure," which 
 
 seizure, does 
 
 and who, as 
 
 neuve, S. C, 
 
 t. 
 
 orporated for 
 the death of 
 the bursting 
 rudence and 
 1 the cannon, 
 ice of one of 
 de St. Viateur 
 . 83, confirm- 
 , vol. 1, p. 63. 
 
 r and Lessee 
 c.) to eject a 
 privilege of 
 id who con- 
 gioners, after 
 lintained for 
 )r presumed, 
 uebec, 1878, 
 
 INTERPRETATIVE. ^ g 
 
 8. The terms " valuator " and " assessor " mean any 
 person appomted by school commissioners or trustees 
 or .by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council to value the 
 taxable property of the school municipality. R. S. Q., 
 
 9. The term "guardian" means: 
 
 1. The guardian appointed to a seizure, 
 
 2. Any person who has the care or control of 
 
 one or more children of school age. R S 
 Q., art. 1860, § 9 ; ^ 
 
 10. The terms " auditor " and « verifier " mean any 
 person appointed by school commissioners or trustees 
 the supermtendent, or the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council to revise or examine the accounts or financial 
 statements of secretary-treasurers. R. S. Q., art. 1860 
 §10; 
 
 11. The term "audit" means the examination or re- 
 vision of the accounts of secretary-treasurers by an 
 auditor or verifier, the production of vouchers in 
 support of such accounts, and the report made by such 
 auditor or verifier. R. S. Q., art. 1860, § 11 ; 
 
 12. The terms "school office" or "school duties" 
 mean all offices or duties filled or performed by persons 
 charged with the enforcement of this law. R S O 
 art. 1860, § 12 ; ^'' 
 
 13. The term " taxable property " means and in- 
 cludes the real property liable for school taxes. R. S. 
 Q., art. 1860, § 13; 
 
 14. The term "absent" means all persons whose 
 domicile is without the limits of the school munici- 
 pahty ; nevertheless, any person, corporation, railway 
 or other company, which has any place of business 
 whatsoever within the municipality, shall be deemed 
 present or domiciled in such municipality ; but such 
 person is not eligible for the position of school com- 
 missioner or trustee. R. S. Q./art. 1860, § 14; 
 
I! .1 
 
 # SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 15. The term "school year" means the twelve 
 zmonths from the first of July of one year to and in- 
 Kjluding the thirtieth of June of the next year. R, S. 
 ^., art. 1860, § 15 ; 
 
 16. The term " month " means a calendar month. 
 K. S. Q., art. 1860, § 16. 
 
 SECTION n. ^ 
 
 I '' 
 
 DECLARATORY, 
 
 § 1. — Quorum of School Corporations, 
 
 2. The quorum of any corporation, board or body 
 constituted under this law shall, unless otherwise 'pro- 
 vided, be an absolute majority of all tho members 
 thereof. R. S. Q., art. 1861. 
 
 3. The majority of the members present at any 
 meeting regularly held, at which there is a quorum, 
 may validly exercise all the powers of the corporation. 
 U S. Q., art. 1861. 
 
 § 2. — Si7)iUarity of the powers and duties of School 
 ComTnissioners and Trustees. 
 
 4. Any powers given to or any obligation imposed 
 upon school commissioners also apply to trustees of 
 dissentient schools in reference to the schools and 
 school districts under their control. R. S. Q., art. 1802. 
 
 § 3.^ — Docv/ments signed by Superintendent and 
 
 Secretaries, 
 
 5. All documents, whether originals or copies, signed 
 •or certified bv the superintendent of Public Instruction, 
 
 a/ z^ 
 
 shall be primd facie evidence of the truth of what is 
 4iherein stated. R. S. Q., art. 1863. 
 
DECLARATORY. 
 
 5 
 
 6. All documents, whether originals or copies, signed 
 by a secretary or assistant secretary of the Depart- 
 ment of Public Instruction, shall be authentic, and 
 shall make proof of their contents without it being 
 [necessary to prove the signature. R. S. Q., art. 1864. 
 
 § 4. — Appointments by the Lieutenant-Governor. 
 
 T. No failure to elect any officer, or to levy any tax, 
 I shall prevent the execution of any provision of this 
 jlaw, which shall, in any such case, be carried into 
 jeffect by the Lieutenant-Governor, by means of the 
 mperintendent of Public Instruction, and of school 
 commissioners or trustees, valuators, teachers and 
 [other functionaries, authorized to that end by law. R. 
 |S. Q , art. 1865, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 11. 
 8. In the case of the preceding aj-ticle, commissioners 
 )r trustees may be appointed by the Lieutenant- 
 lovernor, at the instance of the superintendent of 
 Public Instruction. They shall have the right of ap- 
 pointing valuators, teachers, and other officers, all of 
 whom, in their several capacities, shall have respect- 
 1 ively all the rights, powers and authority, which, under 
 this law, would have been possessed by the persons 
 [who ought to have been elected or to have acted under 
 the like names of office or with similar functions, and 
 [shall have the same duties and be liable to the same 
 penalties. R. S. Q., art. 1866, as amended by 53 Vict., 
 chap. 27, art. 11. J > 
 
 O. Whenever school commissioners or trustees are 
 appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor, the school 
 commissioners or trustees, previously in office, shall, 
 from the date of such appointment, cease to possess 
 8,ny power or to act as such ; so also shall all valuators 
 and^other offic3rs appointed by, or acting under them, 
 art. 1867, as amended 
 
 art. 11. 
 
 by 53 Vict, chap. 27, 
 
1 
 
 91 ! 
 
 
 11 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 10. The Lieutenant-Governor may, at all times, and 
 as often as he deems it necessary to do so, annul the 
 appointment of commissioners or trustees made by him 
 and that of the other officers acting under them, and 
 may appoint other commissioners or trustees in their 
 stead, who shall proceed to appoint officers to perform 
 the duties pertaining to their office, and, during their 
 incumbency in the said office, to do all those things 
 which their predecessors have neglected or refused to 
 do.* R. S. Q., art. 1868, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 
 27, art. 11. . 
 
 § 5. — Public Notices. 
 
 11. The publication of a public notice for school 
 purposes is made by posting up a copy of such notice 
 at two different places in the municipality, from time 
 to time indicated by resolution of the school corpora- 
 tion. R. S. Q., art. 1869. 
 
 18. In default of localities indicated by the school 
 corporation, the public notice must be posted upon or 
 near the principal door of at least one place of public 
 worship, if any there be, and at some other place of 
 public resort, in such municipality. R. S. Q., art. 1869. 
 
 13. In either case, if there is a Roman Catholic 
 church in the municipality, the notice must be posted 
 upon or near the principal door of such church. R. S. 
 Q., art. 1869. 
 
 14. The school corporation may also, by resolution, 
 fix one or more localities in the municipality, or in a 
 neighboring city, town or village municipality, if such 
 city, town or village municipality forms part of the 
 
 * Held.— That the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may annul 
 the appointment of a school commissioner (or trustee) by him 
 made and may appoint another commissioner (or trustee) in his 
 stead. Bertravd vf>. Lalondf, S. C. Terrebonne, 1883, Judge | 
 B^langer. — L. N., voL 6, p. 3(i5. 
 
DECLARATORY. 
 
 I times, and 
 ►, annul the 
 ade by him 
 
 them, and 
 es in their 
 to perform 
 aring their 
 liose things 
 
 refused to 
 Vict., chap. 
 
 for school 
 such notice 
 
 from time 
 •ol corpora- 
 
 ' the school 
 3d upon or 
 e of public 
 er place of 
 J, art. 1869. 
 bU Catholic 
 i be posted 
 irch. R. S. 
 
 resolution, 
 ty, or in a 
 ity, if such 
 )art of the 
 
 il may annul 
 
 istee) by him 
 
 rnstee) in his 
 
 1883, Judge 
 
 same parish or of the same township, in which any 
 )ublic notice must be read out aloud, in a distinct 
 lanner, on the Sunday next following the day on 
 rhich the same was published, at the close of divine 
 iervice, if such service has been held. 
 
 The omission to read such notice does not invalidate 
 bhe publication of the notice, but the persons whc 
 |were bound or who undertook to read it thereby incur 
 penalty of not less than two or more than ten 
 loUars. R. S. Q., art. 1870. 
 
 15. Every time a notice is ordered to be published 
 In one or more newspapers, such notice must be in- 
 serted in newspapers published at least once a week 
 in the county, if any there be, if not, in newspapers of 
 [the district, or of the neighboring district if no news- 
 )apers are published in the first district. 
 
 The same rule applies when such notice must ap- 
 )ear in two newspapers published in different lan- 
 fguages. R. S. Q., art. 1871. 
 
 10. No notice can be inserted in English and in 
 I French in a newspaper published in one of these lan- 
 [guao-es only. R. S. Q., art. 1872. 
 
 17. Every public notice convening any public meet- 
 [ing or for any object whatever, must be given and 
 published seven clear days before the day appointed 
 I for such meeting or other proceeding, except in cases 
 otherwise provided for. R. S. Q., art. 1873. 
 
 18. Public notices are applicable to and binding 
 upon proprietors or rate-payers domiciled out of the 
 municipality, in the same manner as they are upon 
 residents, except in cases otherwise provided for. R. 
 S. Q., art. 1874. 
 
 il 
 
 § 6. — Teaching of Drawing in Schools, 
 
 19 
 
 all 
 
 Drawing shall, as far as possible, be taught in 
 schools. R. S. Q., art. 1876. 
 
1;l ! 
 
 I'* 
 
 i'\ 
 
 I '! 
 
 !!f| 
 
 I i 
 
 5 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 24#. The Council of Arts and Manufactures, in addi- 
 tion to the regulations which it is authorized to mako 
 by law, shall further make regulations for the estab- 
 lishment of a system of teacTiini( drawing in all its 
 branches, and cause it to be followed in the schools 
 under the control of school commissioners and trustees. 
 The council shall determine the manner and method to 
 be followed in teaching drawing, shall approve the 
 text-books, drawing-l^oks, maps or plans to be used 
 in each school for that purpose, and, as far as possible, 
 make such system uniform. 
 
 Such regulations shall be submitted to the approval 
 of the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee o£ the 
 Council of Public Instruction, as the case may be. 
 After they have been approved, the superintendent 
 shall cause them to be published in the Quebec OfKcliil 
 Gazette, and they shall then come into force. R. 8. Q., 
 art. 1876. 
 
 § 7. — School Exhihitiona, 
 
 21. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may, on 
 the recommendation of the Council of Public Instruc- 
 tion, or on the report of the superiotendent, make, 
 adopt and promulgate regulations for holding, estab- 
 lishing, directing and maintaining school exhibitions, 
 and may appoint one or more commissioners for that 
 purpose, whose duty it s\\^\\ be to obey the instruc- 
 tions given by the Lieu tenant-Go verrrr in Council. 
 
 Such regulations shall be publishri m ihe Qiu.leo 
 Official Gazette. R. S. Q., art. 1877. 
 
 § 8. — Holidaya vn Schools. 
 
 mmr.-.-. KPOihiij \jLa,y io uc;v;xairi;u. wj uu ih iiuiiUciy in every 
 
 se.bnrv] V Titirtr the control of oommissioners or tmaf^k^Q 
 
DECLARATORY. g 
 
 unless a regulation to the contrary be adopted by the 
 commissioners or trustees and approved by the super- 
 intendent ; but such regulations may, at any time, be 
 repealed by the superintendent, or by the commission- 
 ers or trustees after notice duly given by the latter to 
 the superintenJfint. R. S. Q., art. 1878. 
 
 23. The Roman Catholic and Protestant Commit- 
 tee may, with the approval of the Lieutenant-Gover- 
 nor in Council, fix the other holidays in the school* 
 under their respective control. R. S. Q., art. 1878. 
 
 § 9. — Forma, 
 
 24. The forms inserted in this law form part there- 
 of and are sufficient for all cases for which they are 
 •proposed Any other form to tli^ like efi'ect may also 
 
 e employed. R.S. Q., art. 1879. 
 
 § 10. — Accounts to he submitted to the Legislatwre, 
 
 25. An account of all moneys expended under the 
 authority of this law during each fiscal year shall be 
 laid before both Houses of the Legislature, within the 
 first fifteen days after the opening of the then next 
 session thereof. R. S. Q., art. 1880. 
 
 I 
 
n 
 
 i :;:fi! 
 
 in: I 
 
 10 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 CHAPTER SECOND. 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 GENERAL PROVISIONS. 
 
 20. The Department of Public Instruction forms 
 part of the Civil Service of the Province, and the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council designates the officers 
 of the Department who shall be members of the Board 
 of Examiners for the Civil Service. R. S. Q., art. 1881. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 P.iPlii 
 
 STAFF OF TH^ DEPARTMENT. 
 
 § 1.— Appointment of Sicperintendent and other 
 
 icers. 
 
 27. A superintendent of Public Instruction is ap- 
 pointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council 
 
 He has charge of the Department of Public Instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 He holds his office during pleasure. 
 
 He gives security in the sum of eight thousand dol- 
 lars m conformity with section fourth of chapter third 
 of title third of the Revised Statutes of the Province 
 of Quebec respecting the security to be ffiven bv 
 public officers. ^ 
 
 The salary of the superintendent is four thousand 
 
 liars per annum. 11 S. Q., art. 1882. 
 ^ as. Two secretaries of the Department of Public 
 Instruction may be appointed, as may also all other 
 
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 11 
 
 if. 
 
 on forms 
 and the 
 le officers 
 he Board 
 art. 1881. 
 
 i other 
 
 m IS ap- 
 3ii. 
 
 Instruc- 
 
 land doi- 
 ter third 
 Province 
 iven by 
 
 housand 
 
 officers required for the due administration of the laws 
 respecting public instruction. R. S. Q., art. 1883. 
 
 29. The secretaries, as deputy-heads of the Depart- 
 ment, have, under the direction of the superintendent, 
 
 [the general control of matters connected therewith, 
 ;and exercise the powers and duties assigned to them 
 I by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council. R. S. Q., art. 
 1884. 
 
 30. In the absence of the superintendent, they may 
 [suspend any employee of the Department who refuses 
 or neglects to obey their orders, or whose conduct they 
 [may deeiP blameworthy. They shall report such sus- 
 [pension to the head of the Department. R. S. Q., art. 
 
 1884. 
 
 § 2.-^Pciuers and duties of Superintendent 
 
 35. The suporintendcnt possesses all the powers, 
 
 functions, rigljts and obligations conferred or imposed 
 
 upon him by the various articles enacted in this law 
 
 ^an«l the provisions of the Revised Statutes of the 
 
 [Province of Quebec respecting his office. R. S. Q., art. 
 
 32, The superintendent, in the exercise of his func- 
 tions, is bourd to comply with the directions of the 
 Council of Public Instruction, or with those of the 
 Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, as the case 
 niiiy be. R. S. Q., art. 1886. 
 
 33. In case the superintendent is absent from the 
 Province, or in case of continued illness, he may dele- 
 gate to ono of the secretaries of the Department, the 
 powers conferred upon him by law. R. S. Q., art. 1887. 
 
 the Council of Public Instruction, member of each of 
 the two Committees thereof, visitor-general of all 
 public schools, member of the Council of Arts a,nd 
 
12 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ! m i 
 
 ll!i 
 
 i ! 
 
 Manufactures, and visitor of the schools of arts and 
 Hianufactures. R. S. Q., art. 1888. 
 ^ .Ji ;A^he superintendent, and,— if the superinten- 
 dent delegates the power to them— the secretaries of 
 the Department of Public Instruction and school in- 
 spectors have power to hold inquiries, to summon 
 betore them and admmister oaths to all persons, wit- 
 nessesorpai'ties,inall inquiries or difficulties what- 
 soever which may arise in reference to schools or 
 sdiool-houses, in the same manner and to the same 
 eliect as if such powers had been specially conferred 
 upon them by the Lieutenant-Governor ; the whole in 
 accordance with chapter second of title tliird of the 
 Revised Statutes of the Province of Quebec, respect- 
 ing inquiries concerning public matters, which shall 
 apply to such inquiries and to all those which the 
 superintendent and each of the Committees of the 
 Council of Public Instruction may order. 
 
 When the investigation is held at the request of one 
 or more rate-payers, the superintendent may require 
 tlic person vvho applies for the same, to deposit an 
 amount sufticient to cover the expenses. R. S. Q, art. 
 
 30 
 
 statii 
 
 stitutions, puDlic libraries, and art. literary and scien- 
 titic societies aiid in general respecting all subjects 
 connected with literary and intellectual progress. R. 
 o. V(^., art. J 690. 
 
 ^7. The superintendent shall draw up, in accord- 
 ance witJi the directions of the Council of Public 
 Instruction or of the Committees thereof, a detailed 
 statement of the sums required for public instructici 
 
 .,„ ,.,,.^ ocwiic auiauttiiv vo coe uovemuient. K. 
 
 fc>. Q., art. 1891. 
 
 S». It iy specially the duty of the superintendent : 
 
 ^O The superintendent shall compile and publish 
 .istics anci information, respecting? educational in- 
 
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 13 
 
 £ arts and 
 
 mperinten- 
 refcaries of 
 school in- 
 3 summon 
 rsons, wit- 
 ties what- 
 schools or 
 the same 
 conferred 
 e whole in 
 ird of the 
 c, respect- 
 hich shall 
 ivhich the 
 es of the 
 
 lest of one 
 y require 
 leposit an 
 S. Q., art. 
 
 d publish 
 bional in- 
 nd scien- 
 l subjects 
 yress. R. 
 
 Q accord- 
 of Public 
 i detailed 
 structicn, 
 inent. R. 
 
 1. To receive from the Provincial Treasurer, in ad- 
 Idition to the amounts appropriated for superior educa- 
 Ition, all sums of money appropriated for public school 
 [purposes, and to distribute the same among the school 
 [commissioners and trustees of the respective munici- 
 [palities, according to law, and in proportion to the 
 population of the same, as ascertained by the then 
 [last census; 
 
 2. To prepare and cause to be printed and distri- 
 [buted all necessary forms ; 
 
 3. To prepare and cause to be printed recommenda- 
 bions and advice on the management of schools, for the 
 
 [school commissioners and trustees, and for the secre- 
 barj'-'treasurers and teachers ; 
 
 4. To keep correct books and distinct schedules of 
 ill the matters under his superintendence and control* 
 50 that all requisite information may be clearly and 
 
 [promptly obtained by the Government, the Legisla- 
 !ture, or the school visitors ; 
 
 5. To examine and control the accounts of all per- 
 sons, corporations and associations accountable for any 
 I public moneys appropriated and distributed under the 
 [laws relating to schools, and to report whether the 
 I said moneys are bond fide applied for the purposes for 
 which they were granted ; 
 
 6. To lay annually before the three branches of the 
 Legislature a detailed report of the actual state of 
 education in the Province, tables of schools, numbers 
 of children attending them, and other like matters ; 
 
 7. To state in his yearly report to the Legislature, 
 what he has done with the amounts voted for educa- 
 tion during the period to which such report relates ; 
 
 8. To perform all the duties assigned to him by this 
 law, and further such duties as the Lieutenant-Gover- 
 nor in Council may see fit to assign to hini respecting : 
 
 n 
 
iiii 
 
 
 !il 
 
 I ill 
 
 Hi ! 
 
 14 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 IW ' li 
 
 a. The establishment or encouragement of art, liter- 
 ary or scientific societies ; 
 
 6. The establishment of libraries, museums or pic- 
 ture galleries, by such societies, by the Government, or 
 by institutions receiving Government aid ; 
 
 c. The support of competition-? and examinations, 
 and the distribution of diplomas, medals, or other 
 marks of distinction, for artistic, literary or scientitic 
 labors, ^ 
 
 (L The establishment of schools for adults, and the 
 instruction of workmen and artisans ; 
 
 e. All which in general relates to the support and 
 encouragement of arts, letters and science , 
 
 / The distribution of the Funds placed at ills dis- 
 posal by the Legislature tor each such purpose R S. 
 Q,art. 1 892. 
 
 i 
 
 III 
 
 h;!I ! 
 
 CHAPTER THIRD 
 
 COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND COMMITTEES 
 THEREOF. SCHOOL INSPECTORS SCHOOL VISITORS 
 AND BOARDS OF EXAMINERS 
 
 SECTION F. 
 
 COUNCIL OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND COMMITTEES THEREOF. 
 
 § 1. — Composition of the Council of Public Instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 39. The Council of Public Instruction is composed 
 of Romam Catholic and Protestant members, as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 1. The bishops, ordinaries, or administrators of the 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES. 
 
 15 
 
 THEREOF. 
 
 Roman Catholic dioceses and apostolic vicariates, 
 situated either in whole or in part in the Province, 
 who are members ex-oficio ; 
 
 2. An equal number of Roman Catholic laymen 
 appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council ; 
 
 3. A number o£ Protestant members, equal to the 
 number of Roman Catholic members appointed by the 
 Lieutenant-Governor ir. Council, who are appointed 
 in the same manner. R S Q., art 1893. 
 
 40. The Council of Public Instruction is divided 
 into two Committees, the one consisting of the Roman 
 Catholic and the oth?r of the Protestant members 
 thereof R. S Q, art 1894. 
 
 41. The superintendent is a member of the Council 
 ot Public Instruction and ex-officio the chairman there- 
 ot In the case of the absence or sickness of the 
 superintendent, the Council shall appoint one of its 
 members present to act as chairman of the meeting. 
 
 The superintendent is also ex-ojfficio a member of 
 each Committee, but he is entitled to vote only in the 
 Committee to which he, by religion, belongs. R. S. Q., 
 art 1895 
 
 42 The members of the Council who are appointed 
 as such hold office during pleasure. * 
 
 In the discharge of their duties, they are subject to 
 the lawful orders and directions of the Lieutenant- 
 Governor in Council. R. S. Q., art. 1896. 
 
 43 The two secretaries of the Department of Pub- 
 lic Instruction are joint secretaries of the Council. 
 They shall enter its proceedings in a book kept for 
 that purpose and shall, as they may be directed, pro- 
 cure all maps, books and stationery, and keep the 
 accounts of the Council. R. S. Q., art. 1897. 
 
 44. The expenses attending the acts and proceed- 
 ings of the Council are defrayed and accounted for by 
 the superintendent as part of the contingent expenses 
 
 i 
 
16 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 ili! 
 
 !i I 
 
 of the Department of Public Instruction. R. S. 
 art. 1898. 
 
 § 2.— Meetings of the Council and of the Committees 
 
 thereof 
 
 45. The superintendent shall provide a suitable 
 place for the meetings of the Council. He may call a 
 special meeting of the Council at any time by giving 
 due notice to his colleagues. R. S. Q., art. 1899. 
 
 40. The Council fixes its quorum and also a parti- 
 cular quorum for special meetings held in virtue of 
 the provisions respecting the cancelling of teachers' 
 diplomas and inquiries into the conduct of school 
 inspectors. R. S. Q., art. 1900. 
 
 4T. Each Committee shall have its sittings or meet- 
 ings separate, and it may Rx the period and number 
 thereof. 
 
 It shall establish its quorum, settle the mode of pro- 
 <;edure at its meetings, appoint a chairman and secre- 
 tary, and revoke such appointments at pleasure. R 
 S. Q., art. 1901. 
 
 48. The chairman of the Council and of each Com- 
 mittee thereof shall have, on all questions in which the 
 votes are 'equal, a second or casting vote. R. S. O 
 art. 1907. ^ ^' 
 
 49. It shall be the duty of the secretary of each 
 Committee : 
 
 1. To keep a record of its proceedings in a register, 
 and conduct the correspondence of his own particular 
 Committee ; 
 
 2. To report to his own Committee all documents 
 coming into his hands or matters within his notice, 
 which lie within the jurisdiction of his particular 
 Committee ; 
 
 3. To deposit, among the archives of the Depart- 
 ment of Public Instruction, such record of proceedings, 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES. 
 
 17 
 
 Sfs or meet- 
 
 such correspondence and all such documents. R. S. Q., 
 irt. 1902. 
 
 50. The members of the Protestant Committee may 
 Lssociate with themselves five persons to assist them 
 In their labors, and the Provincial Association of Pro- 
 lestant teachers may, each year, at their annual meet- 
 ing, elect one of their members to be also an associate 
 
 lember of the Protestant Committee. 
 Such persons shall not form part of the Council of 
 *ublic Instruction, but shall have, in the Protestant 
 Committee, the same powers as the ordinary members 
 ^f such Committee. R S. Q., art. 1903, as amended by 
 \2 Vict , chap. 23, art. 1. 
 
 51. Special meetings of each of such Committees 
 lay be convened by the chairman or by the superin- 
 tendent. 
 
 Such meetings are held after notice given to each 
 lember of the Committee, at least eight days in ad- 
 vance. R. S. Q., art. 1904. 
 
 52. If two or more members of either Committee 
 require, in writing, the superintendent or chairman of 
 their respective Committee, to convene a special meet- 
 ing of such Committee, it shall be the duty of the 
 mperintendent or of the chairman to convene it, in the 
 
 lanner prescribed by the preceding article. R. S. Q., 
 irt. 1905. 
 
 53. The superintendent shall also call a special 
 leeting of the Council of Public Instruction by giving 
 
 jthe notice above mentioned, when required so to do by 
 [the Lieutenant-Governor in Council or by either Com- 
 littee. R. S. Q., art. 1*906. 
 
 54. Each Roman Catholic bishop, vicar apostolic, or 
 [administrator of a Roman Catholic diocese, if unable 
 through illness or absence from the Province to be 
 present at the meetings of the Council, or at those of 
 the Committee of which he forms part, may appoint a 
 delegate to represent him, and such delegate shall have 
 
18 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 I '' 
 
 ililf! 
 
 
 all the rights of the person appointing him. U S. Q., 
 art. 1908. 
 
 55. The Council and each of the Committees there- 
 of may appomt sub-committees, or may appoint one 
 or two delegates, for the consideration o? all affairs 
 submitted to them ; every such delegate and sub- 
 committee shall make a report of their proceedings to 
 the Council or to the Committee which appointed 
 them. R. S. Q., art. 1909. 
 
 X ^^ The matters and things which by law belong 
 to the said Council shall be referred to it, in so far f^ 
 they shall specially affect the interests of both Roman 
 Catholic and Protestant education, and in such manner 
 and form as the whole shall from time to time be de- 
 termined by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council on 
 the report of the superintendent of Public Instruction. 
 R. S. Q., art. 1910. 
 
 57. Everything within the scope of the functions 
 ot the Council of Public Instruction, which specially 
 concerns the schools and public instruction generally 
 of Roman Catholics, shall be within the exclusive 
 jurisdiction of the Roman Catholic Committee of such 
 Council. In the same manner, everything within the 
 scope of such functions, which specially concerns the 
 schools and public instruction generally of Protestants, 
 shall be within the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pi 
 testant Committee. R. S. Q., art. 1911. 
 
 § S.— Powers and duties of the Council and of the 
 
 Committees thereof 
 
 58. It shall be the duty of the Council of Public 
 Instruction, or of the Roman Catholic and Protestant 
 Committees respectively, according as the provisions 
 of the preceding articles may require, with the appro- 
 val of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council : 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES. 
 
 I» 
 
 •?¥ 
 
 1. To fix the time of their meetings and the mode of 
 proceeding ; 
 
 2. To make regulations respecting normal schools ; 
 
 3. To make, from time to time, regulations for the 
 organization, government and discipline of public 
 schools, and for the classification of schools and 
 teachers ; 
 
 4. To select and cause to be published, due regard 
 being had in such selection to schools in which the 
 teaching is in French and to those in which the teach- 
 ing is in English, text-books, maps and globes to be 
 used, to the exclusion of all others, in the elementary- 
 schools, model schools and academies under the con- 
 trol of school commissioners or trustees. 
 
 This provision shall not extend to the selection of 
 books having reference to religion or morals, which 
 selection shall be made as provided by paragraph 4 of 
 article 224 ; 
 
 5. To acquire the copyright of books, maps, pieces 
 of music or other publications, whether originals, 
 copies or compilations, published under their direction 
 for the use of schools in the Province ; 
 
 6. To cause to be inserted by the superintendent, in 
 a book to be kepi for that purpose, in such manner 
 
 ^ and form as they may direct, the names and grades 
 , and classes of all teachers who have received diplomas 
 +>om the boards of examiners, also the names of all 
 teachers who, after having gone through the regular 
 course of instruction in any normal school, have re- 
 ceived diplomas from the superintendent. 
 
 To ensure compliance with this provision, it shall be 
 the duty of the superintendent to cause to be laid 
 trom time to time, before the Council, the names and 
 c.assiucatiOii of all persons admitted as teachers by the 
 different boards of examiners since their establishment 
 to the date of such statement, and the names of all 
 
 * n 
 
1 1 
 
 ^0 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 teachers who have received from him diplomas after 
 going through the proper course of instruction in any 
 normal school. R. S. Q., art. 1912. 
 
 § 4. — Powers of the Gommitteea respecting Boards oj 
 
 Examiners, 
 
 ill !l 
 
 m' ' 
 
 59. The "Roman Catholic or Protestant committee 
 may make regulations foi the government, manage- 
 ment, division or subdivision of boards of examiners 
 of the religious faith of such Committee ; and such 
 regulations shall come into force after having been 
 fianctioned by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council and 
 published in the Quebec Official Gazette. R.S.Q., art. 
 1918. 
 
 60. With the approval of the Lieutenant-Gov- 
 ernor in Council, each of the Commitees of the said 
 Council of Public Instruction may change the time of 
 meeting of boards of examiners, and fix the date at 
 which each of the said boards shall hold its meetings, 
 in such manner as it may deem proper. 
 
 The superintendent shall cause such alterations to 
 he published in the Quebec Official Gazette. R. S. Q., 
 art. 1914. 
 
 5. — Powers of the Committees respecting the cancel- 
 ling of teachers' diplomat, and inquiries into the 
 condvjct of school inspectors, 
 
 1. — RESPEOTING THE CANOELLINQ OF TBAGHEBS' DIPLOMAS. 
 
 Ol. For bad conduct, immorality or intemperance, 
 
 <jase may be, may revoke any diploma granted by any 
 Iboard ol examiners to any teacher, or granted to any 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES. 
 
 n 
 
 DIPLOMAS. 
 
 student of any normal school by the superintendent. 
 R. S. Q., art. 1915. 
 
 62. Such revocation cannot take place except upon 
 an accusation in writing against the teacher, made by 
 one or more persons and addressed to the Committee of 
 the Council of Public Instruction of the religious faith 
 of such teacher, or contained in the report of a school 
 inspector made to the superintendent. R.S.Q., art. 1916. 
 
 63. In either of the cases mentioned in the preced- 
 ing article, the superintendent shall send a copy of the 
 complaint or of the report to the teacher accused, 
 requiring him to appear before him at the Department 
 of Public Instruction, at Quebec, or at any other place 
 named by him, within eight days at least from the date 
 of the service upon him by a bailiff, of the said accu- 
 sation or report, to declare whether he admits or 
 denies the charges brought against him; and the 
 superintendent shall receive such admission or denial, 
 which shall be made in writing. R. S. Q., art. 1916, 
 as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 1. 
 
 64. The superintendent shall submit the documents 
 mentioned in the preceding article at the next meeting 
 of the Committee of the religious faith to which the 
 accused teacher belongs. 
 
 If the Committee decides that an investigation shall 
 be held, it shall hear the witnesses who shall be sworn 
 by the chairman, or, in the contrary case, the Com- 
 mittee dismisses the accusation. 
 
 T^e said documents may also be submitted to a 
 special or permanent sub-committee named by the 
 Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, as the case 
 may be, which shall have the same powers as the Com- 
 mittee which named it. R. S. Q., art. 1917. 
 
 ©&. If the Roman Catholic or Protestant Commit- 
 tee, or the special or permanent sub-committee, as the 
 case may be, decides that the investigation should be 
 
 I 
 
2f 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 lielil in the locality of, or in the immediate neighbor- 
 hood of the locality of, the persons interested and of 
 the witnesses, it may appoint one or more commission- 
 ers to take the evidence of witnes.ses. R. S. 6.. ari 
 1918. 
 
 60. The document appointing the commissioners 
 shall issue from either Committee or from the said sub- 
 committee, and shall be signed by the secretary of the 
 Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, as the case 
 may be. R. S. Q., art. 1919. 
 
 07. The commissioner or commissioners shall no- 
 tify the parties of the time at which they will have to 
 produce their witnesses. 
 
 The commi.ssioner or commissioners shall swear the 
 witnesses, and the evidence shall be taken and after- 
 wards transmitted by him or them to the secretary, 
 who shall lay it before the Committee. R. S. O., art. 
 1920. 
 
 Ov<^. If the teacher do not appear, or if he neglect 
 to answer the charge, the Committee or sub-committeo, 
 as the case may be, shall proceed by default against 
 him, and shall receive and take the evidence, or cause 
 it to be received and taken, in the manner provided in^ 
 the preceding articles. R. S. Q., art. 1921. 
 
 OS). If the charge be not proved, the Committee 
 s'mll dismiss it, and if it be proved, the Committee 
 shall order as a penalty that the diploma of such 
 teacher be revoked, and that his name be struck from 
 the book containing the names of qualified teachers. 
 R. S. Q., art. 1922. 
 
 TO. The costs shall be recovered, by action at law, 
 against the losing party, in the name oi the superin- 
 tendent. 
 
 The certificate of. tne commissioners establishing the 
 amount of these costs shall be suflScient proof of their 
 being due. R. S. Q., art. 1923. 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMnTEES. 
 
 neighbor- 
 id and of 
 ntnission- 
 S. Q., art. 
 
 lissioners 
 said sub- 
 ry of the 
 the case 
 
 shall 110- 
 1 have to 
 
 wear the 
 nd after- 
 lecretary, 
 3. Q., art. 
 
 e neglect 
 mimitteo, 
 } against 
 or cause 
 Dvided in^ 
 
 )mmittee 
 )mmittee 
 k of such 
 ick from 
 teachers. 
 
 a at law, 
 superin- 
 
 hinor the 
 of their 
 
 71. After the lapse of two years from his dis- 
 missal, any teacher whose diploma has been revoked, 
 who establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee 
 which dismissed him, that his conduct, both as regards 
 morals and temperance, has been satisfactory, and that 
 he has completely satisfied the judgment to which he 
 was condemned, and who obtains a certificate to that 
 eft'ect from the Committee, may recommence and con- 
 tinue to exercise his functions in virtue of his diploma, 
 which then shal? have the same validity as before his 
 dismissal. R. S. C^., art. 1924. 
 
 72. A diploma may be revoked a second lime for 
 the causes mentioned in article 61, if they recur; such 
 second revocation is irrevocable, and such teacher can- 
 not thereafter exercise the functions of a teacher, 
 R. S. Q., art. 1925. 
 
 II. — RESPECTING INQUIRIES INTO THE CONDUCT OP SCHOOL 
 
 INSPECTORS. 
 
 •73. The Roman Catholic or the Protestant Commit- 
 tee, as the case may be, for the causes mentioned in the 
 preceding articles of this subsection, and after having 
 followed, in so far as applicable, the same formalities, 
 upon complaint to that effect, may cause an inquiry 
 to be held into the conduct of any inspector of .schools 
 accused of bad conduct, immorality or intemperance, or 
 serious neglect in the execution of his duties. 
 
 After such inquiry, such Committee shall forward 
 all the documents to the Lieutenant-Governor in Coun- 
 cil praying, if there be occasion, for the dismissal of 
 such inspector and the cancelling of his commission. 
 
 If an inspector be thus dismissed, he cannot after- 
 wards hold office. R. S. Q., art. 1926. 
 
1 im' i 
 
 f 
 
 24 
 
 SCHOOL tAr. 
 
 § 6 — Powers of the Committees respecting Text-Books. 
 
 74. Jlach Committee shall prepare and revise, from 
 time to time, a list of text-books, maps, globes, models, 
 and other articles for use in the schools. R. S. O., art 
 1927. 
 
 T5. The list of authorized text-books shall be re- 
 vised once in every four years, and the changes made 
 therein shall be published by the superintendent in 
 the Quebec Official Gazette. R. S. Q., art. 1928. 
 
 T«. Any text-book excluded from the list of author- 
 ized text-books shall not be withdrawn as a text-book 
 until after one year from the revision of such list. B. 
 S. Q., art. 1928. 
 
 77. The superintendent shall retain the grant of 
 any municipality which allows text-books, not entered 
 on the authorized list, to be used in its schools. R. S. 
 Q., art. 1929. 
 
 7H. All text-books and all works, entered on such 
 list, may become the property of the Roman Catholic 
 or Protestant Committee of the Council of Public In- 
 struction, in consideration of an indemnity to the 
 proprietors thereof, fixed by the Lieutenant-Governor 
 in Council. R. S. Q., art. 1930. 
 
 79. Any contestation as to the amount of the in- 
 demnity mentioned in the preceding article shall be 
 referred to three arbitrators appointed, one by the 
 superintendent, another by the owner of the work, 
 and the third by the two first arbitrators, and the 
 award of such arbitrators shall be final. R. S. Q., 
 art. 1930. 
 
 80. Every person shall have the right to print, 
 publish and sell the works entered on the said list, the 
 property of either Committee, by paying, every five 
 years to the superintendent, a sum of ten dollars for 
 each work, and when he has paid such sum, he shall 
 
COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES. 
 
 25 
 
 Governor 
 
 have free access to the work, to copy the same, in the 
 Department of Public Instruction, and if the work be 
 printed, the superintendent shall deliver a copy there- 
 of to any pers9n who wishes to print it. R. S. Q.> 
 
 art. 1931. 
 
 81. The form, paper, type, binding and mechan'cal 
 execution of such books shall be determined by tho- 
 superintendent. R. S. Q., art. 1932. 
 
 H2. In case any abuse arises from a combination of* 
 booksellers to raise the price of text-books, the Roman 
 Catholic or Protestant Committee oC the Council of 
 Public Instruction may fix a maximum price for suclk 
 works. R. S. Q., art. 1933. 
 
 § 7. — Miscellaneous, 
 
 88. An appeal lies by summary petition, signed by 
 the persons interested or by their attorney, from Ihe 
 decisions of the superintendent, to the Council of 
 Public Instruction, or to one of the Committees there- 
 of, whenever the said persons interested liave no re- 
 course before the courts, and the law does not declare 
 the decisions of the superintendent to be final. 
 
 The Council of Public Instruction and either Com- 
 mittee thereof shall make regulations respecting ap- 
 peals subject to their respective jurisdictions, and 
 establish such fees as they deem expedient to cover 
 the costs of such appeals. 
 
 Such regulations and tariif shall be published in the 
 Quebec Official Gazette, and shall be obligatory. R» 
 S. Q., art. 1934. 
 
 84. In cases where the decision of the superintend- 
 ent refers to a difficulty between Roman Catholics and 
 Protestants, the appeal lies to the Council of Public 
 Instruction ; in the case of a difficulty between per- 
 sons of the same religjious faith, the appeal is withia 
 
26 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 the jurisdiction of the Coimnittee of the said Council 
 whicli represents that faith. R. S. Q., art. 1935. 
 
 85. Each of the Commifctees of the Council of Pub- 
 he Instruction may receive by donation, legacy, or 
 otherwise by gratuitous title, money or other property, 
 and may dispose of the same in its discretion, for the 
 purposes of education. 
 
 Each Committee shall, in respect of property so 
 acqun-ed, possess all the powers of a body politic and 
 corporate. R. S. Q., art. 1986. 
 
 XI ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^"^ ^* ^^y Pei'son making a legacy to 
 tlie Council of Public Instruction, without stating the 
 Committee for which he designed the same, the legacy 
 shall belong to the Committee of the faith, to which 
 at the time of his death, the testator belonged. R. S.' 
 V|J., art. ivoi. 
 
 n ^^i-^^}^^ testator belonged neither to the' Roman 
 Oatholjc faith, nor to the Protestant faith, the leo-acy 
 shall be divided between the tw^o Committees, in° the 
 proportion of the Roman Catholic and Protestant 
 populations of the Province. R. S. Q., art. 1938. 
 
 ^». The sums of money granted to Roman Catholics 
 or Protestants, for the purposes of public instruction 
 and not expended, shall remain at the credit and dis-' 
 posal of the Committee which had the control thereof 
 R. S. Q., art. 1939. 
 
 ^». School inspectors, professors, directors and 
 principals of normal schools, the secretaries, and the 
 members of boards of examiners, shall be appointed 
 or removed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, 
 on the recommendation of the Roman Catholic or 
 Protestant Committee of the Council of Public In- 
 struction, according as such appointments or removals 
 concern Roman Catholic or ProfAsfnnf finlir.r%ia t? q 
 ., art. 1940. 
 
 »0. The Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, 
 
SCHOOL INSPECTORS. 
 
 27 
 
 Council 
 
 of Pub- 
 
 gacy, or 
 
 »roperfcy, 
 
 for the 
 
 >erty so 
 itic and 
 
 3gacy to 
 
 ting the 
 
 e legacy 
 
 which, 
 
 R. S. 
 
 Roman 
 > legacy 
 , in the 
 >testant 
 8. 
 
 atholics 
 ruction, 
 ind dis- 
 thereof. 
 
 rs and 
 
 nd the 
 
 pointed 
 
 Council, 
 
 lolic or 
 
 >lic In- 
 
 movals 
 T? a 
 
 J.V. KJ, 
 
 mittee. 
 
 as the case may be, may cause inquiries to be made 
 into all questions concerning public instruction which 
 come under their respective control R. S. Q., art. 1941. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 SCHOOL INSPECTORS. 
 
 91. The Lieutenant-Governor may, on the recom- 
 mendation of either Committee of the Council of Pub- 
 lic Instruction, appoint, from time to time, and for 
 such period as he deems necessary, in each judicial 
 district of the Province, one or more inspectors of 
 schools therein, whose duty shall be : 
 
 1. To examine the school teachers, schools and 
 school-houses under his or their control in each school 
 mimicipality ; 
 
 2. To inspect the accounts of the secretary-treasur- 
 ers, and the register of the school commissioners or 
 trustees of every such municipality ; 
 
 3. To ascertain whether the provisions of the laws 
 and regulations respecting public instruction are there 
 carried out and obeyed. R. S. Q., art. 1942. 
 
 02. Unless otherwise defined or limited by the in- 
 strument appointing him, each such inspector shall 
 have all the powers and authority of the superintend- 
 ent, with reference to such visits and examinations. 
 R. S. Q., art. 1943. 
 
 93. No person shall be appointed school inspector 
 
 unless : 
 
 1. He has attained the age of twenty-five years ; 
 
 2. He has obtained a diploma for an academy, 
 model school, or elementary school ; 
 
 3. He has taught school during at least five years ; 
 
 4. He has rl ^continued teaching not more than five 
 years ; 
 
28 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 k : 
 
 5. He has been examined before the Roman Catho- 
 lic or Protestant Committee of the Council of Public 
 Instruction, as the case may be, or before a sub-com- 
 mittee or examiners appointed by one of said Commit- 
 tees, upon his fitness and ability to fulfill the duties of 
 the office, the whole in accordance wif ^ the regulations 
 which each Committee shall make. The regulations 
 concerning such examination shall be published in the 
 Quebec Official Gazette. R. S. Q., art. 1944. 
 
 »4 In the performance of his duties each inspector 
 shall comply with the instructions given to him by the 
 superintendent,in accordance with the regulations of the 
 Committee of the Council of Public Instruction of the 
 religious faith to which he belongs. R. S. Q., art. 1945. 
 »5. The secretary-treasurer of each mu acipality 
 and every teacher of a public school therein shall, under 
 a penalty of eight dollars for every refusal or neglect 
 so to do, on being thereunto requested by any such 
 inspector, exhibit to him all the documents, in their 
 charge, belonging to or in any way relating to their 
 respective offices. R. S. Q., art. 1946. 
 
 »6. Except in the cases mentioi ed in article 117, 
 the inspectors are, for the examination of candidates 
 for teacher's diplomas, ex-ojfficio members of the Board 
 of Examiners of the religious denomination to which 
 they belong, which are established in their respective 
 districts of inspection. 54 Vict., chap. 21, art. 1. (Re- 
 places R. S. Q., art. 1947.) 
 
 »7. Each inspector shall be paid such sum as the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council deems adequate re- 
 muneration for the duties performed by him, but such 
 remunerations shall in no case exceed the rate of twelve 
 hundred dollars per annum. R. S. Q., art. 1948. 
 
 OS. In all cases in which an inspector is apnointed 
 by the superintendent to make an inspection, inquiry 
 
SCHOOL visiToas. 
 
 29 
 
 or investigation in any municipality, unless such in- 
 spection, inquiry or investigation takes place at the 
 time of the ordinary visit of the inspector to the 
 schools of the municipality, fhe travelling and other 
 expenses and disbursements of the inspector shall be 
 paid by the party whom, upon the report of the said 
 inspector, the superintendent shall name in his judg- 
 ment. E. S. Q , art. 194.0. 
 
 SECTION III. 
 
 SCIIOOI VISITORS, 
 
 9t^. The public schools established in each munici- 
 pality, whether in town or country, may be visited, by 
 one ol the visitors hereinafter mentioned, as often as 
 they deem it requisite ; but no visitors shall be en- 
 titled to visit a school belonging to inhabitants not of 
 his own religious faith. R. S. Q., art. 1950. 
 
 lOO. The following persons shall bo school visitors 
 for the whole Province : 
 
 1st. Members of the two Committees of the Council 
 of Public Instruction ; 
 
 2ndly. Judges of the Supreme Court, of the Court 
 of Queen's Bench, and of the Superior Court, residing 
 in the Province ; 
 
 3rdly. Members o£ the Federal Parliament, residing 
 in the Province ; 
 
 4thly. Members of the Legislature of Quebec ; 
 
 Sthly. The Secretaries of the Department of Public 
 
 Instruction; - 
 
 6thly. The Principals and Professors of Normal 
 
 Schools. 
 
 2. The following persons shall be visitors only for 
 the municipality in which they reside : 
 
30 
 
 i ! 
 
 
 -SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 Isfc. Roman Catholic Priests and Protestant Umh* 
 ters ; 
 
 2naiy. Members of the Council of Arts and Manu- 
 factures ; 
 
 3rdly. The Mayor and the Justices of the Peace ; 
 4thly. The Colonels, Lieutenant-Colonels, Majors and 
 senior Captains of the militia. R. S. Q., art. 1951. 
 
 101. The superintendent, as visitor-general of all 
 public schools, may take cognizance of disputes arising 
 between school commission -?%., or trustees and teachers, 
 and give a final decision. , r -\ Q., art. 1952. 
 
 102. School inspectors &.IO ex-ojffijio visitors of aca- 
 demies and model schools under the control of school 
 commissioners or trustees in their districts of in- 
 spection ; and it shall be lawful for any inspector to 
 visit the schools within any district of inspection, 
 other than that assigned to him, on receipt of an order 
 from the saperintendent, and to report on such visits, 
 as well as on those made to schools in his own district! 
 R. S. Q., art. 1953. 
 
 103. Each visitor shall be entitled : 
 
 To be present at examinations made by any board 
 of examiners, and to interrogate the candidates who 
 offer themselves for examination, and to give his 
 opinion. 
 
 To have communication of the regulations and other 
 documents relative to each school, and of all other 
 information concerning it. R. S. Q., art 1954. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 BOARDS OP EXAMINERS. ' 
 
 § 1. — Composition of Boards of Examiners. 
 104. There shall be, in each of the cities of Quebec 
 
BOARDS OF EXAMINERS. 
 
 31 
 
 and Montreal, a board of examiners, composed of four- 
 teen persons, for the examination of candidates for 
 teachers' diplomas. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor in Council, upon the re- 
 commendation of either Committee of the Council of 
 Public Instruction, as the case may be, shall appoint 
 the members of such boards, one-half of whom shall 
 be Roman Catholics, and one-half Protestants, and 
 they shall form a boar<] of examiners to examine candi- 
 dates for teachers' diplomas, and to deliver or refuse to 
 each, as the case may require, a diploma, after due 
 examination. 
 
 The said board shall be divided into two divisions, 
 one of which shall be composed of seven Roman 
 Catholics, and the other of seven Protestants. 
 
 Each of such divisions shall separately perform the 
 duties hereinafter imposed upon it. R. S. Q., art. 1955. 
 
 105. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may es- 
 tablish by proclamation, upon the recommendation of 
 either Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, 
 as the case may be, a board of examiners for the ex- 
 amination of candidates for teachers' diplomas in or 
 for any city, town, county or two or more neighbor- 
 ing counties of the Province, and each board- of ex- 
 aminers thus constituted shall be known as "The 
 Board of Examiners of {add name of locality.)" R. S. 
 
 Q., art. 1956. 
 
 106. The members of the boards of examiners are 
 appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council upon 
 the recommendation of the Roman Catholic or Protest- 
 unt Committee, as the case may be. R. S. Q., art. 1 957. 
 
 lOT. With the exception of those in the cities of 
 Montreal and Quebec, every board of examiners shall 
 be composed of not less than five or more than ten 
 members. Any board may be organized, (if the Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor in Council, upon the report of either 
 
 II 
 
'^i^;:ii 
 
 82 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 4 
 
 Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, so 
 orders,). in two divisions, Roman Catholic and Protest- 
 ant, in which case each division shall separately per- 
 form the duties devolving on the board. R. S. Q.. 
 art. 195S. ^' 
 
 10« All persons desiring to act as teachers under 
 this Jaw or under any special act passed for the en- 
 couragement of education, shall, unless provided with 
 a diploma from one of the normal schools of the Pro- 
 vince undergo an examination before one of the said 
 boards oi examiners and obtain a diploma. R S O 
 art. 1959. ' ^'' 
 
 10». School commissioners and trustees, and all 
 persons entrusted with the management of schools, 
 shaJJ employ as teachers such persons only as are pro- 
 vided with diplomas as above mentioned, on pain of 
 losing theirshare of the grants made for the encourge- 
 r/,ent of education. R. S. Q., art. 1959. 
 
 no. Nevertheless, every priest, minister and ec- 
 clesiastic, and every person forming part of a religious 
 order instituted for educational purposes or beintr a 
 member of a religious community of women, shalfbe 
 exempt from undergoing an examination before any 
 ^ ot the said boards. R. S Q., art 1960. 
 i^^iVil ^^® ^^ards of examiners established as above 
 shall be governed by the provisions of this section 
 and by the regulations adopted under articles 59 and 
 60. R. S. Q., art. 1961. 
 
 113. Boards of examiners established before this 
 law came into force are boards of examiners for the 
 purpose of this law. R. S. Q., art. 1961. 
 
 § 2.~Poivers and duties of Boards of Examinera, 
 
 ^ lis. It shall be the duty of each board of exam- 
 mers : 
 
BOARDS OF EXAMINERS. 
 
 83 
 
 1. To meet at ten o'clock in the forenoon, on the 
 twentieth clay iiftev their nomination, (and this enact- 
 
 nent shall be tor each member of the said board, a 
 sufficient notiiication to that effect,) to choose a presi- 
 dent, vice-president and secretary, except that if the 
 said twentieth day be a Sunday or holiday they shall 
 meet on the day next thereafter not being a Sunday 
 or holiday. 
 
 2. To hold examinations at such times and places 
 and in such manner as may be provided by the regula- 
 tions of the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, 
 as the case may be, for the guidance of boards of 
 examiners, and after due examination to grant or 
 refuse, as the case may require, diplomas to the candi- 
 dates presenting themselves for examination. 
 
 3. To admit to examination no candidate who is not 
 provided with a certificate ot good moral character, 
 <'igned by the curd or mmister of his own religious 
 laith, and by at least three school commissioners or 
 trustees or school visitors of the locality in which he 
 has resided for the previous six months, and with a 
 certificate of his age, which must be at least eighteen 
 years. 
 
 4. To require all candidates for a model or elemen- 
 tary school diploma to pay to the secretary of the said 
 board the sum of two dollars, and, for an academy 
 diploma, the sum of three dollars. 
 
 Out of such sum there shall be paid to the secretary 
 of the board the sum of one dollar for filling up, 
 signing and registering such diploma, and the re- 
 mainder shall be used in paying the expenses of the 
 board of examiners. 
 
 Such sums shall not be rei»arned to the candidate 
 who has failed to obtain a diploma, but he may pre- 
 sent himself a second time at the next meeting of the 
 board without paying further fees. 
 3 
 
 ^>-., 
 
84 
 
 SCHOOL LAW 
 
 kSU, 
 
 5 To deliver to ewjh candidate, deemed worthy, a 
 diploma as a teacher, signed by the president or vice- 
 president and the secretary, sealed with the seal of the 
 board bearing a date and distinctly indicating : 
 
 a. Ihat the candidate has complied with all the 
 provisions ot paragi-aph 3 of this article ; 
 His age, residence and religious belief • 
 
 S* mu ?^^^® ^^ ^^^ diploma granted ; ' 
 
 .a ;.-J. r?"^^u "^^^^^^^^ ^^P^^'^a authorizes the 
 candidate to teach. 
 
 6. To classify the candidates in three grades, name- 
 ly : elementary model school, and academy grades. 
 
 7. lo enter the names and surname of each candi- 
 date^admitted, as well es the grade to which he be- 
 
 ^AJlu'^'''''^'''' \b ^^"""^"^ ^^ examination, proof 
 ot the ioUowmg qualifications, namely : 
 
 a. For teachers of elementary schools, such qualifi- 
 cations as will enable them to teach, with success, 
 reading writing, the elements of grammar, geography 
 and arithmetical far a^ the rule of three, inclusively • 
 
 6. 1^ or teachers of model schools, in addition to the 
 toregoing, such qualifications as will enable them to 
 teach grammar, analysis, composition, geography, use 
 of globes, arithmetic in all its branches, the elements 
 ot mensuration, book-keeping and linear drawing • 
 
 c. J^or teachers of academies (besides the qualifica- 
 tions required for the above mentioned two grades of 
 teachers), all the branches of a classical education in- 
 asmuch as they are intended to prepare their pupils 
 tor the same ; f f ^ 
 
 And for all grades of teachers, such other qualifica- 
 tions as may be required by the regulations passed 
 from time to time by either Committee of the Council 
 
 01 r'U bllC Instruction, as fhft oaaarrya;x7 l^c. ovv^ ^ J 
 
 by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council. 
 
BOARDS OF EXAMINERS. 
 
 85 
 
 It 
 
 9. To keep a correct list of candidates admitted to 
 the right of teaching. 
 
 10. To give notice to the superintendent of the 
 admission of each candidate to the right of teaching, 
 within fifteen days after such admission. 
 
 11. To keep or cause to be kept a register of their 
 proceedings, signed, for each meeting, by the president 
 or vice-president, and also by the secretary, who shall 
 be obliged to keep the register of the proceedings of 
 the board, to make a list of candidates admitted to 
 teach, to enter in the register the certificates of age 
 and moral character, to prepare, fill up and address the 
 diplomas, and to do all other writing recjuired. 
 
 12. To have a particular seal, and to niuke use of 
 the forms of diplomas furnished by the superlntendenU 
 R. S. Q., art. 1962. 
 
 114. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council, upon the 
 report of the superintiuident or upon the recommenda- 
 tion of either Committee of the Council of Public 
 Instruction, as the case may be, may, from time to 
 time, modify, as occasion may require, the details of 
 duties imposed on boards of examiners and on the 
 secretaries of such boards. 
 
 Every modification of such duties so made shall be 
 binding on all parties interested. R. S. Q., art. 1963. 
 
 115. The diplomas grantt 1 by a board of examin- 
 ers to teachers are valid only for the grade of schools 
 for which they were granted, and within the limits 
 which the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may pre- 
 scribe upon the recommendation of either Committee, 
 as the case may be. R. S. Q., art. 1964. 
 
 116. The Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, 
 by regulation to be approved by the Lieutenant-Gov- 
 ernor in Council, may, from time to time, provide in 
 
 
 oftTirlif.innfl fljo Tnn.v V»ft 
 
 deemed expedient, for requiring any teacher, holding 
 
36 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 any diploma granted by any board of examiners, 
 to submit to examination de novo, by such board, and 
 in default of any such teacher doing so, or in case of 
 failure of such teacher thereupon for any cause to ob- 
 tain a new diploma, the diploma previously granted 
 shall become null and void. R.S.Q., art. 1965. 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 CENTRAL BOART' OF EXAMINERS. ^ 
 
 W7. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, 
 upon the recommendation of the Roman Catholic or 
 Protestant Committee, as the case may be, constitute 
 by proclamation a Central Board of Examiners for the 
 examination of candidates for teachers' diplomas. R. 
 S.Q., art. 1966. 
 
 118. The Central Board shall alone have the right 
 of issuing diplomas valid for the schools under the 
 control of the Committee upon whose recommendation 
 the said Board was constituted. R.S.Q., art. 1966. 
 
 119. The Central Board of Examiners shall be com- 
 posed of five members and a secretary, who shall be 
 appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, 
 upon the recommendation of the Roman Catholic or 
 Protestant Committee, as the case may be. R. S. Q., 
 art. 1967. 
 
 1J80. It shall be the duty of such Board : 
 
 1. To prepare the examination questions in the dif- 
 ferent subjects prescribed ; 
 
 2. To submit the examination questions to the can- 
 didates at central localities ; 
 
 3. To examine the answers given by the candidates, 
 and, after due deliberation, to grant diplomas to the 
 candidates deemed worthy. R.S.Q., art. 1968. 
 
 lOI 
 
 JLIiU 
 
 c^aiiiiuatlUiiB 
 
 coiiuucteu 
 
 
 tiiu 
 
 r\ X 1 
 
 Board shall be held at such time and place and in 
 
SCHOOL MUNICIPALITIES. 
 
 37 
 
 such manner as may be prescribed, from time to time, 
 bv the regulations of the Committee upon whose re- 
 commendation the Central Board was constituted. 
 
 The fees payable by the candidates shall be used 
 towards defraying the expenses of the Central Board. 
 R.S.Q., art. 1969. 
 
 CHAPTER FOURTH. 
 
 PUBLIC SCHOOLS. 
 
 BBOTION I. 
 
 DIVISION OP THB PROVINCE INTO MUNICIPALITIES AND DIBTWOM 
 
 FOR SCHOOL PURPOSES. 
 
 § 1. — School Municipalities. 
 
 1^2. School municipalities are erected at the re- 
 quest of the interested parties, by an order of the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council, upon a report made 
 for that purpose by the Superintendent of Public 
 
 Instruction. ,./,.. j 
 
 Such erection, as well as the modifications and 
 divisions of municipalities made in virtue of article 
 123, do not take effect until the first of July following 
 the date of the order-in-council which provide. s there- 
 for. 54 Vict., chap. 21, art. 2. (Replaces R.S.Q., art. 1971). 
 iaS. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may alter 
 the limits of existing municipalities for school pur- 
 poses, subdivide such municipalities or erect new 
 ones. Such alterations, subdivisions or erections shall 
 only take place fifteen days after notice to that effect, 
 given twice in the Quebec Official Gazette, and after 
 the school corporations affected by the proposed 
 changes have been notified and their observations 
 taken into consideration. ^ x- _ 4. i 
 
 If such alterations, subdivisions or erections ta^e 
 place, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may pro- 
 
38 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 : 11 
 
 vide that the changes so made shall apply to the 
 religious majority only, or to the religious minority 
 only, as the case may require, of the school munici- 
 palities affected by such changes, and public notice 
 thereof shall be given by the superintendent in the 
 Quebec Official Gazette. R.S.Q., art. 1978, as amended 
 by 52 Vict., chap. 24, art. 2, and 53 Vict., chap. 28, art. 1. 
 
 124. The notices in the Official Gazette are given 
 by the superintendent, at the expense of the parties 
 applying for such alterations, subdivisions or erections. 
 R.S.Q., art. 1973, as amended by 52 Vict chap. 24, art. 2. 
 
 125. There shall be held, in the manner hereinafter 
 provided in each municipality, village, town and city 
 in the Province, one or more public schools for the 
 elementary instruction of youth, under the control of 
 school commissioners, or, in the event of dissentient 
 schools being^ established therein, under the control of 
 trustees. R.S.Q., art. 1970. 
 
 126. The inhabitants of any city, town or village 
 municipality, shall, for the purposes of this law, (unless 
 it is otherwise provided by special act) be subject to 
 the jurisdiction of the school commissioners or trustees, 
 elected for the municipality of which the city, town 
 or village forms part. R.S.Q., art. 1972, as amended 
 by 52 Vict., chap. 24, art 1. 
 
 127. In the case of an erection of a new munici- 
 pality the rate-payers of the said municipality shall, 
 during the month following the publication of the 
 notice in the Quebec Official Gazette, elect their com- 
 missioners or trustees in the manner prescribed in 
 articles 158 and following ; if not, such school com- 
 missioners and trustees are appointed by the Lieuten- 
 ant-Governor in Council. R.S.Q., art. 1974 
 
 128. If, on account of the erection of new munici- 
 palities, the municipality from which they are de- 
 tached ceases to exist, or if a school municipality is 
 abolished and its territory annexed to a neighbor- 
 
SCHOOL MUNICIPALITIES. 
 
 39 
 
 I! 
 
 I I 
 
 ing municipality by the annexation or uniting together 
 of two or more municipal corporations, the superin- 
 tendent shall, either personally or by a school in- 
 spector, or any other person specially appointed by 
 him for that purpose, within the three months follow- 
 ing the said abolition and annexation, inquire into the 
 state of the affairs of the old municipality and the re- 
 sources of and claims against the municipality within 
 the limits of which the abolished municipality w^as 
 situated. R. S. Q., art. 1975. 
 
 129. The person charged with the said inquiry 
 shall give a notice of at least eight days to the school 
 commissioners, or trustees, as the case may be, of the 
 old municipality and of the new municipality, of the 
 place where and of the day and hour when the ex- 
 amination in question will be proceeded with, so that 
 the said municipalities may be represented thereat. 
 
 For the purposes of such examination the person 
 charged therewith shall have all the powers conferred 
 ^pon'the superintendent himself by article 35. 
 
 A report of the said examination shall be made to 
 the superintendent, if the examination was not made 
 by him, and the superintendent, after hearing the 
 representatives of both school municipalities interested, 
 shall upon such examination give his decision, which 
 shall have the effect of an award of arbitrators on all 
 the parties, and shall be final and without appeal. 
 R. S. Q., art. 11^76. 
 
 130. Until the superintendent has made his award, 
 the school municipalities interested shall remain in the 
 same state, and the commissioners or trustees shall re- 
 main invested with the same rights and powers, as be- 
 fore the said abolition and annexation as regar^^s tuG 
 management of the schools, but they cannot contract 
 any new debts or obligations, E. S. Q., art. 1977. 
 
 
ill 
 
 40 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 existence of Ihe rchool mZYf ft T"°"*«°'' °f "'« 
 so declare it in hTs awls Tfi'*^' ^^ ^'»''" expressly 
 
 out the said award, continue to exTrif thTf ' r^ 
 tion and annexation of its territnrv\!j ** ?'""''• 
 
 pla«e, and mav lew t^Jl^ "^mtory had never taken 
 
 of th;]aw mDectlL^r T°'"^'°g t° the prpvisions 
 shall beTo3te y LSKuT' w"h ' *^ ^''f ^^•«-' 
 the right of Ihe n JwTholl ZnilalZ Tr''*^'' '? 
 recover taxes in the new Wrifnl^, 1 ^ V- '^^^^ ""'' 
 K. S. Q., art 1977. territory according to law 
 
 tbufus Wltxire'^S^' ''^''^'^ «hall so con- 
 out the saip^irii ever^'^ye^rror"^^^^^^ 
 first day of July makp n «!:il/i xV ° ""^ °***<"'« the 
 
 of all that has Ln done ?n*^l- -^^^ superintendent 
 until the 8uper^tend«„f^l^i '^^ °"* *he award 
 carried o„XP«""tendent declares the award completely 
 
 inS QSe?4li*M^"''? °f «»<=»• declaration 
 
 abolishe'^SdSy\rPe«'aJ^l^'''l?*-"^^ 
 ordinary school tw ^'„r,V^^ ^ "* addition to the 
 
SCHOOL DISTRICTS. 
 
 41 
 
 1! 
 
 whether the new school municipality has or has not a 
 special school law. 
 
 In all proceedings for the recovery of such special 
 tax an extract from the award, with the certificate of 
 the chairman ot the school municipality interested or 
 of the clerk of the corporation charged with the col- 
 lection, shall be proof of the existence of the tax in 
 question R.S. Q., art 1979. 
 
 134 Any school municipality whose territory has 
 been annexed to a neighboring municipality before the 
 twelfth day of July, eighteen hundred and eighty- 
 ciorht, but which continued to exist under a special 
 provision of law to that e^fTect, may notify the super- 
 intendent that it intends to avail itself of the fore- 
 going provisions. 
 
 After such notification, such school municipality 
 bhali be procfeded with under the foregoing provisions ^ 
 R.SQ,art J980 ^ ^^ 
 
 ^2^ScJcool DiairicU 
 
 135. The school commissioners or trustees shali 
 divide the municipality into school districts, and shall 
 designate them by the numbers one, two, &c., and the 
 limits assigned hy them to each district shall be en- 
 tered in the register of their proceedings. R. S. O.. art. 
 
 1981. r o MS. 
 
 136 The commissioners and trustees may also, in 
 their discretion, alter the limits of districts already 
 existing and erect new ones, so as to suit the wants of 
 the population and local circumstances * R S O.. art 
 1981. ^ 
 
 * Held .'—That the power of abolishing a school district 
 rests in the discretion of the school commissioners by law ; tJ)rtt, 
 there is no appeal to the superintendent of education from any 
 
42 
 
 .«' 
 
 Si"'! 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 and may. wl.on thev deem it 1 ^^^ *'^'^' '''«*««*' 
 
 «.ore districts lor tTe same sch^ '!?*' "'»•*<' *^^ ''' 
 tJiem. ^^""^ ^<''»<«'' and again separate 
 
 ■incoS;ral^%trr,S'3^^^^^ of any 
 
 control into scboo, disS. '"""''^'^''^i^ under^hel; 
 
 >vhole of such <5r.ho-^f ^^' *" ^^^c^i case, the 
 
 .ehool distncf RS Q. arTlTsa'^ *'^" ^"'^^ ^- 
 
 <iren over ..^^IZll S^" J^l^- ^^'^ ^""- 
 
 orl^'tcCr'SMT^'J:^'*^^ "*>' '^"--er/allow 
 children. VsQ.!*art iC'" * '"'*"''' ""'"^'^^ «* 
 
 l*t,tion That, a ma2«™ ^s^uTonf^ *"" I'^J'"' "^ » 
 «upermtendent annnllina tLrrptnIm, *"'T*-» decision of the 
 
 tnrt be .lismissed, the suMrm^,rw.>^ f "ppress a school .lis- 
 rrnddl, .. /;.. vA;.",," '^"P'eiideiit's decision h«in.r iir„„„i 
 
 Judge Sluar.:ZQ:ri;^3: J^,^'-^'*""'^. «• U. yuebecrilsi; 
 
 '|Wi 
 
DISSENTIENT SCHOOLS. 
 
 48 
 
 SBCnON II. 
 DISSENTIENT SCHOOLS. 
 
 141. If, in any municipality, the regulations and 
 arrangements, made by the school commissii»ners for 
 the management of any school, are not agreeable to 
 any number whatever of the proprietors, occupants, 
 tenants or rate-payers professing a religious faith dif- 
 ferent from that of the majority of the inhabitants of 
 such municipality, such proprietors, occupants, tenants, 
 and rate-payers, may signify such dissent, in writing, 
 to the chairman of the commissioners.* (See Form 
 No. 4.) 
 
 The dissent shall take effect only on the first 
 of July following the date of the service of the notice 
 above mentioned, except in the case of the erection of 
 a new school municipality as provided in article 147. 
 R.S.Q., art. 1985, as amended by 54 Vict., chap. 21, 
 art. 4. 
 
 143. Such notice of dissent, which may be in the 
 appended Form No. 4, shall be made and signed in 
 triplicate ; one copy shall be served upon the chairman 
 of the school commissioners, one copy shall be kept in 
 the archives of the trustees, and one copy shall be sent 
 to the superintendent of Public Instruction. R. S. Q., 
 art. 1985. 
 
 143. During the month of July following the service 
 of the notice of dissent, the said persons shall elect 
 
 * Held .•—Thai in a school municipality, there shall not be 
 more than one board of school trustees, and that each of the 
 different sects forming the minority cannot legally demand a 
 school and board of school trustees of its own. Cashing vs. The 
 School Trustees of Acton Vah.—S.C, St. Hyacinths, 1873, Ju^lge 
 Sicotte. L.C.J., vol. 18, p. 21. 
 
 Held .—That any proprietor of real estate within a school 
 municipality is entitled to declare himself a dissentient, md 
 that, although not a resident of such municipality, he can 
 validly pay his school rates to the Trust aes. School Trustees of 
 St. Henri vs. Young.^C. Sessions of the Peace, 1861, Jikige 
 Ooursol. L. C. R, vol. 13, p. 473. 
 
44 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 11 
 
 ii! 
 
 three school trustep*! in fK^ ^ 
 
 article 158 and7ol owin ° n^ (^^T.'nl'I"^'^^^^ V 
 
 by 54 Vict., chap 21 a^' g^®'^' *''*• ^^^^- «« «nended 
 
 the chairman of the school "l^-''*-"°'''=* thereof to 
 art. 1986. (See arfsif) <=°'""»^'°'»ers. R. S. Q., 
 
 decU^dS^iff t^rdSSit^^ *^^ -'""^"ty which 
 the majority, the dSfnt 2 27^^ t"*" "^'^^'^ 
 
 its school affairs. R.S Q art 1QS7 '"^"^gp'nent of 
 146. Dissentients are' S S. f„ ^"'^' «^?a^ 
 school-mtes which may LTmpose J hWK ^X^^.'' """^ 
 missioners, except for ^the tX ft>r^h« ff ''* ""'"■ 
 year, or for taxes for the bundfno. nf *''u" ?"''^'»<^ 
 previously contracted for or & *°^ school-house 
 previously incurred nro;il^7^^ payment of debts 
 are impos^d~L sif S^«H^^^\*'>** «"«^^ *^«« 
 receipt^of the declar^^SL^I^ Sg'l^^laS 
 
 ma^ of the schoo comSsL'er witT" *^' *""^'^- 
 
 the fact thit the rate-payere are d^I^*°^ ?"'"°°' Trastees, and 
 verbal testimony, where¥ i^ erirflTK *''""'• "^^ ^ Fo^ed by 
 
DISSENTIENT SCHOOLS. 
 
 45 
 
 dissentients shall not be liable for any taxes imposed 
 by the school commissioners. 
 
 During the course of the month of July following 
 the service of the declaration of dissent, the dissentients 
 elect their trustees, in the manner prescribed by article 
 158 and following. R.S.Q., art. 1988, as amended by 
 54 Vict., chap. 21, art. 6. 
 
 14S. The dissentients in any municipality, who, as 
 such, form a school municipality, may, with the appro- 
 val of the superintendent, upon the demand of both 
 parties, unite with a neighboring school municipality 
 of their religious faith, situated at a short distance 
 from their own, either completely or only for the pur- 
 pose of sending their children to school. 
 
 2. In the case of a complete union, the sums collect- 
 ed for school purposes by the dissentients, up to the 
 time of the union, shall be remitted to the school 
 municipality to which they have been annexed, and 
 the territory occupied by them shall form part of such 
 school municipality for all school purposes. 
 
 3. If the union is only for the purpose of sending 
 the children of dissentients to the schools of a neigh- 
 boring municipality, the school trustees of such dis- 
 sentients shall continue to collect the school taxes in 
 their territory, but shall be bound to remit, within the 
 time required by law, the amount to the school muni- 
 cipality to which they are so united. 
 
 4. Any such union may be made for the nuipber of 
 years that the superintendent may be pleased to fix, 
 and may, with the same approval, be cancelled after 
 twelve months' notice to that effect in the Quebec 
 Official Gazette. R.S.Q., art. 1989. 
 
 149. In the cases mentioned in the preceding arti- 
 
 i/IU, vx±\j vxviKSWWO \Ji. OU^XX \a.Xk}O^XXVXv;XXUO CU-V KJUlt.H.VKjL M\J 
 
 levy the same rate of taxes in their municipality as 
 that imposed by the school corporation of the munici- 
 pality to which they are so united. R.S.Q., art. 1989. 
 
l(,J', 
 
 46 
 
 lai! 
 
 V ij 
 
 M 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 poses ^p„,vided i„ LilV^^TLt.tg'^' '""" 
 the LieuleSSm" to S,il^.r°°"""'"?' 
 
 fi 
 
DISSENTIENT SCHOOLS. 
 
 47 
 
 n 
 
 2. The rate-payers who were, up to that time, under 
 the control of the said trustees, shall then be subject 
 to all taxes levied by the school commissioners, and 
 shall be Tnrther held to pay to the commissioners a 
 sum equal to their share oi all school taxes levied by 
 the commissioners during all the time for which the 
 said trustees of dissentient schools had neglected to 
 keep their schools in operation. R. S. Q., art. 1991. 
 
 152. One year after the time of the publication in 
 the Quebec Official Gazette of the dissolution of such 
 corporation of trustees, any number of proprietors, 
 tenants and occupants, professing the religious faith 
 of the minority in such municipality, may again elect 
 trustees and form a new corporation as provided by 
 article 141 and following. R. S. Q., art. 1992. 
 
 l5tB. Whenever there is no dissentient school in a 
 municipality, it shall be lawful for any resident head 
 of a family professing the religious faith of the minor- 
 ity in the said municipality, and having children of 
 school age, to declare, in writing, to the chairman of 
 the school commissioners, that he intends to support a 
 school in a neighboring municipality, which school 
 shall not be more than three miles distant from his 
 residence. 
 
 He shall thenceforth pay, subject to the restrictions 
 above mentioned, his taxes to the commissioners or 
 trustees, as the case may be, by whom such school 
 shall be maintained; but special mention shall be 
 made, in all school returns, of children belonging to a 
 neighboring municipality, and such children shall not 
 be taken into account in apportioning the school 
 grants between the commissioners and trustees. R. S. 
 Q., art. 1993. 
 
 154. Whenever the maioritv of the children attend- 
 ing any school in operation on the ninth day of June, 
 one thousand eight htlndred and forty-six, were dis- 
 
48 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 hZJaZuZT^ ^yu'"*''^ dissentients, tt schooK 
 
 di^eSt a,e noYs^Z-*^ H* ^« -^^-ver such 
 
 itv m!v^?^ ^'T *^i°'»^"g *° *he religious mLr- 
 diL^tfent Z^ t>me become a dissentient, and any 
 orcealw Tl' "* ^A^^ "'^'*"^'^' 'I««l*^« tis intention 
 either^! tl°th!.'' dissentient, subject, however, in 
 art 19^ '''" restrictions of article 146. R. S. Q., 
 
 8ioif«"2%r7* ''y*H*'¥'™''» of thecommis- 
 tuheZ^t^V'^^^^^i''^ ^^^ declaration made, in 
 to place the n^rln" '"««*>'>''-f ."^es. shall be suffici;it 
 
 under ?hecontmlTfr ""^^'P^ ^''^ «*'<! declaration 
 th^l control of the commissioners or trustees ».<■ 
 
 tt»e case may be. R. S. Q., art. 1996. *™«"*«»' as 
 
 SBorioN m, 
 
 SCHOOL OOMMISSIONBBS AND TSVgTEBS. 
 
 § l.-Election of School Commi^ioners and Trustee,. 
 year'there^shaU S^l^u"*^'"*' *^"?'^'^J' '"^ J^'y ^^ ^^ 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 49 
 
 II 
 
 d to or 
 school- 
 long as 
 mounts 
 let. R. 
 
 of the 
 school 
 r such 
 ay dis- 
 195. 
 
 minor- 
 id any 
 ention 
 ^er, in 
 S. Q.. 
 
 mmis- 
 ide, in 
 Bcient 
 ration 
 
 /QOf QtS 
 
 'Stees, 
 
 each 
 
 [ the 
 
 fees 
 
 oard 
 
 iiave 
 rsor 
 
 trustees, within the municipality itself, or in a neigh- 
 boring city, town, or village municipality, if such city, 
 town, or village municipality forms part of the same 
 parish or township. R. S. Q., art. 1997, as amended 
 by 53 Vict., chap. 30, art. 1. 
 
 l^T^O. If from any cause, the annual general meet- 
 ing for the election of school commissioners or trustees 
 cannot be held on the first juridical Monday in July, 
 s\ ch meeting may be held and the election may take 
 j-iace on any of the ensuing juridical Mondays in the 
 same month, by observing the same formalities R. S. 
 Q., art. 1998. 
 
 160. If the meeting be the first held in the muni- 
 cipality for the election of a board o2 'school commis- 
 sioners or trustees, it shall be called by the senior 
 justice of the peace, or, in his default, by any other 
 resident justice of the peace, or, in their default, by 
 any three proprietors of real estate, by giving eight 
 days' previous public notice in the manner prescribed 
 in article 11 and following. R.S.Q., art 2000. 
 
 lOl. At such first meeting, the senior justice of the 
 peace present, or in his default such other person as 
 may be appointed by the meeting shall preside ; and, 
 thereafter, at the general annual meeting for the elec- 
 tion of school commissioners or trustees, the chairman 
 of the school commissioners or trustees, or, in his ab- 
 sence, any one of the commissioners or trustees present 
 who can read and write, chosen by the meeting, and, 
 in their absence, any other person present, who can 
 read and write, chosen by the meeting, shall preside. 
 R.S.Q., art. 2001. (See note under art 215.) 
 
 163. The secretary-treasurer of the school commis- 
 sioners or trustees shall be bound to convene such 
 annual meeting for the election of commissioners or 
 trustees by public notice given in the manner pre- 
 
 ■ 
 
'^fc 
 
 «i! 
 
 
 50 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 is cont;,il,l „ fi"'^ °* *''^ comunssioners or trustees 
 n,a„„er^preseribea b.tL^Uowtgtl^i'^tS.t 
 
 eJTnletJ^e^S'lueiL^^^^^^^^ 
 
 those persons whom thev wkh pL? , Pf^P^^^ 
 
 n^issione. or trustees *t S^^ SToo?. f f""' "'"■ 
 
 mitted to him, whether v erh^nl • P?.':^''''' ^'^^- 
 1-e two of the e.:Ss ^^^ K sTaS. .^t 
 
 five e ectora. SauvS m. h7iklu c'o R a?" .""^ ^y- "'^ 'east, 
 J., vol. 27, p. 359. -"O"™"- t.. Q. B., Montreal, 1882.— L. c! 
 
 sepLftefy:~That"he "presWinro^.*^ «'°?r f"^ «"«lWate 
 candidates the nameVoFSl Sns «?,h„!f*, i ^^^ P'°P°se as 
 verbally or in writing, by aHflZMJ^^i-'*.'?'' *? I'™' whether 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 61 
 
 166. No one can be proposed for election unless, at 
 the time, his name and surname, as well as the names 
 and surnames of the voters who propose him, are 
 given .♦ R. S. Q, wi. 2002, § 2. 
 
 107. If, during the first hour after the opening of 
 the meeting, as many candidates as there are school 
 commissioners or trustees to be elected, or fewer candi- 
 dates than ^he required number, have been proposed 
 for election as^school commissionners or trustees, the 
 eleoUon is declared closed, and the presiding officer 
 proclaims the candidates proposed for election duly 
 elected. R. S. Q., art. 2002, § 3. 
 
 168. One hour after the opening of the meeting, if 
 more candidates have been put in nomination tlian 
 there are school commissionners or ti-ustces to be 
 elected, the presiding officer, upon a requisition by five 
 electors present, proceeds without delay to hold a poll, 
 
 demand had been made and accepted, on the alleged ground of 
 want of legal quahfication in some of those who made the de- 
 mand. Larawatj r.". Brimmr. C. C, Sweetsbur<;, 1872, Judge 
 Dunkin.— L. C. J., vol. 16, p. 164. 
 
 Held .'—Thai want of (qualification in the persons who sub- 
 mitted names to the presiding officer at an election is not a cause 
 to annul the election, if no objection was made when the candi- 
 dates wej-e proposed or before the poll was opened, aud if the 
 poll was held in the manner prescribed by law. Morrier vs. 
 JRasconi. Magistrates' C, County Bagot, Judge Lanctot— R. L., 
 vol. 7, p. 140. 
 
 * Held .-—That the names of candidates, submitted by two 
 electors who do not give their names and surnames, but who 
 are well known as electors (for instance the curS, and the re- 
 presentative of the County in the House of Commons who have 
 resided in the municipality for a great number of years), shall 
 be accepted by the presiding officer. 
 
 That it is the presiding officer's duty to demand the names 
 and surnames of all persons who submit names of candidates. 
 JboUeau V8. FrouLx, C C. Montreal, 1872, Judge MacKay.— R. C.. 
 vol. 2, p. 236. 
 
 II. 
 
52 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 M :» 
 
 - 1 1' 
 
 Q^ art. Tw?§ f ' """^^ "^ the electors present* R. S. 
 
 1«». If, among the candidates put in nomination, 
 there are any to whom there is no opposition, the pre- 
 siding officer proclaims such candidates elected, and the 
 poll IS held for the other candidates only + R S O 
 art. 2002, § 4. ""'y-j n. a. VJ., 
 
 170. In the absence of a demand from five elp<.fnra 
 p^sent to the effect that a poll be heldTe ^iSdW 
 officer proclaims school commissioners or trustee! 
 tho..e candidates who have the majority of the electors 
 presen in their favor, after haviilg e^tabHshed sS 
 majority by counting the electors who are in favor of 
 esicli candidate.^ ^vui oi 
 
 Hdd. —Tha.t the time allowed diri^„i^''w ^^' P' ^^• 
 cand dates, is the first hour aftJr '*?« ^ -^^ ^ nominate 
 and, that i is not n^essary th^t 1 wr?^!^ °^ *^* ^^""g ■ 
 for a poll or for the relation of The ^tel'nf"?.'' ^, "t"^" 
 
 ^^o^^a^^rfh-i-oS^S '-^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 the meeting to proclaim ele^d ^^^^^ ^^' ^^? oP^ning of 
 out opposition and to hoM »^ii „ """'^'^ate nominated with- 
 
 eIect<S inCor of the otter ?^iS*f ^'^'" *''« ^<"«« "^ '^e 
 C. C., L'Assomptil 1871, JuZ ttv -^r^" "'i ^"D"""- 
 ^^ tmd. —That after the e^D^B.tion rFiZA^- """h ^- P- 234- 
 the n'>n.>""*;— . /, - ^". rP'^'lon o' the hcur allnuBH f/^» 
 
 countin? Vre"ekci;yfaTor''abM ' J^"^ ^^^ §?!«'<»*"« ""««"« is 
 
 to. deaiand a ^Mr ^J^si^-o Vr^lts ^ «^^^ 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 53 
 
 Twenty electors present may, however, appeal from 
 his decision, by requiring a poll to be held.* R. S. Q., 
 art. 2002, § 5. 
 
 171. The presiding officer, if a poll is opened, must 
 enter or cause to be entered, in a book kept in accord- 
 ance with the conditions hereinafter prescribed, and 
 in the order in which they are given, the votes of the 
 electors, by entering therein the names and qualities 
 of each.! R. S. Q., art. 2002, § 6. 
 
 172. Every elector may vote for as many candi- 
 
 withstanding the protests of the five electors who persist in de- 
 manding a poll, begins anew to count the electors favorable to 
 each candidate, and proclaims one of the cand'uates elected, 
 the election is null.--/S/. George vs. Gadoury, C. C. Jcliette, 1885, 
 Judge Cimon.— L. N., vol. 9 p. 59. 
 
 //cM;— That as soon as tlie presiding officer has declared 
 the proposed candidates elected, the election is closed, and that 
 electors ariving afterwards, cannot legallv submit the names of 
 other candidates, and the presiding officer cannot legally grant 
 a poll; that the granting of a poll in such a case is illegal, and 
 that any i>erson voting at it without legal qualification shall 
 not, by so doing, incur the fine of twenty dollars decreed by 
 article 316 of the Municipal Code. Mdanqon vs. Sylveslte. C. C. 
 St. Hyacinthe, 1870, Judge Sicotte.— L. C. J., vol. 14, p. 217. 
 
 *i?f/(?. ---That, when an election has taken place by accla- 
 mation, the presiding officer cannot grant a poll to electors arriv- 
 ing after the proclamation of the elected candidates his been 
 made ; that, if he does so, the holding of this poll being 
 illegal, persons voting at it without legal qualification cannot 
 be fined, as they might be, were the ix)ll legally held. Bezi^res 
 vs. Turcotie. C. C, St Hyacinthe, 1870, Judge Sicotte.—R. L.. 
 vol. 2, p. 129. 
 
 f Held:— Thai the omission of the quality of the electors in 
 the poll book is not a cause to nullify an election, if no injustice 
 has been done by such omission. Morrier vs. Rasconi. M. C. 
 County Bagot, Judge Lanctot.— R. L., vol. 7, p. 140. 
 
 Held:— That an election of commissioners (or trustees) is 
 null if the votes have not been entered in the poll book, 
 and if the names and qualities of the electors have not been 
 mentioned. Pacavd vs. Qagni, C. Q. B., Quebec, 1867.— L. C. R. 
 vol. 17, p. 357. ' 
 
54 
 
 SCHOOL LAW 
 
 n 
 
 
 £*^ectSrfr '"''?'?' ''??™'^i*^°«« or trustees to 
 t>e elated in the municipality. R. S. Q., art. 2002, S 7. 
 
 ITS. Any person tendering his vote must take th« 
 Movving oath or affimation, before The p^JdS 
 officer, If required so to do by him, by any eC bf 
 any candidate, or by the rep^esentktive of ^yZndl 
 
 " I swear (or affirm) that I am qualified to vote at 
 -this election that I am at lea^t tlenty^nryl^S of 
 
 ••S^hS?m?Sy**''-'^y ^"'^^ ** *- «!-«-' 
 
 If such elector refuse to take such oath his vota 
 
 ""i'^^ w^"''' »• S- Q-. art. 2002, § 8 
 
 de?sIndYh/5r"" "*' PT'-^'^S^ office/ does not un- 
 aerstand the language spoken by one or more electors 
 
 l\rl?PP"*"' f" '"*«'P^eter, who, beC actS 
 teke.., before such person presiding, the foUowinf 
 
 - )2 7}T' ^% ^ 'fT^ ".'** ' ^'" faithfully trans- 
 late the oaths declarations, affirmations, questio^ 
 
 -me r/r'? 7^'"^ the presiding officer shallreqS 
 " Zl^ 'rs't aT2*|t '''''''"' ■■ ^ '^^•P - 
 in wTi!;n^'^'*iP-''^!-°f ^}f P*^J ^'^ ™««* be numbered 
 
 * ^7? ¥, *° ®'®''**"^ **'^« *J»e required oath, or refuse 
 k. take the same, or if objeci^on be made toWs 
 vote mention of emih of these facts must be made ' 
 in the poll book, in the following terms: "sworn" 
 
 _,.*-^'?''-'— That the vote of an elector, reffiatora^ „«„. ....u 
 BiecTOr nas rerused to take the oath requiVeTby'iaw la n,TlI 
 
 IL 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 65 
 
 " refused," or " objected to," as the case may be. R. S. 
 Q., art. 2002, § 11. 
 
 ITT. At the close of the election, but before pro- 
 claiming the candidates elected, the presiding officer 
 must certify, under his signature, on the poll book, 
 the total number of votes entered, from the first to 
 the last entry in the book, and also the total number 
 of votes given for each of the candidates. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2002, § 12. 
 
 ITS. In case of an equal division of votes in favor 
 of one or more of the candidates, the presiding officer 
 is bound to vote, under a penalty of not less than 
 twenty or more than fifty dollars. R. S. Q., art. 
 2002, § 13. 
 
 ITO. At the close of the election, the presiding 
 officer proclaims such of the candidates as have attain- 
 ed the largest number of votes, duly elected school 
 commissioners or trustees. R. S. Q., art. 2002, § 14 
 
 180. The election shall commence at ten o'clock in 
 the forenoon, and shall ciose at five o'clock in the 
 afternoon of the same day. R. S. Q., art. 2003. 
 
 181. At such meeting the proprietors of real estate 
 paying taxes or monthly fees, qualified to vote, shall 
 elect five school commissioners or three trustees, as 
 the case may be, or the number of commissioners 
 or trustees required to fill the vacancies caused by 
 the retiring of such of the commissioners or trustees 
 as go out of office. 
 
 All persons so elected, except Roman Catholic anJ 
 Protestant clergymen, are bound to accept the office 
 to which they have been elected. R. S. Q., art. 2004. 
 
 1S!3. No person shall vote at any election of school 
 commissioners or trustees in any school municipality, 
 unless he has previously paid all contributions then 
 
ri 
 
 56 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 vote at the elc.tio„Tsch j'clSrer S Z 
 l.ke manner, the individuals of the mStTshalf .'^nf 
 
 of yoUng a,I the qnalifi^a&'^^^^XTby ti^Vbll^^^ 
 ^J. riiat there s 1.0 canse to nnniVi ^4!!^/ i° "® *" elector. 
 
 has not paid all his school taxerJf^f ^""^ J^*'' ^^^"^^ who 
 owed.an^ more, or if h^'not pay?^^^^^^^^ that he 
 
 time IS due to an error on the nart nf^^a^''}^^ prescribed 
 I>o,takr vs. Coutu. C. C. Berthifr 1 8sn *5 V^^^^^f/y-t^^asurer. 
 11, p. 109. ' ^"'^^er, 1880, Judge Gill.— R. L., voL 
 
 odi!''^^^^!^:^^ from his 
 
 preventing fhe ellZTsfrZpa^X^^ *^" "^5^*^^^^' *^"« 
 
 the right to vote, is not a cau?e of nnliif J ^^^^ *"? acquiring 
 were just reasons for sLh IbsenL &S^ *^ ®^^^*^^^' '^ therl 
 
 eleS-haf^^^o^nnr^f t^^^^^^ ^F!^ of his_right as an 
 ^— . C^a,Montia^y:ii8i:5;^^^^-g^ 
 
 1 ! 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 sr 
 
 186. No school commissioner or trustee shal' be a 
 teacher of any school in his municipality, nor shall he 
 be a contractor for any work for any school corpora- 
 tion of which he is a member. R. S. Q., art., 2007. 
 
 187. No school commissioner or trustee shall be 
 re-elected, except with his own consent, during the 
 four years next after his going out of office.* R. S. O.. 
 art. 2008. . 
 
 188. The chairman of any general meeting for tho 
 election of school commissioners or trustees shalJ., with- 
 in eight days thereafter, report the proceedings thereof 
 to the superintendent and transmit to him a list of the 
 persons elected thereat, under a penalty of five dollars. 
 He shall also, within the same delay, notify in writing 
 the persons elected of their election. R.S.Q.,art. 
 2009. (See Forms Nos. 2 and 3.) 
 
 180. In case of death, change of domicile, or in case 
 of incapacity, during three consecutive months, by 
 reason of temporary absence, sickness, infirmity or 
 otherwise, school commissionners or trustees are re- 
 placed at a meeting of persons qualified to v-^*^» 
 convened for that purpose by the chairman or tom 
 porary chairman of the said school commissioners oj: 
 trustees, and at which he, or, in his absence, one of 
 the school commissioners or trustees, wlio is able to 
 read and write, named by him, shall preside. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2010, as amended by 52 Vict. 
 
 lOO. Whenever, on the occurrence of a vacancy in 
 the office of school commissioner or trustee, in the 
 case provided for by the preceding article, the election 
 
 -4 - '^. 
 
 * Held :^Th&t a school commissioner (or trustee), whose 
 
 that his nomination shall be considered null, usVleas his formal 
 consent be given to it BSland vs. VHeurcux, S. C, Si Jolms. 
 1876, Judge Chagnon.— R. L., vol. 7, p. 232. 
 
 fo^' 
 
f: 
 
 I I?8 '' 
 
 58 
 
 r 
 
 i ] 
 
 n { 'I 
 
 ! 
 
 p 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 r 
 
 tton of the superintendLt fi^i ^T ^^^ recommenda- 
 ar^ 9m 1 L ^ J f,°'' °'' ^"ch vacancy.* RSO 
 
 from such incapa^ci^XrAX'f ^ Thrdfy S^^^^ 
 deposit of such certificate. R. S. Q., TAW ^ '''' 
 
 and *• tt i'^"*??*»*'°'>«7Hh regard to such elections 
 
 having authoritv t viX^"*''^' T^' ^y »»y P^^son 
 school! rf tho Z^nTciZr °\''*'^«'-^i«e over the 
 
 Such contestations are triVfl in „ '^"""• 
 R. S. Q., art. W13 " *" ^"'nmary manner. 
 
 r^jf?^^' "P°" "*« i»terprrtation of article <\n ^e ih. u- ■ ■ , 
 do J%Jte m!,„?c?p"aU^lfk:^ f-irX!!"'' ''%« '""^ »- 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 59 
 
 trustee, or illegally holding that office, may be summa- 
 rily prosecuted at the instance of any person interested, 
 or of several collectively interested, before the Supe- 
 rior or Circuit Court in the district in which such 
 election, usurpation or illegal detention of office hfiw 
 taken place, for the purpose of declaring such election 
 or such detention of office illegal, and such seat vacant.* 
 R. S. Q., art. 2014. 
 
 194. Any election of school commissioner or trustee 
 may be contested by any candidate or by tive electors, 
 on the ground of violence, corruption, fraud or inca- 
 pacity, or on the ground of the non-observance of 
 essential formalities.f R. S, Q., art. 2015 
 
 * Hdd —That a school commissioner (or trustee) elected m 
 an illegal manner may resign his office before being prosecuted, 
 and that the office made vacant by his resignation iiay be filled 
 l)y the Lieutenant-Governor m Council. Mhberti vs, RueUe, C. 
 Q.B, 1876. 
 
 Jidd -—That an election of school commissioners (or trustees) 
 which took place under circumstances which misled the voters, 
 and prevented them from exercising their ri^^ht to vote is null 
 Snuviva. Bojkav. C. Q B., Montreal, 1882.— L. C. J., vol. 27 p. 359] 
 
 Hdd .-—That a candidate, or his agent, who pays the taxes 
 due by certain electors for the purpose of enabling such eieciors 
 to vote in favor of such candidate, is guilty of a corrupt act, 
 sufficient to nullify such votes and such election. Dostaler el 
 al tv. CofuUu, G. C, Berthier, 1880. Judge Gill.— R. L., vol. U, 
 p. 109, and Audam vs. Poiner.— L. C. J., vol. 28, p. 231. 
 
 ti/«fe?;— That in contesting the election of several commis- 
 sioners or trustees, eyen when the grounds, upon which the 
 election of each is contested, are different, one and the same 
 petition in the name of at least five electors and one security for 
 costs are sufficient. Lawford vs, Robertson, 0. G, Sherbrooke, 
 1872, Judge Ramsay.-R. C, vol. 2, p. 235. 
 
 Held. -^That irregularities, (by presiding officers), which 
 do not interfere in any manner with the right and the exercise 
 of the right to vote are causes of nullity only when the law so 
 declares ; and that any omission, which does not prejudice the 
 
 free exentiflA nf t.ViA riorhf. tn vnfA Arma n/%f intrali^ol-o <*•. AlAy..4.3^~ 
 
 Bureau vs. Normand, & a Thwd Rivers, 1878, Judge Sicotte.— 
 K.L. vol. 6, pi4ai 
 
 i?f1 
 
m 
 
 8CH0C)L LAW. 
 
 „iil 
 
 .. yi 
 
 li ■ f ■• -' 
 
 III i 
 11 
 
 
 105. The examination and decision of such eon 
 testation .s vested in the Circuit Court of the district 
 
 ■ ^"u^Iu"'' '" *•»" magistrate's court of the countv 
 
 m which the municipality is situated \^\h2\^ •^' 
 
 of all other courts..^ R a Q art^i^ § 1.' "'""' 
 
 lOe Such contestation is brought before the court 
 
 Is^ P„1 :*'"? '•" ^'"''' *"« ^«' fortl^ the facL and rea- 
 >ons alleged ,n support of the contestatioi^ ^e 
 petitioners inay also, in their petition, inSckte the 
 '^.Th ""°.^'''" * "^^' *« '^' office in qSS and 
 
 Such petition is presented in open court fno-^fl^o,. 
 r'aSri a*"" °*''^ P-l'-nary'l^rvTc:? W^^ 
 
 l»7 A copy of the petition with a notice statin<r 
 the day on which the petition will bepr^nt^d to thf 
 court, IS served upon and left with eveSlchZ com! 
 missioner or trustee whose election is contested wUh 
 m fatteen days from the date of such elecUon^'orw 
 wise the^right of contesting is f orfeUe^l^ft ^tt 
 
 of/"fi- ^? ^^'^h Pft't'on can be presented or received 
 
 kwTn' tVJr "' i:^' ^."' **"» *>^ *•>« court next S 
 lowing the day when the contested election was held. 
 
 fif» „^®!i^'^''' ■^.*'*« «'««t''on was held within the 
 hfteen days preceding such first term, t!^ petition 
 
 iSe^lt\t f^ri'?''^,^*^? ^'jS'i-.of 'ol-ool com. 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 61 
 
 may be presented on -ttie first day of the second 
 term * R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 5. 
 
 lOO. The petitioners must give security for the 
 costs at least ten days before the petition is presented 
 to the court ; otherwise such petition cannot be re- 
 ceived. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 6. 
 
 200. The security required by the foregoing article 
 is put in before the clerk of the court. 
 
 The sureties must be holders of real estate to the 
 value of two hundred dollars, over and above any in- 
 cumbrances there may be on such property. 
 
 One surety suffices, provided he is an owner of real 
 estate to the required value. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 7. 
 
 Held.'—l, That an election or nomination of school com- 
 missioner or trustee must be contested by a direct action, and 
 that it cannot be incidentally attacked by a petition in nullity 
 of a resolution in which he concurred ; 2. That the jurisdiction 
 given, by art 348 of the Municipal Code, to the Circuit Court 
 and the Magistrate's Court over the contestations of elections 
 of councillors by electors and appointments of mayors by 
 councils, is exclusive only in cases of violence, bribery, fraud 
 incapacity or non-observance of essential formalities, and not in 
 any other case, and specially not in any of the cases created by 
 art. 1016 and followmg of the Code of Procedure. Paris vs. 
 Couture. C. R., Quebec, 1883.— Q. L. R., vol. 10, p. 1. 
 
 Held .—That, to be allowed to contest the election of a school 
 commissioner or trustee, the petition must be presented before 
 the close of the term next following the day when the contested 
 election was held, if more than fifteen days are to elapse be- 
 tween the date of such election and the close of the term. 
 Lavoie vs, Hamelin, C, C, Montreal, 1882, Judge Papineau.— 
 L. N., vol. 5, p. 94. 
 
 Held:— That in the district of Montreal, according to the 
 provisions of 46 Vict., oh. 26, ss. 1 and 2, there are no more 
 terms of the Circuit Court, and consequently a petition (to con- 
 test a municipal election), which according to art 351 of the 
 Municipal Code, should be presented during the term of the 
 
 be received after the expiration of this delay. Brunette vs. 
 Brosseau, a C, Montreal, Judge Doherty.— L. N., vol. 8, p. 99. 
 
 )./ 
 
 .ild. 
 
62 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 201. If, after having heard the parties, the court is 
 of opinion that the grounds set forth in the petition 
 are sufficient in law to have the election declared null 
 it orders proof to be adduced and the parties interested 
 to be heard on the day in term it deems the most 
 convenient. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 9. 
 
 202. The court proceeds in a summary manner to 
 near and deci/^^ >'ud contestation. 
 
 The evidence may be taken orally or in writincr in 
 
 whole or in part, as the court shall order. R. S^ Q.i 
 
 ^?^L ^H^ ^^^^^ ^y ^^^ judgment may confirm or 
 annul the election, or declaie another person to have 
 been duly elected. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 11. 
 
 ^^*- ^^^® ^^"^* ^^y condemn either party to pay 
 the costs of the contestation ; and such costs are taxed 
 and are recoverable as well against the parties to the 
 suit as their sureties. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 12. 
 
 205 The judgment of the court, in so far as re- 
 gards the costs, is executory against the sureties, fifteen 
 days after a copy thereof has been served upon them. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 12. f "*• 
 
 206. The court may order that its judgment be 
 served at the expense of the party against whom the 
 judgment has been rendered, upon any person it may 
 deem proper. R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 13. 
 
 207. If the trial of the contestation is not con- 
 cluded at the close of the term of the court during 
 which the petition was presented, the sitting judge 
 must continue it without interruption during the 
 vacation, adjourning from day to day until he delivers 
 his final judgment upon the merits of the contestation, 
 R. S. Q., art. 2015, § 14. 
 
 I' ^^f\l^ *^t ^^"^^ ^y ^^ judgment annuls the elec- 
 tion or the school commission Ars nv fi^nafn^o ^« ««„ 
 
 one of them, without stating who should fill such 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEEa 
 
 63 
 
 offices, the court must in the same judgment order a 
 new election to replace the school commissioners or 
 trustees whose elections are so annulled, name for 
 that purpose a person to preside at such election, and 
 fix the day ana hour upon which a meeting of the 
 electors is to be held. 
 
 Such day must not be sooner than fifteen nor later 
 than twenty days from the date of the judgment* 
 R.S.Q., art. 2015, §15. 
 
 SOO. Such election must be announced by public 
 notice, by the chairman of the school commissioners 
 or trustees, or, if there be none in office or if the 
 chairman is the school commissioner or trustee whose 
 election has been annulled, by the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 If there be neither a chairman nor a secretary-treas- 
 urer in office, the notice is given by the senior justice 
 of the peace, or in his default by any other justice of 
 the peace residing in the municipality, and in their 
 default by three proprietors of real estate, as soon as 
 a copy of the judgment has been served upon them. 
 R.S.Q, art. 2015, § 16. 
 
 210. The omission to give such notice prevents a 
 meeting of the electors from being held, and renders 
 the persons, whose duty it is to give it, subject to a 
 penalty of not less than five er more than twenty 
 dollars. R S. Q., art. 2015, § 16. 
 
 *ireZrf.*-— That according to ar^ 361 of the Munici al Code 
 (art. 208 of this Code), a new el ^^tion shall be ordered when 
 acts of corruption are proved. Audaire vs. Poirier. C. C, Water- 
 loo, 1882.--L. C. J., vol. 28, p. 231. 
 
 Held : — ^That when the law does not declare that if one of the 
 cand lates is not qualified and, for that reason, incapable of 
 exercising the office, the other candidate although he has not 
 the majority of the votes shall be declared elected, the judge can- 
 
 Tif>f /-lonloya if. QinA in that ftftSft & TiftW ©IftCtioTl ITlllF'-t takfl 'olaOfii 
 
 Bureau vs. Normand. 8. C., Three Biyers, 1873, Judge Sicotte. — 
 B. L., vt)l. 5, p. 40. 
 
64 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 1^ 
 
 ili 
 
 Ml. The school commissioners and trustees elecfep.l 
 
 governor, shall remain m office for three vears • Pvnor^^ 
 that after the first election or nomination^ of a b3 
 of commissioners or trustees, two in the case of oom^L 
 toners, and one in the case 'of trustees, dermnTdTv" 
 
 tw; -^f fr'""' *''•"? ''^''' ** *»>« «°'l of the fi^^t year 
 two of the remaining commissioners, or one of tho 
 
 threnn/Thf "■ 't™'"^'^ •» *•>« same manner 'a 
 ine end ot the second year, and the remainino- mm 
 
 missioned or trustee at (he end of the tTe h rf X" 
 The chairman shall be liable, in common with the 
 other school commissioners, to go out of office if it h! 
 so determined by lot R S O «rf oait , 
 
 by 53 Vict., cha^ 27, art 11 ^' *' ^^^^' '^ ^"'''"^'^ 
 shili* K. ^om'nissioners and trustees going out of offico 
 S deftirPr""* ^^ '1^'="°'' «* * ^«»«ral meet ng or 
 
 LieutnitlGove^of Ts o' aTt^^^* "^^ *'^« 
 by 53 Vict., chap 27?art IL ^- ''*• ^°'^' ^ ^"•""'^^'^ 
 »ia. For the municipalities in which no election r.t 
 school commissioners or*trustees has uLn pTace wHh 
 unon M""' prescribed, the Lieutenant-Governor may 
 S *Jl'-«?o'»™endation of the superintendent Ap- 
 point commissioners or trustees. R. S O art 2m fi 
 as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 11.^" ^^' 
 
 § 2.~School Corporations and Meetings thereof. - 
 
 mSpSv sftfr"""''"'^"!?"*"'* *™«*««« >n each 
 r^ "w r-^ •^''- * ''o'-po'-ation under the name of 
 
 Jintietuntiss of ^ *^ --«^2"'/ ^ .^ 
 
 "Si: lfr«/-% m several count{) """" 
 „„., ^^.r*">Ye perpetual succession, and a common 
 — , ii wey uunk proper to have one. ; " 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 65 
 
 rjTnm rk-n 
 
 They may sue and be sued, and shall generally have 
 the same powers which any other body politic and 
 corporate has, with re^^ard to the purposes for which 
 it is constituted .♦ R. S. Q., art. 2019. 
 
 *Held:— That when a corporate body pleads that the name, as 
 given in the writ served upon it, is not its true name, it should 
 proceed by an exception to the form and not by a plea to the 
 merits. The Corporation of i^chool Commimoners of Uochelaga 
 vs. The Abattoir Company of Montnal 1887.— R. L.. vol. 15. 
 p. 196. 
 
 Htid .-—That an error in the description of a corporation does 
 not vitiate proceedings taken by such corporation. Parent vs. 
 The Coi-poration of St. iSameur. C. C, Quebec, 1873, Judge Mere- 
 dith.— Q. L. R., vol. 2, p. 258. 
 
 Hdd:— Thai an action, brought by a corporation styling 
 itself the " Corporation of Ste. Martine "" instead of the " Corpor- 
 ation of the Parish of Ste. Martine," be dismissed on an excep- 
 tion to the form. Tli£ Corporation of Ste. Martine vs. Henderson, 
 C.G., Chateauguay, 1873, Judge Dunkin.— R. L., vol. 4, p. 568. 
 
 Hdd ;— On an exception to the form, that the service of a writ 
 of summons, made at the domicile of the secretary-treasurer of 
 a school board was null— it being proved that tne defendants, 
 Siiid school ])oard, did not have their office at said domicile. 
 The School Commissioners of St. Pierre de Sorel vs. The School Com- 
 vmsiomrs of the Town of William Henry. S. C, Montreal, 1855, 
 Jud;;e Mondelet.— L. C. J., vol., vol. 3, p. 189. 
 
 Hihl .-—That school commissioners or trustees, being a corpo- 
 ration, liave a corporate title which they should use in all legal 
 proceedings taken by them. Oagnon vs. T/ie School Commission- 
 t/-.s of Si. Janvier. C. 0., Ste. Scholastique, 1873, Judge Johnson. 
 — R. L., vol. 5, p. 474 ; and Bareiie vs. The School Commissioners 
 of St. Cohmhan. C. C, Ste. Scholastique, 1875, Judge Johnson 
 — R. L., vol. 7, p. 185. 
 
 Hdd .—That the members of a school board, who are in good 
 faitl), cannot be held personally responsible for the decisions of 
 such board, even when such decisions are infractions of articles 
 (of the law) which declare that persons contravening them in- 
 cur a fine. Avdette dit Lapointe ei al vs. DuJiamcl S. C, Sorel, 
 1869, Judge Loranger.— R. L., vol. 1, p. 52. 
 
 Hdd .-—That a corporation is not an oflScer or a person pos- 
 sessing public functions in the sense of art. 22 of the Code of 
 
 Montreal, 1873.-R. L., vol 5, p. 180. 
 
 
66 
 
 ,4'' 
 
 Is'. ' . 
 
 ',■ <i 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 meet on the firsfKC'Xnr' "' *'"«*^'^« ^^^^ 
 after notice of tCTi^^ ^^^r appointment or 
 . ^"» *"r the purpose of 
 
 of mone/pl^' t a'Si^'X^ill v".°* ""T--^ "^ "f-xl a sum 
 
 misl„;;;:IX'„\t?e&td"ar ''' *" ^T" *« ^^''-l com - 
 ttiem for any act of theira donp .'^^?*' "^"^ ^ brought agaiSt 
 
 plishment of the duties iLpS on them™''"y for the a^oC 
 f^^r^^ SSe same manner a. in. 
 
 %,r"'!?.^'- ^^so. Judge S'Slf^'-T^r-^ ^*^S 
 
 co&ll t^e^'Sr^^^^^^^^^ Trustees who to 
 
 -on discovering that thr""°^ ♦^"" ^ "^"'"" *° SelU proMrtv 
 -may file an interven&?, V"'^'?/*"'*' »»* sale wJ^ iO' 
 purchaser against ZaX^ih^i**'*?^? a'=«o°. brought bv^he 
 acfon and tlusprevlnt1^"L&°i'''« P'oP^rty, tf slp^such 
 against them. Srmetm linJ^ " warranty from beino. taken 
 
 — «• L., vcl. 16, p. 176. ^' "oo'WM. 1888, Judge Mathieu. 
 
^ each year 
 astees shalJ 
 intment or 
 purpose of 
 
 \ (by which 
 person ful- 
 fpr any act 
 ctions 1 and 
 uitmust be 
 I of the act 
 ommission- 
 
 fund a sum 
 place of an- 
 as obtained 
 Ste. Martfie 
 ice.— L. N., 
 
 3hool com- 
 ?ht against 
 heir fiinc- 
 ^C' C.K, 
 . 480. 
 
 IS are spe- 
 le accom- 
 
 ler as in- 
 to for the 
 pporation. 
 ^ile EndU 
 p. 18. 
 cts of its 
 to justify 
 ^seph, C, 
 
 I, who to 
 property, 
 s illegal, 
 fc by the 
 top such 
 »g taken 
 t School 
 iathieu. 
 
 SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 67 
 
 choosing a chairman.* Such chairman shall know 
 how to read and write. R. S. Q., art. 2020, ^ 1 and 5, 
 as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 2. 
 
 21©. If the meeting mentioned in the foregoing 
 article cannot be held on the day fixed, it may be held 
 
 . Held .-—That corporations may transact in all actions for 
 damages, or actions of any other kind taken against them. 
 That they are bound by such agreements, and can be released 
 from their obligations concerning them, only for such reasons 
 as would be accepted in the case of a major in the full eniov- 
 ment ot all his rights. BacMnd vs. The Corporation of St. Theo- 
 dore of Acton, S. C, St. Hyacinthe, 1870, Judge Sicotte.~R. L.. 
 vol. 2, p. 326. * 
 
 ?^S'TV, ^^^^ ^ corporation may make promissory notes. 
 
 ^. Ihat the mayor and secretary-treasurer who sign a note 
 m the name of a corporation are presumed to have sufficier' 
 authority to do so, aut that in a suit to enforce pavment of this 
 note, It is not necessary to produce the resolution of the council 
 authorizing them to sign. Corporation of Grantham vs. Couture 
 et ah C. Q. B., Montreal, 1879.— R. L., vol. 10, p. 186. 
 
 Held:— ThQ,i the recourse which a municipality has against 
 the members or ex-meml>ers of its council, for malversation 
 malice, and bad faith is not by an action in simple warranty' 
 but by an action for damages. Leclerc vs. The Corporation of the 
 parish of St. Joachim de la Pointe-Claire et Valois et at C. C 
 Montreal, 1862, Judge Monk.-L. C. J., vol. 7, p. 83. ' 
 
 ^e/c^.'—That an action for libel may be brought against a 
 corporation. That, by art. 356 of the Civil Code, a body politic 
 IS regulated by the Civil Code in its relations with the dtizens 
 individually. Brown vs. The Corporation of Montreal, S. C, Mon- 
 treal 1871, Judge Beaudry.- L. C. J., vol. 17, p. 46 and R. C., vol. 
 J-j p. 475. 
 
 • ^*^^i^i~'^¥! ^" advocate acting for a municipal corporation 
 is not bound to produce the resolution of the council which 
 uuthonzes him. /)Mwma,2/ m Tlu Corporation of St. Barthilemy, 
 L. y. B., 1»68.— R. L., vol. 1, p. 714. ^ 
 
 *?^fi''~'^^^lu^. board of schoo? commissioners or trustees 
 cannot dismiss their president from his office, and appoint an- 
 other m his place, before the expiration of the year for which he 
 was appointed Villeneuve vs. Charest. C. Q. B.. Quebec 1881 — 
 Decisions of the C. of Appeal, vol. 1, p. 235 ' 
 
68 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 I 
 
 ';',T 
 
 
 ill J! 
 
 on any day of the same week. R. S. Q.. art. 2020, § 3. 
 
 217. If it be the first meeting of the school com- 
 
 nussioners or trustees in the municipality, it shall be 
 
 presided over by one of their number until a chairman 
 
 js appointed. R. S. Q., art. 2020, § 4. 
 
 S18. In case of the absence, whether permanent or 
 temporary, of the chairman, the assembled school com- 
 missioners or trustees shall name one of themselves as 
 chairman for the time being, who shall then be vested 
 with the same powers and privileges as the ordinary 
 chairman. R. S. Q., art. 2021. 
 
 210. The chairman of the school commissioners or 
 trustees may call meetings by a notice signed by the 
 secretary-treasurer, by order and in the name of the 
 chairman, which shall be given at least two days 
 before that time fixed for such meetings. R S Q 
 art. 2022, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 2. 
 (See Form ]}^o. 5.) 
 
 220. Two commissioners or one trustee may, by 
 written notice, require the chairman to call ^ meeting, 
 and he shall thereupon be obliged to call such meeting 
 under penalty of a fine of ten dollars, and such fine 
 shall belong to the school corporation of the commis- 
 sioners or trustees, as the case may be. R. S. Q., art. 
 
 821. The meetings of the commissioners or trustees 
 are not public ; but the commissioners or trustees, as 
 the case may be, may admit such persons as may desire 
 io be present on business. R. S. Q., art. 2024. 
 
 222. The place where the meetings of the school 
 .commissioners or trustees shall be held may, upon re- 
 solution to that effect by the commissioners or trustees, 
 .approved by the superintendent, be fixed either in the 
 
 i 
 
SCHOOI. COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 69 
 
 n 
 
 oners or 
 
 ;om mis- 
 
 school municipality or in a city, town or villao-e near- 
 est to^such municipality. R. S. Q., art. 2024. '^ 
 
 223. At the meetings of school commissioners or 
 trustees all questions shall be decided by the majority 
 of votes. When the votes upon any question are equal, 
 the chairman may give his vote, and in no other case 
 shall the chairman vote.* R. S. Q., art. 2025. 
 
 § 8. — Duties of School Commissioners and Trustees 
 respecting management of schools. 
 
 224. It is the duty of school commissioners and 
 trustees : 
 
 1. To appoint and engage, by resolution of the 
 school corporation and by written contract, teachers 
 duly qualified to teach in the schools under their con- 
 trol ; (See Form No. 14.) 
 
 2. To cancel, after mature deliberation at a meetino- 
 called for the purpose, the engagements of teachers on 
 account of incapacity, neglecting faithfully to perform 
 their duties, insubordination, misconduct or im- 
 morality ; f 
 
 r, Held :^Th^\ sQ\iOo\ commissioners or trustees are bound 
 by the acts of their predecessors in office. The School Commis- 
 mners of St. Michel de \amlreuil vs. Bastien. S. C, Montreal. 1859. 
 Judge Smith.— L. C. J., vol. 4, j). 123. 
 
 f Held:— That a teacher, who has been illegally dismissed 
 and who has declared his readiness to fulfill his oblic-ations 
 may instead of taking an action for damages, demand the in- 
 Btalraents of bis salary as they become due. 
 
 That the suit taken by the teacher to enforce payment of the 
 first instalment prevents prescription from running with respect 
 to instalments due subsequent to such action, if the right to the 
 entire salary was contested in the first action, and admitted in 
 principle by the Court. Barette w. 2%e School Commissionei's of 
 
 9i^^r^^' ^' ^•' ^lontreal, 1880.— La Themis, vol. 4, p. 49. 
 ^ JItid .'—That the power granted to school commissioners and 
 trustees to remove teachers for misconduct or incapacity, dooa 
 
70 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ill., 
 
 3. lo provide that the course of study authorized 
 by the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, as 
 the case may be, shall be followed in each school ; 
 
 4. To require that no other books be used in the 
 schools under their control than those authorized by 
 the Council of Public Instruction or either of the 
 Committees thereof ; 
 
 The cure or priest administering a Roman Catholic 
 church shall, however, have the exclusive right of 
 selecting the books having reference to relioion and 
 morals for the use of pupils of his religious faith. 
 
 The Protestant Committee shall have similar powers 
 respecting Protestant pupils. 
 
 5. To establish general rules for the management of 
 their schools, and to communicate them in writino- to 
 the teachers under their control ; ^ 
 
 6. To fix the time of the annual public examination, 
 and to attend the same ; 
 
 7. To name two or more from among themselves to 
 visit each school under their control at least once in 
 six months, anJ vo report to the corporation of which 
 they are members the state of the school and whether 
 their regulations are strictly observed, also the pro- 
 gress of the scholars, the character and capacity of the 
 teachers, and every other matter relating to the man- 
 agement of the schools ; 
 
 8. To comply, as regards the accounts and register 
 to be kept by the secretary-treasurer, with all instruc- 
 tions, whether special or general, from time to time 
 given them by the superintendent ; 
 
 not relieve them from hability to damages if such removal take 
 glace Hithout sufficient cause. Browne vs. Tlie School Commis- 
 f«.w' '^fJ^Vrairu. C. K., Montreal. 1856.~L. C. J., vol. 1, p. 40, 
 and Ouvdry vs. Marcotte. S. C. Quebec, 1861, Judge Stuart.- 
 L. C R., vol, 11, p, /i<j6. ® 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 71 
 
 II 
 
 9. To make two reports of their proceedings to the 
 superintendent, the first before the fifteenth day of 
 January and the second before the fifteenth day of 
 July in each year ; 
 
 10. To keep minutes of their proceedings signed, 
 for each sitting, by the chairman and the secretary- 
 treasurer ; {See Form No. 6.) 
 
 11. To keep books of account in the manner and form 
 indicated by the superintendent, and not otherwise ; 
 
 12. To afford communication of such accounts at 
 suitable hours, and in accordance with conditions 
 established by the school commissioners or trustees, or 
 in their default, by the superintendent, to those who 
 contribute towards the maintenance of the school ; 
 
 13. To hear and decide disputes and matters of like 
 nature arising in relation to the common schools in 
 their municipality between the parents or children and 
 the teachers.* 
 
 14. To dismiss from the school any pupil whose 
 conduct is immoral, either in word or deed. R.S.Q. 
 art 2026, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 4. 
 
 225. The engagement of a teacher shall be for the 
 term of a school year, except in special cases approved 
 by the superintendent, and may be according to the 
 form No. 14 of this law. R.S.Q., art. 2027. 
 
 226. In no case shall school commissioners or trus- 
 tees be obliged to employ a teacher who does not suit 
 them. R.S.Q., art. 2027. 
 
 * Held ;- -That a teacher has a right of moderate chastise" 
 ment against disobedient and refractory pupils, but it is a righ* 
 which can only be exercised when necessary for the mainte- 
 nance of school discipline, and to a degree proportioner'. to the 
 offences committed. 
 
 Any chastisement exceeding this limit, and springing from 
 motives 1 aprice, anger or bad temper, constitutes an offence 
 
 Smig'iaMe like ordinary delicts. Brisson vs.. Lafontaine. S. C, 
 ontrca., 1804, Judge Loranger.— L. C. J., vol. 8, p. 173, and 
 L.C.R., vol. 14, p. 377. 
 
1^. 
 
 It 
 
 72 
 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 a27. The school commissioners or trustees shall, if 
 they do not wish to continue the engagement of any 
 teacher under their control during the year following 
 notify such teacher of their intention, in writino- t\^^ 
 months before the expiration of his or her engagement, 
 m default of which, such teacher shall be deemed to 
 be re-engaged for the same school and upon the same 
 terms. ^ 
 
 This provision shall not prevent the commissioners 
 or trustees from cancelling the engagement of any 
 teacher for the causes set forth in paragraph two of 
 article 224.* R. S. Q., art. 2028. ^ ^ 
 
 1 ?^f ' ^^^ notices given collectively or simultaneous- 
 ly to teachers by commissioners or trustees with the 
 view of evading the provisions of the preceding article, 
 and all agreements made with them, for such purpose, 
 shall be deemed to be null and of no effectf R. S. Q., 
 art. Z\)2ii), 
 
 fi,^,.'?^ *T • u^.* ^^'^^^^ commissioners or trustees shall, if 
 nnXi^ fi"^* ""''^^ ^? continue the engagement of any teacher 
 undef their control, notify such teacher of their intention, two 
 months before the expiration of his or her engagement • 
 
 J. I hat the resolution, for this purpose, shall not be adopted 
 at any but a regular meeting of said commissioners or trustees : 
 and that notice of such resolution shall be given, in writing to 
 the teacher. Gawron vs. TIw School Commissioners of St. Louis de 
 Lothmi^re. C. C, Quebec, 188], Judge Casault.~(i L. R., vol. 7, 
 
 ^< M ;— That an offer of engagement having been made to a 
 teacher by a Board of School Commissioners without any hmit 
 ^LnVT for acceptance and not having been withdrawn, the 
 teacher could vafidly bind them L.id effect the engagement by 
 her verbal or written acceptance given at a regular meeting of 
 1-n! fCf '^'^fu''''-®?' ^^?"\twelve days afterwards, notwithstand- 
 ing that in the interval she had, m answer to a demand made 
 .0 hoT by individual members of the Board, refused to accept 
 
 In? 7 '• o£''^''?V "^^ i^"^^' ^- ^ ' Quebec, 1881.-Q. L. £, 
 vol. 7, p. 252, and pemmLea w. Tlie School Commissioners of SL 
 Domtmqm deJonmii^res, C R., Quebec, 31 March, 1888. 
 
 r Held ;—l. That a collective notic 3, given by a single reso- 
 
 m 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 7a 
 
 229. Every teacher who does not intend to con- 
 tinue his or her engagement for the following year 
 must give notice to the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees similar to that required by article 227. B. S. Q.» 
 art. 2030. 
 
 330. The school commissioners or trustees of any 
 school municipality may, with the approval and sanc- 
 tion of the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, 
 as the case may be, upon the report of the superinten- 
 dent, establish a system of graded schools, whenever 
 they deem it advisable so to do for the better advance- 
 ment of education and the management of the schools 
 under their control. R. S. Q., art. 2031. 
 
 n 
 
 § ^.-^Duties of School Commissioners and Trustees 
 respecting school property, 
 
 231. It is the duty of the school commissioners or 
 trustees in each municipality : 
 
 1. To take possession of lands and school -houses 
 acquired, by any title or erected by the school com- 
 missioners or trustees and to which the Province may 
 have contributed in virtue of any act for the encourage- 
 ment or promotion of education, or by the Royal 
 Institution, which institution is hereby authorized to 
 
 lution and simultaneoiisily to all the teachers of a municipality, 
 is null and that it does not prevent the engagement, of the teach- 
 ers who receive it, from continuing for the following year. 
 
 2. That the notice to a teacher that his engagement is not 
 continued for the following year need not be given to him per- 
 sonally. Scfiool Commissioners of Iberville vs. Duquet. C. Q. B., 
 Montreal, 1681. — Decisions of the Court of Appeal, vol. 1, p. 270. 
 
 H> Id : — That a clause in a teacher's engagement stating that 
 such engagement shall terminate on a certain date is null, and 
 til at the two months' notice must always be given. Walsh t;«. 
 Tlie School Commissioners of Tingvnck, 0. Q. B., Quebec, 1887. 
 
r4 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 V 
 
 n iil I 
 
 I 
 
 Mi 
 
 
 I 
 
 surrender the same ;— and in case of opposition to give 
 notice thereof to the superintendent, who shall advise 
 them as to the means of removing or overcomino* the 
 same ; ^ 
 
 2. To acquire and hold for the corporation, by any 
 title whatsoever, all real or personal property, moneys 
 or mcome for the purposes of education, and to apply 
 the same according to the instructions of the donors ; 
 ^ 3. To do whatever may be expedient with regard to 
 building, repairing, keeping in order or renewing all 
 school-houses, lands, fences and moveable property 
 held by them, or to hire temporarily or accept the 
 gratuitous use of houses and other buildings for the 
 purpose of keeping school therein ; * 
 
 4. To associate with themselves, permanently, or for 
 a time only, managers to aid them in matters con- 
 nected with the administration of the school -houses, 
 the erection and repair, warming and cleaning thereof' 
 and with keeping in good order the property, moveable 
 and immoveable, belonging to the school. R. S O 
 art. 2032. (See Form No. 8.) ' 
 
 232. The commissioners or trustees of no munici- 
 pality, unless otherwise provided by special statute, 
 shall hold real property to the yearly value ot* more 
 than three thousand dollars. R. S. Q., art. 2033. 
 
 233. No school corporation shall cease by reason 
 of the want of school commissioners or trustees in 
 any municipality at any time ; but in such case the 
 powers of the corporation, as regards the possession 
 
 Held:— Th&t a person who contracts to repair a school- 
 House cannot recover payment, (such payment being due onlv 
 after the completion and acceptance of the repairs), if the work- 
 manship and materials are not exactly according to the specifi- 
 ^tions ot the contract. Saumure vs. 7%e School Commissioners of 
 SL JSr&me. C. R., Montreal, 1868.— R. L., vol. 16, p. 214. 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 75 
 
 of any property, real or personal, shall become vested 
 in the superintendent, and, in his default, in the 
 Lieutenant-Governor, in trust, until it is otherwise 
 provided by law. R.S.Q., art. 2034. 
 
 2SI4. All lands, school-houses or other property, 
 real or personal, belonging to common schools, in any 
 part of the Province, under any law or by any title 
 whatsoever, are vested in the corporation of the 
 school commissioners or trustees respectively of the 
 municipality in which such property is situated.* 
 R.S.Q., art. 2034. 
 
 1335. No school corporation shall, without the ap- 
 proval of the Lieutenant-Governor, upon the recom- 
 mendation of the superintendent of Public Instruction, 
 hypothecate, alienate, sell or exchange the property 
 belonging to it, or borrow money thereon for school 
 purposes. R.S.Q., art. 2035, as amended by 53 Vict., 
 chap. 27, art. IL 
 
 § 5. — Duties of School Commissioners and Trustees 
 
 respecting school taxes. 
 
 S36. It is the duty of the school commissioners 
 and trustees to cause to be levied by taxation, in their 
 respective municipalities, the taxes deemed necessary 
 for the support of the schools under their control. R. 
 S.Q., art. 2036. 
 
 23T. The sum arising from such taxes must not be 
 less than the sum allowed out of the common school 
 fund for such municipality. R.S.(^, art. 2036. 
 
 2SH. To enable the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees to receive from the superintendent their share of 
 the common school fund, they must furnish him with 
 
 * Property belonging to, or occupied by educational institu- 
 tions or corporations is exempt from municipal taxes. Muni' 
 cipal Code, art. 712, s. 3. 
 
76 
 
 11! I 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 n 
 
 M 
 
 !il 
 
 Ii:, I 
 
 m 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 a declaration from tl e.r secretary-treasurer that he 
 ^I.-.»"l"*"''"l "l'^ I'onujuie received, or that he haa 
 fc '* *'lt ^"""^^ °* ^^^ ^^hool comnassioners or 
 trustees for the purposes of this law. a sum equal to 
 
 lei" It Q.,\T20l7° "'=' -™-~- or trus- 
 
 28». School taxes shall be imposed uniformly ac- 
 
 cordmg to va,luatioi. upon all taxable real property in 
 
 the mumcpahty, and shall be payable by the owner 
 
 occupant or possessor of such propertyf and shall if 
 
 not paid, be a special charge thereon, bearing hypothec 
 
 i2a ^^2'^'""g registration.' R. S. Q., art. 2038. 
 
 -«4». Ihe superintendent may allow school commis- 
 
 outside the hmits of a town , r village, but formmg 
 
 that a wharf situated within said imite occnn ed ?nH S/"** 
 mimSS "'rne 'SnTr'' ''^^ t?Uxa^ou"bTthl 
 
 Judge Mathieu.-.E. L., /oL W/p. 235^ ' ^bntreal, 1886, 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 77 
 
 pflT of the samo school municipality as snch tow»i or 
 vili- c^^, a tax of not less than one-haif of that levicu 
 upon real estate comprised wiohin the limits of such 
 town or village. R. S. Q., aifc. 2039. 
 
 241. The secretary- treasurer of the school com- 
 missioners or trustees shall collect from the rate-payers 
 in the municipality a sum sufficient to pay the sahiiies 
 of the teachers, at the expiration of each half year of 
 their engag ent. His half-yearly report to the De- 
 partment of Public Instruction shall show that this 
 has heen done. R S Q., art 2040. 
 
 2^*2. The Government grant shall not be paid ex- 
 cept on the condition mentioned in the preceding 
 article. R. S. Q., art. 2041. 
 
 243. School commissioners or trustees, and the 
 secretary-tre. ^vers, shall for any Infraction of the 
 provisions contained in the Hvc preceding articles, m- 
 cur for each offence a tine not exceeding twenty 
 dollars. R. S. Q., art. 2042. 
 
 244. The school Cummissioners or trustees who re- 
 fuse or neglect to pay any teacher his salary, or anj 
 part of his salary due to him, may be sued by the 
 superintendent, who is substituted to such teacher for 
 the purpose. 
 
 The amount of such salary is considered as a per- 
 sonal debt due to the superintendent, and the judgm ent 
 rendered against such school corporation shall be ex- 
 ecuted by the ordinary means of execution or by 
 seizure by garnishment, or in any other manner that 
 judgments of courts of justice may be executed 
 against such school corporations. 
 
 The superintendent shall remit the sum recovered 
 to the person interested, deduction being made of all 
 costs. R. S. Q., art. 2043. 
 
 245. The following are exempt from school taxes : 
 
 I i 
 

 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /i 
 
 A 
 
 <^ 
 
 .> 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 •/// 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 1.0 
 
 2.5 
 
 " '^ llli 
 
 I.I 
 
 ■Si Inn 
 
 1.25 III! 
 
 1^ llllu^o 
 
 1.8 
 
 14 llli 1.6 
 
 y 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 
 r-u^' 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) 873-4»03 
 
 '^ 
 
4r 
 
78 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 II 
 
 f 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i! 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 1 , 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1. All property belonging to Her Majesty, or held in 
 trust for the use of Her Majesty ; * 
 
 2. All buildings set apart for purposes of education, 
 or of religious worship, parsonage houses, and all 
 charitable institutions or hospitals incorporated accord- 
 ing to law, and the ground or land on which such 
 buildings are erected, and also all cemeteries ; f 
 
 3. Every educational institution receiving no grant 
 from the corporation or municipality in which it is 
 situated, and the land on which it is erected, and its 
 dependencies. | (See art. 379.) 
 
 * Jtidgment upon the interpretation of article 712 of the Munici- 
 pal Code bearing upon s. l,art. 2044, R.S. Q. 
 
 Held : — That municipal taxes assessed on a property, situated 
 in the town of Sorel, belonging to Her Majesty and held in 
 trust for her by the Secretary of Sate for the War Department, 
 cannot be recovered from the occupant of the property, in spite 
 of the fact that his name is on the valuation roll, and that he 
 has neither petitioned nor asked to have it taken oflF. Parsons 
 vs. The Mayor of Sorel. C. Q. B., Montreal, 1873.— R.L., vol. 15, 
 p. 417. 
 
 Held .-—That a purchaser of property from Government, in 
 the middle of the civic year, after completion of roll, is not 
 liable for taxes for the remainder of the year. Hogan vs. The 
 City of Montreal et al. C. Q. B., Montreal, 1884.— L. C. J., vol. 
 29, p. 29. 
 
 t Held : — That property belonging to educational corpora- 
 tions or occupied by such corporations, for the ends for which 
 they were established, and not possessed solely by them to 
 derive a revenue therefrom, is exempt from all municipal and 
 school taxes. 
 
 That the farm, known as Maizeret, utilized by the Quebec 
 Seminary : 1st for its produce, the greater part of which is used 
 by the Seminary ; 2ud as a place of recreation, since more than 
 a centpry, for the priests, ecclesiastics and pupils of this institu- 
 tion, is exempt from school taxes. 2'he School Commissioners of 
 St. Roch Nord vs. The Quebec Seminary, C.Q.B., 1884. — Q.L.R., 
 vol. 10, p. 335. 
 
 X Held .'—That a private boarding and day school (for young 
 ladies), receiving no grant, employing several teachers and hav- 
 ing on an average eighty-five pupils per year, is "an educational 
 establishment" within the meaning of the law and exempt 
 from municipal and school taxes. Wylie and The Corporation 
 of the City of Montreal. Supreme Court, March 8, 1886. 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 79 
 
 4. All property belonging to or used especially for 
 exhibition purposes by agricultural and horticultural 
 societies. K. S. Q., art. 2044, as amended by 52 Vict., 
 chap- 25, art. 2. 
 
 246. The school commissioners or trustees may, as 
 reo-ards lands and immoveable property liable to tax- 
 atfon by them respectively, at any time, value and tax 
 any lot of land separated from any land alrea.dy valued 
 and taxed, upon which one or more buildings have 
 been erected since the publication of the last valua- 
 tion roll then in force, and may make, in the valuation 
 roll and in the collection roll of the school munici- 
 pality, such alterations as become necessary by the 
 concession or the separation of such lot, or the erection 
 of such building. R.S.Q., art. 2045. 
 
 247. All such alterations in the valuation or collec- 
 tion roll shall be made and published in the manner 
 prescribed for the making and publishing of the valua- 
 tion and collection rolls in any school municipality ; 
 the commissioners or trustees shall, however, not be 
 bound to make such valuation when the altorations 
 resulting therefrom would be trifling and unimportant. 
 R.S.Q., art. 2046. 
 
 248. The school commissioners or trustees, as the 
 case may be, may also every year, with the authoriza- 
 tion of the superintendent, exempt from school contri- 
 butions any resident rate-payer living more than five 
 miles from the nearest school of his religious faith, 
 
 Hd i .-—That a house situated on the same lot of land as the 
 Morrin College, to which it belongs, and occupied as a private 
 dwelling by two of the professors of this college, is employed for 
 the purposes of education and on this account is exempt from 
 municipal taxes, although part of the salaries of the professors 
 was deducted as rent. Tli^ Treasurer of th£ City of Quebec vs. 
 The Morrin College. C.Q.B., Montreal, 1881.— B.L., vol. 11, p. 665. 
 
m 
 
 80 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 III 
 
 provided he does not send his children to such school 
 The proprietors of unoccupied lots cannot, in any 
 case, take advantage of this provision. R.S.Q., art. 2047. 
 5849. The school commissioners may, by a regular 
 resolution, commute for the payment annually°of a 
 certain determinate sum* of money for a number of 
 years not to exceed ten, the school taxes on buildings, 
 land and property occupied by any person, partnership 
 or company lawfully incorporated for carrying on any 
 manufacturing or industrial undertaking within the 
 limits of their municipality. 
 
 Dissentient school trustees may, in the same way, 
 commute their share of such school taxes, and, in such 
 case, the school commissioners shall collect, from such 
 person, firm or company, in addition to the share for 
 which they have themselves commuted, the sum for 
 which the said dissentient school trustees have com- 
 muted, and the said school commissioners shall pay 
 such sum to the dissentient school trustees annually ; 
 if, however, the dissentient school trustees do not deem 
 it advisable to commute their share of such school taxes, 
 the school commissioners shall continue to levy and 
 collect from any such person, firm or incorporated com- 
 pany and shall pay annually to the dissentient school 
 trustees the amount of the taxes which the said trustees 
 would have been entitled to receive, in accordance with 
 article 378 of the school law if the commissioners had 
 not commuted their share of the said school taxes. 
 53 Vict., chap. 27, act. 5, and 53 Vict., chap. 29, art. .1, 
 replacing art. 2048, R.S.Q. 
 
 § 6. — Duties of School Gommissionera and Trustees 
 
 respecting school-houses. 
 
 250. If it be necessary to purchase, build, rebuild, 
 
 i 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 81 
 
 enlarge, repair or maintain one or more school houses, 
 in any district whatever, the school commissioners or 
 trustees may, at all times, for this purpose, tax either 
 the particular district or the whole municipality, ac- 
 cording as one or the other plan has already been 
 adopted in the municipality. It. S. Q., art. 2049. 
 
 251. If a house for a model school be in question, 
 the district in which the said school is situated is first 
 taxed for an amount equal to that which it would have 
 cost the district to erect an elementary school-house. 
 The additional sum required for the model school- 
 house sha^ I be levied on the whole municipality, the 
 district also paying its share. R. S. Q., art. 2049. 
 
 253. The ordinary notices required for taxes shall 
 be given for the taxes mentioned in the two foregoing 
 artfcles. R. S. Q., art. 2049. 
 
 25S. The superintendent may authorize the school 
 commissioners or ti \.3tees of any school municipality, 
 not being an incorporated town or village municipality, 
 to build and maintain two or more school-houses in 
 any school-district. R. S. Q., art. 2050. 
 
 254. The school commissioners or trustees of any 
 municipality which is not divided into school districts 
 under the provisions of this law, may, upon the re- 
 commendation of the superintendent and with the ap- 
 proval of the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee 
 of the Council of Public Instruction, as the case may 
 be, build, rebuild, enlarge, repair or maintain school 
 buildings already existing, or build or erect one or 
 more additional school-houses as maybe required for 
 the accommodation of the pupils in such municipality, 
 and embellish and ornament the grounds surrounding 
 such school-houses and buildings. 
 
 For the above purposes, the school commissioners or 
 trustees may raise, by a special tax, the funds neces- 
 sary to defray the expenses thereof, provided the total 
 
82 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 I,; i|i'i I I 1 
 
 amount of such expenses does not exceed, in any one 
 year, the sum of three thousand dollars. R. S. Q., art. 
 2051. 
 
 255. In every case of special tax, in any school 
 district, or of a general tax on the whole municipality, 
 for the purchase, building, rebuilding, enlarging, repairs 
 or maintenance of school-houses, any of the persons so 
 taxed in any school district so separately taxed, may 
 appeal to- the superintendent, who may set aside such 
 tax, or relieve therefrom the school districts, or any 
 one of them, so appealing, or confirm the same, as to 
 him appears most equitable under the circumstances. 
 K. S. Q., art. 2052, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, 
 art. 6. 
 
 25tt. No tax exceeding the sum of three thousand 
 dollars shall be levied for the construction of a house 
 for a superior school, academy or model school, nor 
 exceeding the sum of sixteen hundred dollars for the 
 construction of an elementary school-house, unless the 
 school commissioners or trustees are specially author- 
 ized by the superintendent to expend a larger sum.* 
 
 That school-houses shall be built in accordance with 
 and upon plans approved or furnished by the superin- 
 tendent. R. S. Q., art. 2053. 
 
 257. Upon the recommendation of the superinten- 
 
 * Held .-—That Boards of School Com issioners, or Trustees, 
 cannot levy a tax exceeding three thousand dollars for the con- 
 struction of a model school-house. The School Commissioners of 
 Laprairie vs. Brosscau et aL C. Q. E-, Montreal, 1884.— D. C. A., 
 vol. 4, p 42. 
 
 Held: — That the obligations of municipal corporations are 
 measured by their powers. 
 
 That, consequently, school commissioners (or trustees) are 
 not liable for the balance of an obligation, given for the erection 
 of a model school-house, when such balance is in excess of the 
 amount authorized by law to be so expended. Adams vs. The 
 School Commissioners of Bamston. C. Q. B., Montreal, 1860. — 
 L. C. J., vol. 4, p. ^63 and L. C. R., voL 11, p. 46. 
 
83 
 
 any one 
 5. Q., art. 
 
 y school 
 icipality, 
 y, repairs 
 jrsons so 
 ced, may 
 ide such 
 3, or any 
 ne, as to 
 astances. 
 hap. 27, 
 
 housand 
 a house 
 lool, nor 
 for the 
 aless the 
 author- 
 sum.* 
 ace with 
 superin- 
 
 erinten- 
 
 Trustees, 
 r the con- 
 ssioners of 
 -D. C. A., 
 
 tions are 
 
 jtees) are 
 e erection 
 3SS of the 
 ms vs. The 
 I, I860.— 
 
 SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 dent, and with the approval of the Roman Catholic or 
 Protestant Committee of the Council of Public In- 
 struction, as the case may be, school commissioners and 
 trustees may, in addition to the powers conferred upoa 
 them by the preceding article, devote to the aid and" 
 maintenance of such superior schools, academies or 
 model schools, which are under their control, a sum 
 which shall not exceed, in any one year, one thousand 
 dollars, to be divided by them among such educational 
 institutions according to their several wants. The 
 amount thus appropriated shall be included in the 
 general tax raised by them. R.S.Q., art. 2054. 
 
 !358. When a site for a school-house is chosen by 
 the school commissioners or trustees, or a change is: 
 made in the limits of a school district, or a new school 
 district is established in a school municipality, or when 
 one or more established school districts are changed or 
 subdivided, or when the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees refuse or neglect to exercise or fulfill any of the 
 functions or duties conferred upon them by articles 
 231, 260 and following, ' '^e rate-payers interested may 
 at all times appeal to the superintendent, by summary 
 petition. 
 
 2. By the decision given by the superintendent, 
 " which shall be fintl, he may order the school commis- 
 sioners or trustees to do that which they have been 
 required or which he orders them to do, or abstain 
 from doing, or to do in whole or only in part and upon 
 the conditions required by such decision.* R. S. Q., 
 art. 2055, as amended by 63 Vict., chap. 27, art. 7. 
 
 259. The superintendent may, from time to time, 
 alter, repeal or modify any decision given by him oa 
 appeal from the decision of the school commissioners 
 
 4i-, 
 
 ; ^^i 
 
 * Held .'—That it is not necessary that the petition in appeal 
 to the superintendent of education should contain affirmatively 
 
84 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 I Hi! 
 
 in 
 
 I'' J 
 
 V 
 
 'J ' 
 
 II 
 
 W t 
 
 or trustees, under the preceding article. R. S. Q., art. 
 2066. 
 
 260. If, after having selected a vacant lot of land 
 as a site for a school-house, or if, after having decided 
 to enlarge the grounds on which a school-house already- 
 built or being built, the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees cannot make terms with the proprietor respecting 
 the amount offered as an indemnity, or in case the 
 proprietor refuses to deliver possession of the land 
 
 the allegation that the appeal to the superintendent is author- 
 ized by three visitors, if it appear that there was such author- 
 ization; that it will he presumed the authorization existed 
 when the sentence alleges it did, unless the fact he contradicted. 
 Lemieux vs. The Corporation of St, Jean Chrysostdme, C. Q. B., 
 Quebec, 1884.— L. N., vol. 7, p. 406. 
 
 Held : — That the superintendent may, on an appeal to him, 
 order that a school district be divided into two districts with a 
 school-house in each. 
 
 That, in this case, the superintendent's decision is final, and 
 can be modified but by the superintendent himself on a petition 
 made to him according to law. Tremblay vs. The School Commis 
 sioners of St. Valentin. Supreme Court, 1886. — D. S. C. R.,- 
 p. 140. 
 
 Held : — That tl^e superintendent may, on an appeal to him, 
 give sentence, ordering that a school-house be constructed on 
 -the site by him indicated. Delisle vs. The School Commission- 
 ers of St. John (Isle of Orleans). C. Q. B., Quebec, 1880. — D. C. A., 
 vol. 1, p. 93. 
 
 Held .'—That the superintendent may, on a regular appeal 
 to him, order something different to be done from what was 
 asked of him in the petition. 
 
 That an opinion, given by the superintendent to school com- 
 missioners or trustees, in any matter which the law leaves 
 under their control, is simply in the nature of an advice, and 
 they may afterwards modifjf any action, taken by them, in 
 accordance with such advice, if they think proper to do so. 
 
 That an appeal irregular in form became regular by the fact 
 that the commissioners had concurred in it, by a resolution 
 
 Sassed before the decision, in answer, to such appeal, was given 
 Tartel vs. The School Commissioners of St. Raymond. S. C, Que 
 bee, April 14, 1888, Judge Casault— Q. L. R., vol. 14, p. 148. 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 85 
 
 required, within the eight days next after application 
 in writing shall have been made to him by the com- 
 missioners or trustees, then the matter shall be settled 
 by arbitration in the following manner : 
 
 1. The commissioners or trustees shall appoint an 
 arbitrator, and the owner of the land shall appoint an- 
 other within thirty days after the said delay of eight 
 days ; and a third arbitrator shall, at the instance of 
 either of the parties, be appointed by the judge or one 
 of the judges of the Superior Court for the district, 
 within which the said site for a school-house is situated ; 
 
 2. In case the commissioners or trustees or the pro- 
 prietor shall not appoint their respective arbitrators 
 within the said thirty days, the said arbitrators, or the 
 third arbitrator, as the case may be, shall be appointed 
 by the judge or one of the judges of the Superior 
 Court for the district, upon the application of one of 
 the parties, and in the absence of the judge by the 
 prothonotary of the said court ; 
 
 3. The arbitrators so appointed shall have all the 
 powers necessary for the summoning, hearing, swear- 
 ing, and examination of the witnesses ; 
 
 4. The award of the arbitrators or of a majority 
 of them shall be final, and shall designate the party 
 who shall be liable for the costs of the arbitration, and 
 shall tax such costs. R.S.Q., art. 2057, as amended by 
 54 Vict., chap. 21, art. 7. 
 
 201. Before proceeding, each of the said arbitra- 
 tors shall take the following oath before a justice of 
 the peace for the district : 
 
 " I, A.B., having been appointed an arbitrator in the 
 " matter of the school commissioners {or trustees) of 
 versus C. D., of , make oath that I 
 
 will faithfully and impartially discharge the duties 
 
 of my office to the best of my judgment and capacity. 
 
 So help me God." 
 
 « 
 
 (( 
 
 ti 
 
 t< 
 
 'W 
 
 
 H 
 
 I I 
 
86 
 
 SCHOOL LAW, 
 
 1 I ; ,■; 
 
 3 
 
 i-'^ak III 
 
 il 
 
 |: i 
 
 ll)l> 1 
 
 ii 
 
 " Sworn at ^, this day of 18 , 
 
 " before me the undersigned, one of Her Ma- 
 
 '*jesty*8 Justices of the Peace, for the district of 
 ." R. S. Q., art. 2058. 
 
 202. The arbitrators shall, within one month after 
 their appointment, make their award, and serve a copy 
 thereof on the school commissioners or trustees, and on 
 all the other persons interested. R. S. Q., art. 2059. 
 
 203. The award shall give power to the commis- 
 sioners or trustees, upon deposit in the hands of the 
 prothonotary of the district, within the limits of which 
 the said site for a school-house is situated, of the com 
 pensation awarded to the persons entitled to receive 
 the same, to take immediate possession of the land for 
 which the compensation has been awarded. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2060. , 
 
 204. After all interested persons, creditors or 
 assigns have been called in, in the manner and form 
 and after the delay, which the court or judge shall 
 deem expedient and just, the Superior Court for the 
 said district, or one of the judges thereof, shall dis- 
 tribute the sum so deposited by ordering that it be 
 paid to the party or parties entitled thereto. R. S. Q.- 
 art. 2061. 
 
 205. If any person shall ofter any resistence or 
 opposition to the proceedings of the commissioners or 
 trustees, any judge of the Superior Court may, upon 
 satisfactory proof, that the conditions required by 
 articles 260 to 264 have been fulfilled, issue his warrant 
 addressed to any sheriff or bailiff, or other proper per- 
 son, to place the commissioners or trustees in posses- 
 sion, and to put a stop to such opposition or resistance, 
 all which such sheriff, bailiff, or other person shall be 
 bound to do, takii^ with him such assistance as may 
 be necessary. R. S. Q., art. 2062. 
 
 206. Nothing in the preceding articles shall have 
 
 )ii 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 87 
 
 the effect of authorizing possession to be taken of any 
 property held by a fabriqvs, church, body, corporation 
 or association for religious or school purposea R. S. Q., 
 art. 20G3. 
 
 267. When a school-district is divided by the crea- 
 tion of a new district or new municipality, the part on 
 which the school-house is situated shall retain the 
 property thereof, and shall refund to the other an 
 amount which shall be established pro rata by the 
 valuation of the real property which was taxed for its 
 erection.* 
 
 2. The same rules shall be followed when the reli- 
 gious minority shall declare themselves dissentient, 
 unless an understanding to the contrary be come to 
 with the minority, the majority shall keep the said 
 dchool-house on payment of an amount determined as 
 above. 
 
 3. In either of the two cases the school commission- 
 ers or trustees of the municipality in which the said 
 school-house is situated shall entrust three competent 
 persons with the making of a valuation of the said 
 school-house, and of the land upon which it is built, 
 aiid such valuation approved by them shall be final. 
 
 4. If, after such valuation, the persons interested 
 still do not agree, there shall be an appeal to the super- 
 
 * ifeW ,•— That a schoolhouse, purchased or built by the 
 ratepayers of a district, shall, if such district is suppressed by 
 being annexed to another, or to others, become the property of 
 the school municipality of which such district forms part after 
 its annexation; if such schoolhouse is sold, the proceeds shall be 
 paid to the school fund of the municipality, and ratepayers, who 
 contributed for the purchase or construction of said schoolhouse, 
 cannot claim back any portion of the proceeds of sale. Avdy vs. 
 The School Commissioners of Charleshourg. C. C, Quebec, 1883, 
 Judge Caron.— Q. L. R., vol. 9, p. 103 and Jobin vs. The School 
 Commissioners of Charlesbourg. C. G, Quebec, 1883, Judge 
 Casault.-^Q. L. R., vol. 9, p. 312. 
 
88 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 r '! 
 
 I 
 
 i 'ill 
 
 intendent, and ttie latter, after the said valuation and 
 an authentic copy of the valuation roll of the property 
 of all the parties interested have been placea in his 
 hands, shall pronounce a final decision. 
 
 6. In such cases the school commissioners or trus- 
 tjes shall, without delay, apportion between the proper 
 persons the amount to be paid, collect the money as 
 soon as possible by legal process as in the case of col- 
 lection of taxes, and render accounts to the persons 
 interested. R. S. Q., art. 20(i4. 
 
 *??• ^^ ^^^^^ ^® lawful for two or more school 
 municipalities to unite, by mutual agreement, in main- 
 taining a model school or an academy, and in erectint*- 
 a building therefor. ° 
 
 In case of such union the school or school building 
 shall be under the control of the school corporation of 
 the municipality in which it is situated. 
 
 Nevertheless, the school commissioners or trustees 
 of the municipalities, which nve united for the purpose 
 of contributing to the erection or maintenance of such 
 model school or academy, shall have the right to be 
 present at all meetings of such school corporation to 
 take part in the discussions and to vote upon all ques- 
 tions respecting the administration of the afiairs of 
 the academy or model school. R. S. Q., art. 2065. 
 
 260. Any school corporation that desires to co- 
 operate, in the manner above set forth, in the erection 
 of such model school or academy building, shall pass a 
 resolution to that effect, naming the amount to be 
 levied and any other particulars deemed necessary. 
 
 Such sum may be paid in one amount, but at leas* 
 one instalment shall be paid annually till the whole is 
 paid. 
 
 Any school corporation that desires to participate in 
 the maintenance of one of such schools shall pass a 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEEa 
 
 69 
 
 resolution naming the amount to be levied annually 
 for that purpose. R. S. Q., art. 2066. 
 
 a^ >. Such resolution shall be submitted by the 
 school corporation at a meeting of the rate-payers of 
 the municipality, called for that purpose in the manner 
 prescribed tor calling general meetings. 
 
 The notice calling such meeting shall contain a copy 
 of the resolution to be submitted. 
 
 At such meeting, the persons qualified to vote shall 
 record their votes for or against the resolution in the 
 manner provided for the election of school commis- 
 sioners and trustees. 
 
 If the majority vote against the resolution, the said 
 resolution shall become null ; but if the majority are 
 in favor of the resolution, tlie school corporation of the 
 said municipality shall levy the amou^.i; named in the 
 rasolution, and shall pay the said amount over to th^. 
 coi'poration of the school municipality in which the 
 school is situated. R. S. Q., art. 2086, § 2. 
 
 271. The amount named for the maintenance of the 
 school shall be paid over each year until it is decided 
 by vote of the rate-payers to discontinue such pay- 
 ment. R. S. Q., art. 2066, § 3. 
 
 272. The acceptance by a school corporation, in 
 >^iich such school is situated, of aid in the erection of 
 such school building from any other municipality, 
 shall give the children in the latter municipality the 
 right to attend such school upon the same conditions 
 as the children of the municipality in which such 
 school is situated. R. S. Q., ari 2067. 
 
 § 7. — Powers of School Commiasionera and Trustees 
 respecting monthly fees, 
 
 273. Over and above the taxes levied, the school 
 commissioners and trustees shall fix the monthly fees 
 
 : J 
 

 ki I, 
 
 'III 'I 
 
 * 1 1 11 <ll 
 
 <ll 
 
 !Mt 
 
 
 90 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ill 
 
 montns by the father or mother, tutor, curator or 
 Suardian for each child o,'' age to attend sch^L "* 
 
 in whtwf '''^" ^^r -'f "«« °f *he school district 
 ari « 7 r* *=?"?? *^<^- «• «• Q- »rt. 2068. 
 
 -ST^. bucJi fees sliall not exceed in any case fortv 
 
 SrofU^^r"^ '-"^y "^ "iminishedf inTheS 
 t^ie ,n.n!, ' f T""'""'"!'^ °^" *™^*«««' according to 
 Toiti T ■ \ *'H PT"*"' "S^ °* th° children, Ind 
 
 :. 7u^ commissioners or trustees mav, nevertheless 
 
 except toi each child from seven to fourteen vcirci nf 
 age capable of attending school; but chiKlro"^ 
 hve to seven years and from fourteen to sixt en ye^^ 
 ±lf f!l^"'S.^J^ ^y ^^^ool district shall, upon p^l 
 ment of the said monthly fees, have a right to atS 
 
 "J**- The monthly school fees, fixed by the com- 
 missioners or trustees, shall be collected in the same 
 manner and at the same time as school taxes 
 
 Ihe provisions of the present article shall, however 
 ^Ictio? n?f^*"^ as applyingto any place where the 
 
 monSy s£ ^^^'-^-^ <"^ t">«tees caanot exact 
 3 From indigent persons ; 
 
 I* F^^ ^^u^^^' ^®^*^ ^^ ^^^^ children ; 
 nwin,^ Z f^^""^ 7"^ ."^^'^ '^^"^We to attend school 
 owing to serious and prolonged illness ; 
 
 4. For children who are absent from the school 
 
SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 91 
 
 municipality for the purpose of receiving their educa- 
 tion or for children in a college or ether incorporated 
 educational institution or one receiving a special grant 
 from the public funds, other than schools under the 
 control of commissioners or trustees. H. S. Q., art. 
 2072. 
 
 278. The monthly fees payable for children attend- 
 ing a model school, a separate girls' school, or a school 
 kept by some religious community forming a school 
 district, shall not form part of the school fund ; but 
 such monthly fees, to the amount established for the 
 other children in the municipality, shall be payable 
 directly to the teacher, and be for his or her use, un- 
 less a diiFerent agreement has been made between the 
 school corporation and the teacher. R, S. Q., art. 2073. 
 
 2TO. School commissioners and trustees, in the 
 semi-annual reports which they are bound to transmit 
 to the superintendent, shall state the amount of month- 
 ly fees fixed for each district, and the amount of such 
 fees BLcturAly collected, either directly by them or by 
 the teacher. R. S. Q., art. 2074. 
 
 280. If the school commissioners or trustees fail to 
 fix the amount of monthly fees to be paid for the 
 children in each district, or to cause the same to be 
 collected, the superintendent, with the approval of the 
 Lieutenant-Governor, may refuse the school grant for 
 the year to the school municipality represented by 
 such commissioners or trustees in default. R. S. Q., 
 art). 2075, as amended hy 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 11. 
 
 i / 
 
 ■^it 
 
 § 8. — Powers of School Commiasioners and Trustees 
 respecting schools for girls. 
 
 281. The school commissioners or trustees may 
 establish in the municipality a girls' school distinct 
 
f\ 
 
 !f |i 
 
 n > i \i 
 
 ill I 
 
 I'll' 
 
 f iliM 
 I III 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 from that for boys, and such girls' school shall be con- 
 sidered as a school district. K. 8. Q., art. 2076. 
 
 * ^??*j^^ ^^7 religious community has already es- 
 tabhshed an elementary school for girls, in any muni- 
 cipahty, such community may place its school, from 
 year to year, or as may be agreed upon, under the 
 management of the commissioners or trustees, and it 
 shall then be entitled to all the advantages ^ranted bv 
 this Jaw to public schools. R S. Q, art 2077. 
 
 § 9r-Powers and duties of School Commissioners and 
 Irustees respectinrj the annual census of children, 
 
 283 School commissioners and trustees shall cause 
 to be made by their secretary- treasurers, between the 
 first day of September and the first day of October of 
 every year, a census of the children in each school 
 municipality, distinguishing those who are from five 
 to seven years of age. those from fourteen to sixteen, 
 those from seven to fourteen years, and those actually 
 attending school. ^ 
 
 They shall transmit such census to the superinten- 
 dent in their semi-annual report of the month of 
 January m each year. R S. Q., art. 2078. 
 
 2SJ Every father, head of a family, tutor, curator 
 or guardian, who refuses to give to the secretarv- 
 trefl:urer the information required for the census of 
 the children prescribed by the preceding article, or 
 who makes a false declaration, shall incur a penalty of 
 not less than five or more than twenty-five dollars. 
 
 iTie provisions of articles 433, 434 and 435 shall 
 apply to the said penalty. R. S. Q., art. 2079. 
 
 It .■ n 
 
TRUSTEES OP DISSENTIENT SCHOOL& 
 SBCTIOX IV. 
 
 98 
 
 TRUSTEES OF DISSENTIENT 8CH00L8-THEIR GENERAL POWERS 
 
 AND DUTIES. 
 
 • ^f^.J'^^^'^^^^ave the same powers and are sub- 
 ject to the same duties as school commissioners for the 
 management ot those schools which arc under their 
 control. R. S. Q.. art. 2080. 
 
 280 The trustees are a corporation for the pur- 
 poses of their own dissentient schools and are entitled 
 to receive from the superintendent, shares of the 
 general school fund, bearing the same proportion to 
 the whole sums allotted from time to timV to such 
 municipality a^ the number of children attending such 
 dissentient schools bears to the entire num&r of 
 children attending school in such municipality at the 
 same time R. S. Q. art. 2081. ^ 
 
 ..i?*J' ^."".^^^^^^ ^^^'^^ ^^ve the right of imposing and 
 collecting the taxes upon the dissentient inhabitants, 
 it. o. C^., art. 2082. 
 
 288. Whenever the school trustees in two adjoin- 
 ing municipalities are unable to support a school in 
 each municipality, it shall be lawful for them to unite 
 and to establish and maintain, under their joint 
 management, a school situated as near the limits of 
 
 both municipalities as possible, so as to be accessible 
 to both. ^ 
 
 In such case, the trustees jointly report their pro- 
 ceedings to the superintendent, who shall remit the 
 share of the common school grant to the secretary- 
 treasurer, wh<^e name first appears on the report. R. 
 «. l^., art. 2083. 
 
 280. Thft fniafAAo tn*A Aw>i:4.1^J x^ _ n ,-, 
 
 - — - "-^■■■^^^^ «,i-» ^iiwiwcu wj u, copy 01 tlie 
 
 collection roll m force, of the list of children capable 
 
 ot attending school, and of aU other documents intho 
 

 i '«i 
 
 it!i 
 
 m 
 
 'iiii' 
 
 i' 
 
 94 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 hands of the school commissioners or of the secretary- 
 treasurer, connected with the management of dissent- 
 ient schools. R. S. Q., art. 2084. 
 
 2»0. If there is no tax imposed, or if the tax im- 
 posed does not appear to them a proper one, the trus- 
 tees may, in the months of July and August, impose 
 the taxes deemed necessary, upon the dissentient in- 
 habitants. R. S. Q., art. 2084, § 2. 
 
 2»1. Trustees may constitute their own school- 
 districts independently of the school-districts estab- 
 lislied by the school commissioners. 
 
 They have the same rights and are subject to the 
 same duties 8,nd penalties as school commissioners, in 
 respect to the collection and application of moneys 
 levied by them, the rendering and examination of their 
 ace Dunts, and all other matters whatever in reference 
 thereto. R. S. Q., art. 2085. 
 
 392. The trustees may also receive the amount of 
 the monthly fees payable for the children of dissen- 
 tient patents, tutors, curators or guardians, and may 
 institute all suits or prosecutions, and do all other 
 things necessary for the recovery of taxes and monthly 
 fees. R. S. Q., art. 2086. 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 SECRETARY-TREASURERS OF SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS AXD 
 
 TRUSTEES. 
 
 § 1. — General Provisions, 
 
 203. Every school corporation shall have an officer 
 called the secretary-treasurer, who shall be appointed 
 by the school commissioners or trustees, and shall re- 
 main in office during the pleasure of the said commis- 
 sioners or trustee* R S. Q., art. 2087. 
 
SECRETARY-TREASURERS. 
 
 95 
 
 commis- 
 
 SO-l. Every secretary-treasurer shall, before enter- 
 ing upon his duties as such, give security to the school 
 commissioners or trustees, either by a notarial instru- 
 ment, the minute of which shall remain with the notary 
 receiving it, or by a bond under private seal signed 
 and acknowledged before a justice of the peace. R. 
 S. Q., art. 2088. (See Form No. 7.) 
 
 295. The security shall be given by at leaat two 
 solvent sureties, jointly and severally, to the satisfac- 
 tion of the chairman of the school commissioners or 
 trustees, and for the total amount of the moneys for 
 which the secretary-treasurer may, at any time during 
 his tenure of office, be responsible, whether arising 
 from the local school fund or from any particular con- 
 tributions or donations paid into his hands for the 
 support of schools, or from the general school fund. 
 
 Such security shall be renewed whenever its renewal 
 is required by the school commissioners or trustees. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2089. 
 
 296. Whenever the security is entered into by 
 bond under private seal, the original thereof shall, 
 within one month after the execution, be deposited in 
 the hands of the registrar of the county, who shall 
 keep the same in his custody and deliver copies there- 
 of, which being certified by him, shall be considered 
 to all intents and purposes as authentic. 
 
 For every such copy the registrar may demand and 
 receive ten cents for every hundred words therein. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2090. 
 
 297. The sureties of the secretary-treasurer may, 
 at any time, by giving notice in writing of their inten- 
 tion to the secretary-treasurer himself and to the 
 chairman of the school corporation by which he is 
 employed, f*ee themselves from future liability under 
 their bond, a^ the expiration of thirty days alter the 
 service of such notice. 
 
 5ffi« 
 
 s-;i."1 
 
 I I 
 
 f'* 
 
9(J 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ■11 
 
 ,' j 
 
 ■0$'^ 
 
 ^B9ii i liii 
 
 Hill ! 
 
 jl 
 
 ^^^^^Bi^.i '■ 1 
 
 i 
 
 !i 
 
 Such notice is given and served by a notary, or by 
 the surety himself in writing, delivered in pri^nce of 
 
 Ifti TK "^^"^ '''*" ^'Sn the same. RS.Q^ art. 2091. 
 th^.rA ^'»* .secretary-treasurer must, within the 
 thirty days fol owing the service of such notice, furnish 
 other sureties :n lieu of those withdrawn. 
 
 «f ?k * I-*** ''*/ ?? '*"'''& ^^ c^^not discharge any 
 of tho functions of his office, without becomin| liable 
 toapenaty of twenty dollars for each infraction of 
 this article. R.S.Q., art. 2092. 
 
 in^lT**^''*''®''''' '"i^. "^ ^^^ «"'**'«8 dies, becomes 
 insolvent, or removes his domicile outside the limits of 
 
 the district, the secretary-treasurer, must, as soon as he 
 Womes aware of such fa^t. notify the same, in writ! 
 ing. to the chairman of the school corporation in whose 
 service he is. under a penalty of one hundred dollars. 
 He rnust supply the place of such surety within the 
 thirty days next following, in default of his so doing! 
 he cannot perform any of the duties of his office, under 
 S Q.f art sy^'"" ^ *^^ preceding article. R 
 thf??' J'^^s'f *ties of the secretary-treasurer, after 
 
 orTff I'"^*^ ^'T"' *"*"'^ "*^«'*'y "''der their bond, 
 or after the secretary-treasurer has ceased to discharge 
 
 of td"*'".! 1 '""^ °®?*'' "^y e^*"* fro-" the chair^fn 
 ot the school corporation a certificate of discharge for 
 the future, which certificate, after registration thereof 
 discharges thenceforth the immoveaWes hypotWted 
 ^y such bond. RS.Q., art. 2094. /po^necatea 
 
 «nf .? tl T\sec':etary-treasurer may, with the con- 
 ^1. * fif 1*^°?' commissioners or trustees, give, in 
 P^e of the bond mentioned in the preceding Irticles 
 ^unty by a guarantee insurance contract or policy in 
 favor of the said school commissioners or trustees in 
 Z^A •""■""""- ^^""'pa'uy incorporated tor that purpose 
 and approved by the said school commissioners or W 
 
SECRETARY -TREASURERS. 
 
 97 
 
 tees and by the superintendent of Public Instruction ; 
 
 Such consent is given by resolution adopted by the 
 school commissioners or trustees. 
 
 The premium on the guarantee insurance policy may 
 be paid by the school commissioners or trustees, and 
 afterwards retained by them out of the salary or re- 
 muneration of the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 The provisions of this article apply to the assistant- 
 secretary-treasurer appointed under article 319 of tht 
 code. 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 8. 
 
 30I. The secretary- treasurer is the keeper of all 
 the books, registers, plans, maps, archives, and other 
 documents and papers which are either the property 
 of the school corporation, or are produced, filed and 
 preserved in the office thereof. 
 
 He cannot divest himself of the custody of such 
 archives, except with the permission of the school cor- 
 poration, or under the authority of a competent court. 
 R.S.Q., art. 2095 
 
 30S. The secretary-treasurer attends at all meet- 
 ings of the school corporation and" draws up minutes 
 of all the acts and proceedings thereof, in a book kept 
 for that purpose, and called ' ' Minutes of Proceedings." 
 R.S.Q., art. 2096. 
 
 S03. All minutes of the meetings of the school cor- 
 poration must be approved by the school corporation, 
 signed by the person who presided at such meeting, 
 and countersigned by the secretary-treasurer. R.S.O.. 
 art. 2097. 
 
 304. Whenever a by-law or a resolution is amended 
 or repealed, mention must be made thereof in the 
 margin of the minutes of proceedings, opposite such 
 by-law or resolution, together with the date of its 
 amendment or repeal. E.S.Q., art. 2098. 
 
 305. Copies and extracts certified by the secretary- 
 treasurer from all books, registers, archives, documents, 
 Endpapers preserved in the ofllce of the school cor- 
 
98 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 'i 1 
 
 V I,': 
 
 II! 
 
 I iiiii 
 
 III,!' 'I 
 
 poration are evidence of their contents. R S. Q., art 
 
 306. The secretary-treasurer collects and has charge 
 of all moneys due or payable to the school corporatioa* 
 R. S. Q., art. 2100. 
 
 307. He pays out of the funds of the school cor- 
 poration, all sums of money due by it, whenever 
 authorized to do so by such corporation. 
 
 If the sum to be paid does not exceed ten dollars, 
 the authorization of the chairman is sufficient. R S. 
 Q., art. 2101. 
 
 SOH. Even in the absence of authorization from 
 the school corporation, or from its chairman, it is his 
 duty to pay, out of the funds of the corporation, any 
 draft or order drawn upon him, or any sum demanded 
 by any one empowered so to do by the provisions of 
 the school laws or regulations. R. S. Q., art. 2102. 
 
 tiO». No draft or order can, however, be legally 
 paid, unless the same shows sufficiently the nature of 
 the use to be made of the sum therein mentioned. R. 
 S. Q., art. 2103. 
 
 310. No secretary-treasurer can, under a penalty 
 of twenty dollars for each infraction : 
 
 1. Grant discharges to rate-payers, or other persons 
 indebted to the school corporation for school taxes or 
 other debts, without having actually received in cash 
 or in lawful value the amount mentioned in such dis- 
 charges ; 
 
 * Held .-—That a secretary-treasurer, who had delivered a 
 cheque, received from the Government for school purposes, to 
 the chairman of the school commissioners of his municipality 
 in order to have it cashed, could not be held responsible for the 
 loss by theft of a part of this money, of which the chairman 
 had been the victim, and that he (the secretary) was not euilty 
 of neghirence. Ouimet wt. VermJLt. f!. O. R OhoKoa i«ca_ 
 . L. R., vol. 7, p. 34. 
 
 w.i 
 
SEOBETART-TBEASURERa. 
 
 99 
 
 2. Lend directly or indirectly, by himself or bv 
 others, to rate-myers or other persons whomsoever 
 moneys received in payment of school taxes or bekZ: 
 
 %« r^**"**' '^'P*'™'*'**"- R- S. Q., ari 2104. ^ 
 «1. Ihe secretajy-treasurer is bound to keep in 
 the form prescribed, books of account, in whict he 
 enters accordmg to date, each item of receipt and 
 expenditure, mentioning therein the names of all ^. 
 sons who have paid money into his hands, or to wfiom 
 he has made any payment. R. S. Q., art. 2105. 
 tfW. He must keep, amongst the archives of the 
 
 SIS The secretary-treasurer is bound to keep a 
 
 amnner and in the order of their dates, all reportf 
 lets of apportionment, valuation rolls, collection roll, 
 ludgments maps, plans, statements, notices, letters' 
 papers and documents whatsoever, which are in h^» 
 artllO^ "^^ ^^^ exercise of his office. R. S. Q., 
 
 314. The secretary-treasurer^s books of account and 
 vouchers for his expenditure, together with all the 
 registers or documents in his archives, are open for 
 inspection and examination by every interested party 
 or their attorneys, on the office days as established by 
 the school corporation, between the hours of nine in 
 the morning and four in the afternoon. 
 
 Such persons, either themselves or by their attor- 
 neys, may take all notes, extracts or copies which they 
 require. R. S. Q., art. 2108. ^" wiey 
 
 SIS, The secretary-treasurer is bound to deliver 
 
 upon payment of his fees, to any person applying for 
 
 — ...,.„^, twj^x^o vi cAwxfcui/s irom any Dook, roll regis- 
 
 archir^"^'^^*' or Other paper, which forms part of the 
 
IW 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 J ' 
 
 !:• i 
 
 f 
 
 ill 
 
 ill 
 
 III 
 
 • His fees, until otherwise fixed, are ten cents per 
 nundred words. ^ 
 
 : The secretary-treasurer is, nevertheless, bound to 
 lurnis 1 gi-atuitously any copy or extract required by 
 the Lieutenant-aovemor, or by members of the school 
 corporation or its officers. R. S. Q., art, 2109. 
 
 »i». I he scliool commissisoners or trustees may at 
 aiiy time remove the secretary-treasurer, and appoint 
 «^^^^^^^' "J l"s place.* R.S.Q.,ai-t.2110. ^^ 
 
 tfl7. No teacher shall be appointed secretary- 
 treasurer. R. S.Q, art. 2111. ^ 
 
 318. The remuneration of the secretary-treasurer 
 sha.l not exceed seven per cent upon the moneys re- 
 ceived by him as such for all the services consistent 
 with the duties of his office, which the school commis- 
 sioners or trustees may require of him, except in cases 
 specially provided for by the school law and by rean- 
 lations upon the matter made by the superintendenif 
 JVevertheless the school commissioners or trustees 
 may, by resolution, with the authorization of the 
 superintendent, gi-ant a supplementary sum to the 
 secretary-treasurer for the use of his office as well as 
 tor any other consideration thereby specified. R. S. 
 v^., art. J 11 2. 
 
 f „f *f • ^^- s^cf e^l^ry-treasurer may, under his signa- 
 ture, from time to time, appoint an assistant-secretary- 
 
 * Jwigrnent upon the mterpretaiion of article 143 of the Municipal 
 Code heanng upon article 2110, R S Q Mumctpai, 
 
 in^tmc7^o^v^l^\^^^^^ ?^ ^ municipality remains 
 
 V^--- ?^ .^""ng the good pleasure of the counoil 
 
 C^Sl2X."'' C. C, Montreal,^1872, Judge Macka" 
 
 from^Pll^r'^* ^ secretary-treasurer cannot claim payment 
 from school commissioners or trustees for suDDlementarv s^r 
 l^^\^PeUeturv,. The School CoTwmt.^ZrroTl/?' p&^f.^ 
 
 VOL 'CsST'' ''""' ^""^^^ ^^^' ^"^^*^' *"^ MoWiet^ra r; 
 
SECRETART-TREASUREfia 
 
 101 
 
 t^a^urer who may perform all the duties of such 
 office, with the same rights, powers and privileges and 
 under the same obligations as the secretaiy-tr^urer 
 hiinseJt, except as regards security. 
 
 2. The assistant-secretary-treasurer shall enter into 
 office as soon as he has received written notice of his 
 appointment and he may be removed or replaced at 
 pleasure by the secretary-treajsurer 
 ^hfJ" *lie exercise of his functions, he shall act under 
 the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer, who has 
 appointed him, and under that of the sureties of that 
 otficer. R. S. Q., art. 2113. 
 
 320. In the event of a vacancy in the office of 
 secretary-treasurer, the assistant-secretary-treasurer 
 shall contmue to exercise the duties of that office until 
 the vacancy IS hlled. R. S. Q., art. 2113, § 4 
 
 321. Saving special provisions, every secretary- 
 treasurer shall prepare and submit to the school com- 
 missioners or trustees, in the first week of July in each 
 year, a detailed statement of the receipts and expendi- 
 ture of the municipality, duly audited, for the year 
 ending on the thirtieth day of June immediately pre- 
 ceding. R. S. Q., art. 2114. ^ ^ 
 
 322. The seci;etary-treusurer, as soon as the state- 
 ment mentioned in the foregoing article has been ap- 
 proved by the commissioners or trustees, as the case 
 
 "^!^i \.. ^ ^^^^'"^^ ^®®^ audited as provided bv 
 articles 324 to 330, shall prepare an abstra<jt of the 
 receipts and expenditure and of the assets and liabili- 
 ties, which he shall cause to be approved in the same [ 
 m^ner by such school commissioners or trustees 
 
 oi.^^ . ''^^'^^JP'',^*,''P'^^^®«^«^^ post up such 
 abstract as prescnbed by article 11 and following on 
 
 the Sunday precedinsr the mefttit^o- nf . tv.^ ^o+« ^fi 
 
 which he shall call m the manner required for meet- 
 ings tor the election of school commissioners or trus- 
 
102 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 'if 
 
 
 tees, or he Rhall <»use such abstract to be puWished at 
 least eight days before such meeting in a newspaper in 
 the manner prescribed in article 16.* R. sT Q., art 
 2114, § 2. s 
 
 ***• The secretary-treasurer shall furnish a copy 
 of such abstract to anv rate-payer requiring the same 
 upon the payment of twenty cents, or a copy of the 
 statement as approved by the school commissioners or 
 truste^, as the case may be, on the payment of ten 
 cents for every hundred words, for each copy. R S 
 Q., art. 2114, §3. *^^ 
 
 § ^'—Examination of the accounts of Secretaru* 
 Treasurers by an auditor. 
 
 » 
 
 824. School commissioners and trustees shall ap- 
 pomt one or two auditors to examine and audit the 
 accounts kept by their secretary-treasurer, in office or 
 out ol office. 
 
 Such auditors are bound, in the month of July in 
 each year, and when the school coi-poration requires, 
 to make an examination of and to report respecting 
 all accounts of the corporation and all accounts roJat- 
 
 ^^^J^^^^y subject falling within their jurisdiction. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2115. 
 
 325. In the case of a special audit of the accounts 
 ot the secretary-treasurer, the chairman of the school 
 commissioners or trustees, as the case may be, shall 
 pe^onaUy or by a bailiff give wrictm notice of such 
 audit to the secretary-treasurer r^^quifin^ him lo at- 
 
 ^^m 
 
 fV,o £ f ;r-That failure to read a regulation does not annul 
 i(^- V ?"\\*'^"' ^"* '«^-<^« the officer charged with reading it 
 T ■'■ *t® l^enaltjr imposed by law. Parent vs. The ComiS-a- 
 ^f^^ T vj€ i%.miiofm. iSauvmr. C. G., Quebec.1873, Judge l^ere- 
 
 11 ii ' 'I 
 
SKCRETARY THEAWRERS. 
 
 103 
 
 tend, 80 «i8 io give aJl the explanations that may bo 
 required of him. R S. Q., art. 2116. 
 
 too. If the 8eciet»jrj'-h-easurer refuse or neglect to 
 attend, the auditor shall proceed to the exaimnation 
 and auditing of the accounts, and shall make and for- 
 ward hi^ report to the commissioners or trustees, to 
 whom it may appertain, together with a statement' of 
 the amount of his costs and expenses, and the commis- 
 sioners or trustees shall, at a regular meeting, adopt 
 the said report in whole or in part, as the case may be 
 and shall certify the amount to which the auditor is 
 entitled for expenses, and shall communicate the re- 
 sult to the secretaiy -treasurer, by causing a copy of 
 the resolutions, adopted by them respecting the report 
 to be served upon him by a bailiff. R. S. Q., art 
 
 327. The secretary-treasurer shall, within fifteen 
 days, pay the amount which shall have been found 
 deficient in his accounts. R, S. Q., art. 2117. \ 
 
 388. If the secretary-treasurer contest the auditor's 
 I'^port and give notice thereof, within the same delay 
 of fifteen days, to the school commissioners or trustees 
 by a notice served on the chairman by a bailiff, the 
 commissioners oj- trustees shall forward the report to 
 the superintendent, together with a copy of their pro- 
 ceedings and of the notice given to them by tho 
 secretary-treasurer, and all documents connected there- 
 with. 
 
 2. The superintendent shall appoint a school in- 
 spector or any other person to examine and audit the 
 said accounts, in presence of the parties or after they 
 have been duly summoned ; ami such inspector or per- 
 son so appointed shaU have aU the rights and powers 
 conferred by chapter second of title third of the 
 i».c viseu statutes of the I'rovince of guebec, respecting 
 rnqmnos coxuseming public matters* RS. Q., art. 21ll 
 
 c; 
 
 *." 
 
"■ I I n il— f 
 
 104 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 m 
 
 p' . 
 
 t^ fd • '?^Vf^'°^ person appointed shall report, 
 
 to the supenntendflnt. the procedure followed fay W 
 
 shall te ^^P^""**''^'"** si**" give his decision, whfch 
 
 Whoe^-er shaU be adjudged debtor «i>di pay without 
 delay to the pe«on entttled thereto the amount foj 
 wnreh he has been declared debtor, and, in default of 
 
 Etr'/h '^\ V"^^^^g^ shall be instituted to 
 execute the said decision. 
 
 Rn^^nj°^.*'°1*'''1^ ,'"*'»'* '"^'<='*' ^hall prevent the 
 snpenntendent, school commissioners, or trastees from 
 
 »cf?w*..T^* judgment of the superintendent shall 
 establish the amount of the costs aid expenses of the 
 sa^d^inspector or person so appointed. R. S. Q, art. 
 
 § 3.— Examination of Secretary-Treamrera' accounts 
 
 by the Superintendent. 
 
 . 831. In case of difficulties between the commis- 
 sioner, or tnistees and the secretary-trea^urer in or 
 
 Ztlt.f'V J?" """"'^ Pality. or i/case of a written 
 application to the superintendent from at least five 
 rate-payera, having for its object the revision of the 
 accounte of the secretaiy-treasurer for the year ending 
 on the first of July nrevious. or for any otfieryeTr f"? 
 which the accounte have not been approved aa pre- 
 sented by article 822, the superintenolent may ca^use 
 the said ajicounte or copies of the said accounts, with 
 vouchers therefor, to be laid before him, and on the 
 whole render judgment in detail, which shall be entered 
 m a register kept by him for that purpose. 
 
 -- .„.™.j«^g„iciiuoiitwniave loree of an award of 
 arbitrators between aU the parties, and aii/ copy 
 
SECRETARY-TREASURKIUj. 
 
 105 
 
 thereof certified by the superintendent or by one of 
 the secretaries of the Department of Public Instruc- 
 tion shall be authentic 
 
 a The superintendent may, also, himself, proceed to 
 the place m question, or appoint a delegate in his 
 stead. ° 
 
 4. The examination shall take place on the day and 
 hour and at the place fixed in a notice duly served 
 hve days previously, by a bailiff; upon the commis- 
 sioners or trustees and the secretary-treasurer who 
 r.hall ha/e a right to attend, or to be represented 
 th-^roat.* R. S. Q., art. 2121. ^ 
 
 ♦,aoo^^f •"! ^''^' "? ^^*.^^" *° account lies against a secretary- 
 I!v!7^' who has already rendered his account and has ri 
 ceivecl a discharge, unless fraud or error be alleged, and that 
 the commissioners are bound by the act. of their predecessors ; 
 ♦,„=;Jo 'f fraud or error be alleged, the commissioners, or 
 ^ouuIkiS^^'' ^ ^'^ ^^^'"''^ '" reformation of the a^ 
 3. That disputes in such matters should be settled by the 
 a-^-tratcrs. Ih^^ School Commimoners of Chamhly vs. Hickev. 
 
 f-l-'r n-m^^i'ni^il' ^^F^i^^' Sfl^?<=Vand Chabot.-L..aX 
 
 ^hl'J/F: « S^""^ ^J>chool Commissioners of St. Michel de Vav^ 
 vo 14 n l?wn/ri'^ Montreal, 1859, Judge 8mith.-L. C. J., 
 1884.--J N vol^ ir ^*' ^^^^^^''^' ^ 0- S-' Montreal! 
 
 .c.rrfii^'^ 'TS^*^ ^^'® superintendent has no jurisdiction in the 
 revision of the accountB of a secretary-treasurer, whose resig- 
 hfseS \^ accepted and a discharge granted him by 
 
 That the superintendent has no authority in law to set aside 
 a discharge grantee to such secretary-treasurer, but such dis- 
 charge must be set aside by a competent tribunal. 
 
 ,1^.7 ^^^®*^^***^*^^*^®,*^® sentence of the superintendent 
 declared executory, must show that he had the power to render 
 such sentence and that his Jurisdiction appears on the face of 
 tue proceedings. Tlie School Cfimmh»irynj>^f «/ »/>w«« euji- ..„ 
 
 i^attctemin a C, Bedford/im JudgeBudUanan^lL. C jl' 
 VOL zi, p. loy. ' 
 
 i/dW;— That in the case of difficulties between the school 
 
106 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 liilil,*' 
 
 382. The superintendent, whether he has examinee^ 
 the lu^counts himself, or has had them e^^bj 
 
 <ituDeration, which, as in (he precedinsr case sliall hi 
 entered in the book kept for that pZoTi^d iS 
 have the force of an award of arbitVatSTlXeeM 
 
 commissioneR or trustees who appotated hL b^t 
 whose accounts hav^ not been admrtt^ or wh^ hM 
 
 ^n?^^ ^ 1? ■ *='*",*''°'' '""y- ^y written notice served 
 
 sioners or trustees to appoint, within eiVht davs an 
 « ft *°*'^*"'^«'^d audit the said Xunte^lid 
 if he be so anpointed, the sa,d auditor shX^^'eSl 
 the maaner aWe provided in article 324 Td MJowii^a 
 articles. In default of the school commiss one«^? 
 trustees makmg such appointment, or in defadroabo 
 
 commissioners and theif secretary treasurer ihc> o^o^- .. 
 of the accounts of the Jafter of « « * '' , examination 
 
 which only wo^rZ iomm'iBsioneTwa?! ^^^J^ '"^^'^ »' 
 lant to an examination in the niB»onIl!?I? P™**"*. 's ^quiva- 
 
 secretary-treasure^ S crivSS^^-^?' trustees and their 
 force oiin award of aibS?n«i „*^^"?*®^^«'^* s^ecision, ^ 
 
 spect to a secreSi^ftrea^urer^^^^^ ^''^^^ re- 
 
 fore the passing ofsSdK ^ ^'^"^ ^^^"^ ''^^^ be- 
 
 That the presence of the co»mifi.,^>».«^/^-x- ^ . 
 
 iicceesary at the examination TTii^"'"'"'^" ^Y'^ i-ruawjesj is not 
 
SECRETARY-TREASURERS. 
 
 107 
 
 person so appointed taking proceedings, the secretary- 
 treasurer shaU apply, by petition to the superintendent, 
 tv'lio shall then proceed in the manner provided by 
 article S28 and following* R. S. Q., art. 2123. 
 
 B84. Whenever the superintendent is assured that 
 a secretary-treasurer's accounts have not been render- 
 ed, or, if having been rendered, that they are informal, 
 irregular, illegal, fraudulent or erroneous, he may. in 
 Ills own individual name. sue. before any court of com- 
 peteQfcjarisdiction,anjr such secretary-treasurer in an 
 action to account, or in reformation or correction or 
 revisioa of the account so rendered. 
 
 He may demand that all agreements entered into 
 between school commissioners or trustees and the sec- 
 retary. treasurer, or any other persons, with reterence 
 t^> J<Uch ftCcount.s or their rendering be set aside an- 
 11 'liled or modified in whole or in part. R. S. Q,' art. 
 
 »^5. The superintendent shall not enter into any 
 eii'tof the kind mentioned in the preceding article 
 l»eiore having made a demand upon such school com- 
 niissioners or trustees, as the case inay be, by a notice 
 signed by the superintendent: and served upon them 
 by a bailitf oi the Si^perior Court, who shall serve 
 stich notice npon the persons mentioned therein in 
 person or at their domicile, to institute such action 
 themselves within the delay indicated in such notice. 
 Attev such delay has expired, it' the commissioners or 
 
 ifcld .—That the secretary-treasurer of a Board of School 
 Coinmi,s oners (or Tmteea), or his repwsentX^cannot s^i 
 tfae JJoard for a certain an m- allAffino> that- ...-.^k ;- iu^ u_i 
 
 J^^ml^'^^lL^'^r.^i'r!^''^^ bave not previously been rendered. 
 Stt!^!; iCvol »^Sr "**^ ^^fwick. €.Q.B., Quebec, 
 
 '■»;.;' 
 
108 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 lit! 
 
 m§mti^ 
 
 uorn r « 
 
 If! 
 
 trustees have not instituted the action, the superinten- 
 dent shall do so .• R. S. Q., art. 2124. ^"P^"'***''- 
 
 «f fh**l- ^^ superintendent may intervene in any suit 
 of the kind mentioned in the two nrecedinir TJti^Ua 
 brought by the said co„,^issioneror^SKto^teh 
 
 Q ,^rt 21 25 eo'nn'issloners or ti-ustees. R s! 
 
 ako^f ■J^'l^ ^"'^*'^' °* ^y secwtary-treasurer may 
 also be made parties to any action brought against a 
 
 :^fS ''''"'■'' ""^ '"^ supermtendit. Ts q! 
 
 .) ^^?.. 1' "** «<'?'»'Ssione.-s or trustees neglect so to 
 do, after having been put m default in the manner 
 above prescribed, the superintendent may. in hTs^^ 
 name, sue any secretary -treasurer in or out office f^ 
 he recovery from him of any sum of money whi^ 
 belongs to the school commissioners or trustees^ JisW 
 f.o m the governmen t grants, the collection of sch^! 
 
 the dvVZi^'f '2°®^ 1°' *^"'^®«) cannot teke an action, in 
 
VALUATQBg. 
 
 109 
 
 taxes, monthly fees and other sources, or other school 
 dues received by him during the term of his office. 
 B. S. Q., art. 2127. 
 
 SECTION VI, 
 
 
 i'l 
 
 VALUATORS. 
 
 840. In all places where a valuation of property 
 has been made by order of the municipal authonties 
 such valuation shall serve as the basis of the taxes to 
 be imposed under ihe authority of this law ; and the 
 secretary-treasurer of the municipal council shall, on 
 demand, furnish to the school commissioners or trustees 
 a copy of any such valuation. 
 
 But, if no such valuation have been made, the school 
 commissioners or trustees may cause the same to be 
 made by three persons appointed for that purpose * 
 R. a Q., art. 2128. (See Form No. d.) _ ' 
 
 341 If there be no existing property valuation, 
 either tor the county or for the particular municipality 
 m question, upon which school taxes can be based oi- if 
 the persons, in whose hands such valuation is deposited 
 refuse, or neglect, after having been thereunto required 
 by ten days' notice in writing, to deliver to the school 
 commissioners or trustees of a school municipality on- 
 titled thereto, or to their secretary-treasurer, the original 
 
 ♦,« 
 
 off«.S^*"T?^** 1^^® collection roU for school purposes is not 
 ^%u\ J? *^.® ^""l*y ^^ *^® municipal valuation rdT 
 
 Ihat the nght which a municipal council has of amendiuj: a 
 valuation roll, imphes that of changing and modifying it, and ofou 
 of making a new roll That the duty imposed upoS munidpal 
 coiincilfl to have a valuation roll m^e eWy three veara. df^es 
 {S« !2SIt''' l*'?"',^??"' "P^^^ a 'o" ^fore tbe expiration of 
 b. C, Montreal, 1877. Judge W. Dorion.— R. L., vol. 10, p. 113. 
 
 pi} ' 
 
 =5 5 -J 
 
110 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 Ill 
 
 of the said valuation or a certified copy thereof,— 
 (which copy, being so certified to be true by the per- 
 son so having the custody of the original, shall be 
 prima, fdfiie evidence of the contents thereof,)— the 
 school commissioners or trustees may, at all times after 
 such refusal or neglect, cause such property valuation 
 to be made by three valuators to be appointed and 
 authorized by them for that purpose.* R. S. O art 
 2129. (See art. ^^^.) ^ ^ ^-HS^arc. 
 
 848. If, within one month after their election or 
 appointment, the said commissioners or trustees neglect 
 to give the notice required by the preceding article, to 
 obtam either the original or a copy of the said valua- 
 ation,— or if, within three months next after their said 
 election or appointment, they neglect to cause the said 
 valuation to be made in their school municipality in 
 the cases mentioned in the preceding article— each of 
 the commissioners or trustees shall be liable to a penalty 
 of ten dollars fqr having neglected to give the said 
 notice, and to a further penalty of one dollar, fpr each 
 and every day that the commissioners or trustees have 
 been in default in causing the said valuation to be 
 made. R. S. Q., art. 2130. 
 
 843. When a school municipality has been formed 
 and includes parts of other municipalities, and when 
 the valuation roll in force, in each of these latter muni- 
 cipalities is not uniform, or the valuation of propei-ty 
 is higher in one than in the other, the school 
 commissioners or trustees of the new school munici- 
 
 *Judgrneni upon tlie itUerprciation of art. 365 of me Munidwd 
 Code, beannf^ upon arL n2». It, S. Q. J ^ »<^P^ 
 
 Held :---'ihaX a valuaticm roll made by three valuators of 
 whom only two were legally appointed ia null. Rolhfial. «*. 
 i.o.'poration ojjiui Toimskip of Stoke, U. Q. B., Montreal, 1880.^ 
 L. C. J., vol 24, p* 213. » " 
 
VALUATORS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 pahty shall <sause a valuation roll of the property 
 situated m the school municipality to be made by three 
 competent persons who shall act as valuators. 
 
 2. When the valuation roll is completed, the valua- 
 tors deposit it in the office of the secretary-treasurer 
 of the school commissioners or trustees, who shall give 
 public notice of such deposit. R. S. Q., art. 2132 % 1 
 and 2, as amended by 53 Vict., chap. 27, art. 9. ' 
 
 844. During the twenty days following the notice 
 mentioned m the preceding article, any person inter- 
 ested may inspect*^ the valuation roll which at the 
 expiration of these twenty days, shall be de facto 
 homologated, but the commissioners or trustees may 
 amend it when they deem it expedient so to do, after 
 having given eight days' public notice of the day and 
 hour of the meeting at which such amendment will be 
 made. 
 
 2. Such roll, being certified by the valuators in pre- 
 sence of a justice of the peace, who shall sign it, shall 
 become and be the valuation roll which shall serve as 
 a basis for the collection roll of the school commis- 
 sioners or trustees, and it shall remain in force until 
 the municipal authorities make one according to law 
 R. S. Q., art. 2131, §§ 2, 3 and 4. S ^ 
 
 345. If a valuation applicable to the levying of 
 school taxes is in existence, and the persons in posses- 
 
 f:^( 
 
 the municipahty,«i adion to recover school taxes will be dia- 
 misobusuUT a sej^QUrvoir, School CommiBfnoners of St Rock de 
 
112 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 Ifc' 
 
 sion thereof refuse or neglect to hand over and deliver 
 as aforesaid either the original or the copy so certified 
 within ten days after being thereunto required, every' 
 such person shall, for such refusal or neglect, incur a 
 pena% of twenty dollars. {See Form No 9 ) 
 
 2 For every such copy soduly certified and delivered 
 such person shall be entitled to receive from the school 
 commissioners or trustees the sum of ten cents per 
 hundred words and fifty cents for the certificate if not 
 otherwise fixed in virtue of the Municipal Code. 
 
 6, But whenever the valuation to be copied com- 
 puses a larger territorial extent, a copy of so much 
 tJiere^ as relates to such school municipalities shall 
 be suflScient. R. S. Q., art. 2132. 
 
 34«. The persons authorized to make the property 
 valuation, upon which school taxes in any municipality 
 are to be based, have the right to enter at all times in 
 and upon any property to inspect the said property 
 and to require from the proprietor or occupant any 
 information calculated to aid in the making and com- 
 pletmg of the valuation ; and, in case of any obstruc- 
 tion, or refusal to allow any such persons to effect sueli 
 valuation, or to give them such information, every 
 peraon so obstructing or refusing shall incur a penalty 
 of four dollars. R. S. Q., art. 2133. ^ 
 
 347 When a property valuation, upon which i. 
 school tacses are based in any school municipality, is 
 once made, it shall be amended by that authority only 
 which ordered it to be made. ^ 
 
 The taxes, based on such valuation, shall not be 
 amended, except by the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees; It may be amended at any time during their 
 term of ofllce. R. S. Q., art. 2134. ^ 
 
 348. No person shaU act as valuator for school 
 
 purposes unless he is a nronrip+rir nf i«noi ^« 1 
 
 properijy in the municipality in which he so acts to 
 
 I 
 
nd deliver 
 3 certified, 
 red, every 
 t, incur a 
 
 delivered, 
 the school 
 cents per 
 ;ate if not 
 ode. 
 
 >ied corn- 
 so much 
 ties shall 
 
 property 
 nicipality 
 times in 
 property, 
 pant any 
 and com- 
 ■ obstruc- 
 ffectsuch 
 «, every 
 I penalty 
 
 hich i. 
 pality, is 
 L'ity only 
 
 I not be 
 or trus- 
 ng their 
 
 r school 
 
 |7CX OUiicbi 
 
 f 
 
 SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 113 
 
 the amount of four hundred dollars; and whosoever 
 without such ^ualificati^on, so acts, shall incur a penalty 
 of ten dollars, unless such valuator be otherwise exempt 
 
 ^. oV'oi'*^'" possessing such quahfication.* R S.Q, 
 art. 2135. ^ 
 
 SECTION VII. 
 SOHCOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 
 
 § l.—Imjposition of School Taxes. 
 
 340 School taxes shall be imposed between the first 
 day of July and the hrst day of September in each 
 year, and shall be paid at any time on demand, provi- 
 ded public notice be given at least thirty days before 
 enforcing payment of the same.f R. S.Q., art. 2136. 
 
 *Jvdgm€nt upon the interpretation of art. 374. MunidDol Codp 
 bearing upon art. 2135, R. S. Q. ' "^"^^P^ ^oae, 
 
 Held .—That a collection roll is null, if the valnafnrq HM «^f 
 possess the property qualification required by firrthey dfd 
 not take the required oath, or if they did not sign the ro 1 
 />aU07i m T^Corpcn-aHm of SL And/ew of aZvTs Q St 
 Hyacmthe, 1868 Judge Sicotte.-L. C. J.., vol. 13? p! 21 ' *' 
 
 Mdd .— rhat the want of qualification of the valuators does 
 not give ground for an action for damages on Sf^f 
 a rate-payer, when an execution, foUoled by a sale 
 issues against him for school taxes, based on a valuation roU 
 
 J^hSS:'-l.i!:,?oL'7,1>" 85:- "^^ ''^- Scholastique, 1875, Judgi 
 
 t-ffe^.'—That, though the law prescribes the time during 
 
 which school taxes should be imposed, yet they may bl v a^fd?f 
 
 imposed after the last date mentioned in art 349 LaL/ r-ni^ 
 
 ^^^/[ff^'—'^^^^^^^/^^'P^yeraot a school municipality mav 
 refuse to nay taxes for the support of a neutral or non-serta^ Jn 
 school. ^h^olC^mismnersTTewkesburyJ^^^^^ 
 Quebec, 1880, Judge Casault-Q. L. Jt, v?l. 6 ^^''^^''''' ^' ^'> 
 
 bearing upon art. 2136, R. S. Q, 
 
 vj an, vto, Municipal {Jode, 
 
 ir<?W.— That municipal taxes are not pay able day by day, 
 
 8 
 
114 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 850. No school tax shall be held null or be set aside 
 by reason of its having been made or published after 
 the time prescnbed by law. R. S. Q., art. 2136, § 2. 
 
 S^l. School commissioners or trustees and their 
 secretary-treasurer may, in their discretion, receive the 
 amount of such taxes and monthly fees, in produce, at 
 prices to be hxed by them. R. S. Q., art. 2136, § 3. 
 
 .^?^ The notice given in the manner prescribed by 
 art 160, tor the holding -^ general meetings, statina 
 that the collection roll is in the hands of the secretary's- 
 treasurer for inspection, shall be a sufficient public^a- 
 tion and notice. R. S. Q., art. 2136, § 4. (See Form 
 JSo. 10.) 
 
 353. The collection roll shall remain in the hands 
 ot the secretary-treasurer for inspection for at least 
 thirty days after notice has been eiven * R S O 
 art. 2136, § 5. ^ J^-^SJ., 
 
 354 The school commissioners or trustees must 
 withm ten days after the delay of thirty days, men-' 
 tioned ill the preceding article, even though no 
 complaint has been made, examine and amend the 
 collection roll, rectify the errors made in transcribino- 
 the valuations or the names of persons taxed, and the 
 
 nf fh? '??*^^«^.^®' »^5 are due by the person, who, at the time 
 of the imposition of such tax, is owner and inwaessor of 
 ♦he immoveable subject to assessment pvaocooor oi 
 
 «Ki u *i*u® ^*^* ^^^^ * person not proprietor of an immove- 
 able had been entered on the assessment roll as proprietor of 
 an immoveable, does not make him a r^te-payen Homn m 
 Tlie OUy ofMontrecd C. Q. B.. Montreal? IsS^^^M. U i, vol* 
 1, p^ 60, and L. N., vol. 7, p. 378. ' ^ 
 
 ar^nn'^f f .—That a rate^payer, who wishes to complain of the 
 H^Hv i^«^®^ "P^J.^i® Propertv, should do so'during the 
 h«^/?J^?^""'H''^'^^ *^^ collection roll remains in the 
 «/ T/. n *^® secretaf y-treasurer. School Comnisrionera of Acton 
 
 V8. I he Grand Tmml- Pni1„„^>.. ru rt r' cu. tt . .-, ^ - i:_ ' 
 
 Judge McCord.-M; C. r;^ "«: ^"* "^"antne, i^, 
 
1 immove- 
 
 SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 115 
 
 descriptions of lands entered therein, or in the calonln 
 
 A declaration testifying to tlie accw^apv nf *k 
 
 complaints have been miaes^h ^S'f'M'onera, and when no 
 any other fomali^aS^^jf^f ^» ^l^ "V'o./o^ce, without 
 been riven. Schoi'comZ^^tofflf^^.°l 'te deposit bag 
 
 S, 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 I 
 
 of 51-62 Vic.) 
 
 I chap. 36, 
 
116 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 § 2. — Collection of Taxes hy means of Seizure* 
 
 85ft. After the expiration o£ twenty days from the 
 said delay of thirty days, prescribed by article 353, 
 the collection of the school taxes may be enforced by 
 the school commissioners or trustees either by suit or 
 prosecution, or by a warrant of distress, or by adjudi- 
 cation and sale by the municipality of the property 
 liable for such school taxes.* K. S. Q., art. 2137. 
 
 • Hdd .'—That a usufructuary is responsible for the taxes. 
 The, Corporation oj Uie City of Montreal vs. Comant. 8. C, Mont- 
 leal, 1872, Judge Baudry'.— R. C, vol. 2, p. 482. 
 
 Held : — That the Corporation of the City of Montreal, ia ex- 
 acting under threat of execution, the tax imposed by a 
 collection roil apparently clothed with all legal formalities, 
 but which was subsequently set aside by the courts, was not in 
 *• bad faith " within the meaning of art 1049 of the Civil Code, 
 and therefore was not bound to pay interest on the money from 
 the time of receiving it, but onljr from the date of the action en 
 ffyitition. Wilson et al, vs. The City of Montreal, C. Q. B., Mont- 
 real, 1880.~L. C. J., vol. 24, p. 222. 
 
 JJeld : — That a corporation's claim isextinguibhed as regards 
 the debtor personally, by the sale through an assignee, of the 
 hypothecated property. 
 
 That a corporation is liable in damages for an illegal seizure 
 of the debtor's effects in these circumstances. 
 
 That in an action for damages against a corporation for an 
 illegal seizure, the corporation is not entitled to a month's notice 
 of action under art 22 Code of Civil Proc. Blain vs. The Corpo^ 
 ration of Granhy, C. R., Montreal, 1873.-^R. L., vol. 5, p. 180. 
 
 i/tf/rf:— That municipal corporations are strictly bound to 
 follow the formalities prescribed by law, to have the right of 
 exacting from the rate-payers the payment of their taxes, 
 and, particularly, when they want to seize the defendant's move- 
 ables ; 
 
 That the public and private notices, which municipal corpo- 
 rations must give, are formalities, which take the place of the 
 ordinary legal procedure which it is necessary to follow to have 
 thejright of seizing the moveables of a debtor. 
 
 That in an action for damages by a rate-payer, against a cor- 
 poration for illegal seizure of his goods, the corporation must 
 
from the 
 bicle 353, 
 forced by 
 y suit or 
 y adjudi- 
 property 
 137. 
 
 the taxes. 
 >. C, Mont- 
 real, iirex* 
 sed by a 
 Drmalities, 
 was not in 
 Jivil Code, 
 loney from 
 i action en 
 . B., Mont- 
 
 as regards 
 nee, of the 
 
 l&i seizure 
 
 ion for an 
 th's notice 
 The Ctyrpo- 
 >, p. 180. 
 bound to 
 e right of 
 eir taxes, 
 nt's move- 
 
 ipal corpo- 
 ice of the 
 »w to have 
 
 insi a cor- 
 ttion must 
 
 SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONa 117 
 
 tax^ef Jy ^Z.roT£L^^: -llection of school 
 ood sale of the Jancl« 1 « I l!f!h * J*® adjudication 
 secretury-treLu^tr ill " '^^^^^ °* rate-payers, the 
 of the sihoolUxeL erite id In .^'"'""r^*'* P-^J^n^nt 
 
 remaining unStrS he'J^nl' tZt' T 
 same, by serving or causing to iT^ ed u™^ H *^^ 
 
 ' due by them. ft. S. Q., art 
 
 Statement of the sum 
 
 2137, §2. . 
 
 ra*-pLl"tTellTni Vf**"*^' f' ^^^P^^t^ resident 
 
 with Ve Sdi^dt. o whonT^is'L*f' "^f^ '»"«"« 
 or wi. a reasonaUe ^^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 c.paHty,a_copy.he.ofr^^ 
 
 prove that the seizure was lenAi tmA n.^* ..n -n «. 
 quired by law were strictly observed nnLV/^^ formahties re- 
 liiat such rate-payer ni his^decKion h^^'-^^^l'"''"^^ ^^'^ ^"ct 
 ttie seizure was illegal aud mllic[oa« J/h^^ T'^^^ .^^^^«*^^^ t^^t 
 cilic accusation of non-observii?rrfV^ T- '"^^"'^ a"y spe^ 
 
 f^^^^U'^^^^^^^ legally lie 
 
 iress signed by the mavnVfA i^l i ^^ °" ^ warrant of dis- 
 
 to which wriKrwohibition wmiSf»S^'-!J,''^*"°' '"•'O"*! 
 jurisdiclion. Jam^An^^ ^«« *^S" '' '"» exceeded its 
 
 'Richelie^ 1869:rdA LSe^B* r '"^ 'i~'^""^ 
 
 C. X, vol. 20/p. 171. '•'*'^'"^*^* ^» *«• B.. Montreal. 1876.— ; 
 
 i^i 
 
118 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 I ' 
 
 W? j^' '^^^^^ to the individual for whom it is 
 intended at the plaxie of his residence or business." 
 
 • ,??/*''■*"<''» special notice and that for if» 
 service shall be fixed by resolution of the Xol com! 
 
 F^Tu.) '"^'""^ ^ ®- ^•' '^ 2137. § a' *S. 
 
 demfn*H ^'.f^'^^^^^^"". ^y« »«^t following the 
 if^ffi^ T^* ^^^""^ ^P^**' "otice, the sums dne and 
 
 incTJ^H ^r''S ^T '*°* ^«° ?«'«>' ^'th the costs 
 incurred thereby, the secretary-treasurer may Je.v 
 them by seizure and sale of the goods and chattels o'f 
 
 £ ?S'of 1'^ ''T'r ^'^^^'^y ^ found within 
 2137 ™4 ''^^^ municipality. E. S. Q, art 
 
 3C2. The seizure and sale mentioned in the fore- 
 going article are made under a wamnt signed bv tlio 
 
 ad^"^ to f r T^r' commissioner or tSeeT a*,^ 
 addiessed to a bailiff, who executes it under his oath 
 of office, and according to tlie same niles and under 
 the same responsibilities and penalties, bb a writ of 
 
 To aS* iti'\V''%'^ ^S "'« ^'"^ Courlt R 
 fc>. y., art. 2137, § 5. (See Form No. 12.) 
 
 wife ?^^-7j''a** to';;"o^'rt^f a^SnSTnVii&lf ^■"^'^ *° » 
 
 t -"i^^ti .-—That ID the case of sejznrfl nf hniio^it^iS^ ' P*. ™- 
 for school taxes there are no ?eg^ ei?mnfinS« t^^H J"/" 
 SJ^'? ?>!;'"^^^*?'^ withou/excefcTn^^^^ 
 j£on "'"^^^^ ^-^ ^^^'^- C. C, Waterloo, ISerJudge 
 
 w.rfS;I5TA^;:!?*^?f.^¥?«gi"g to plaintiff. .^;,ar.. c?. 6W 
 h«nri IV. rr*?- """" ■^r'-'^^'^* aomicue for taxes due bv her Iins- 
 
 arraattx-s^ss.%-^ai£€5 
 
SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 119 
 
 *r,«ftfo .^« <*a^™an of the school commissioner^ or 
 
 Z^^tu }^. .® ^•»°°' corporation, in whose in 
 ^THl^%t^^r'^ »« «"«1«- R- S. Q., art. 2137 8 6 
 
 Such notice must also state the names and auah-tv 
 
 siif R aT:rtti3Tfr%r r'C^-" ^ 
 
 open the same, the bailiff' may, by an ord?r nf n 
 cha,n„an of the school commi^'ionU or S,st^e« Sr 
 of any just.ce of the peace, cause the ^me toTm^;^ 
 by the usual 'means in presence of two witne^s'w^S! 
 all necessary force. R. S. Q.. art. 213U & 
 
 S S.—Oppontiona to Seizure. 
 
 payrscfitlt^C^ertl^^^^^^^^ ^ 
 
 has already paid, and '^^ZnlJl^T^'^J^^ 
 ownership or a privilege on the property "sei^edt^.^f 
 
 stroy the separate possession which DertainA i^ 4\.^ -c 
 ated as to property.G^rftfn Pt^^i^T f?^!^ 5^,1"® ^*f® separ^ 
 Monfr*»ai ifift7 1. ^ ^4*^ ^^^^* w. Ifie City of Mfmlrml S n 
 Montreal, 1887. Judge Johnson.— L. C. J., vol 22 iTi^ft ^'' 
 
 
 
120 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 [||PII «^! 
 If I 
 
 8«r The opposition to the seizure and sale must 
 be supported by an affidavit attesting the trX offi 
 allegations it contains, and be allowed by a jX of 
 the bupenor Court or the clerk of the Circuit Cofrt of 
 the county or district, or the clerk of the maoistrlw 
 court in the district in which the nTunTdpamy is 
 
 Older to the badiff to return the warrant of distress 
 
 ^rhi^hl P'^tf >^ *? "^« court whence issued thi 
 jvm with n eight days from the service, if issued by 
 the Circuit Court, or at the next sitting of the n,a<ri^ 
 
 ^hVt^ '* •'''?"*^. ^'y '*• ^- S- Q-. art. 2138, TC 
 
 .• T , ,, Perni'ssiou mentioned in the preceding 
 
 av jcle .shall not l>e granted unless a deposFt of fivf 
 
 dollars be made m the office of the sec.^tary-tre«lurer 
 
 or of a .sum e.,ual to that claimed in and bT the w^! 
 
 Krt'S,n'"^ ""* '""^^ «^« dolfar.^ Ts. 
 ^ 2 Such sum shall be returned to the person who 
 paul hesame if the opposition is declared vdidTif 
 
 eut:i.^'t i^z'isi rr""' °* '""^ ^-*^ - 
 
 36». On the service of an opposition and order on 
 
 ,J»!i. as above nientioned, the bailiff must stay ht pi^° 
 
 Ceedings^ and he must return the warrant oi distma 
 
 «uKl a 1 his proceedings thereon before the (^urt S 
 
 tioned m the order within the eight days next Mlow- 
 
 J }^^ opposition is to the payment of «ie 
 proceeds of any sale, the bailiff must S'^ver ^e 
 money m his hands, after deduction of the o^ts^ 
 seizui-e a?id sale, to the secretary-treasurer who ^^ves 
 the same on deposit. R. S. of art. 213^'§ 5 
 
 QCcSdiKlr„'^?"'^''l'''°*}y ^"^ ^'^ <l«<=ided 
 fi*^^'''-'iS to the ordinary practice of the court. R. 
 
 V 
 
SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 121 
 
 ♦i^f I*J"'^i'^^'^ *** ^y «»le are distributed by 
 the court, W they are paid by the secretaiy-treasui^r 
 according to its order. R. S. Q., art. 2138, [ 7,™'^'"^^'' 
 378. When the opposition to any seizure is d=s- 
 nussed the court orders the seizing bailiff or any other 
 baihff to proceed upon the wariint of distress anT 
 upon the deKveiy to him of this warrant and jud^nS 
 the baihff proceeds with the sale of the iods and 
 chattels seized. B. S. Q., art. 2138, § 8. ^ 
 
 378. When no opposition to the distribution of the 
 proceeds of the sale of the moveables seized is made 
 the baihff returns the warrant and his proceed^ 
 thereon, and pays over the proceeds of the sale af^S 
 deduction of the costs of^^seizure and sale to the 
 secretary-treasurer, who applies such proceeds towards 
 
 tr—^tn tr^ f 'P^""' '* "^ P^'*^ ^y *!>« secretary- 
 S"sLrd.*"iVtE3tW^°'^ '''' ^"^"^^ 
 
 § 4i.— Annual statement of Tuxes due. 
 
 374. If ordered by the school commissioners or 
 trustees, the secretary-treasurer must p "pareTn thf 
 course of the month of November in^Tery'vear a 
 statement of the school taxes remaining due 6v aw'nt 
 rate-payers and by resident rate-pajirs and at the 
 same time a statement of the school taxe^'dTbyiS 
 dent and absent rate-payers, with respect L whom 
 either a wariunt of distress or a writ o/execution C 
 been returned unsatisfied, and of anv co«f , "_!? 
 ana unpaid; aowing the names and qualTtiesoTsueh 
 rate-paye,^, and a description of L S li£ 
 
 < I 
 
 V 
 
122 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 according to the valuation and collection rolls R S 
 
 371''^//^^* ('^^^ «^^- 413 and Municipal Code, art. 
 
 375. Such statement shall be submitted to the 
 
 of b thTem""^^^*^"^^ ^'* trustees, and must be approved 
 
 It shall then be transmitted by the secretary- 
 treasurer, before the twentietl. day of Decemljer 
 to the secretary-treasarer of the county council; and 
 the latter shall proceed to the sale and adjudication of 
 the lands mentioned therein in the same manner and 
 with the same effect as in the case of a statement of 
 municipal tax arrears transmitted by the secretary- 
 treasurer of a local municipality. 
 
 The secretary-treasurer of the county council shall 
 pay over the amounts recovered t<> the secretary- 
 treasurer of the school commissioners or trustees* 
 K. b. y., art. 2140. 
 
 &.— Collection at the same t ime as Mitnicipal Taxes. 
 
 ^u^^^' ^"^ ^^^^ municipal council may accept from 
 the school commissioners or trustees of any school 
 
 *»an iSI I'r^^f * personal action for arrears of school taxes 
 
 can be taken only against the person who was the proprietor o? 
 
 occupant of an immoveable at the time when sS tSxeJ 
 
 were imposed, and that the subsequent purchaser or holder 
 
 Se?X?r«f V-""tf"^ *^" re?overy^of ar,la«' whicb^h'/d 
 
 ^roft'chiZovel^We.''''""^ proprietor, or tiers rUt.. 
 
 That the costs of a puit for taxes brought ao-ainst the rrn. 
 
 prietor of an immoveable cannot be recovered fr'om the suK^ 
 
 q^ient purchaser or holder, of such immoveabirby a"nS 
 
 fi.a??*4K *^^ ^^^ ^^ * privileged claim like the tax itself but 
 that both tax and costs are a privileged claim onlvnn+li' i^ 
 movea_ble. m Scliool CommiF^r^F3 ^l^'SL-S^l ?? S.li?^" 
 a U, Iberville, im, Judge Chagnon.-RL.:vZ H,'^ lir"'"' 
 
SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 123 
 
 municipality, situated within the limlf« r.P *k i , 
 mumc pality the school coUectTon Si o^^^^ 
 extract thei-efiom and mn,, j>„ i fi' ,* certified 
 
 the collection oUhe aclZi^.I'^f 'n*l°'*' ^^^"^ ^^ 
 same time ^d in the ^n!!** ''"'" ^ '^'^^ ** *!»» 
 -.unieipaltaxel V^jZ^L^^ZeV^'^^f *^^ 
 
 amount,sosoonasheWollectedtrelCK *''" ?*^ 
 manner, cause a new tf x tV^. ^*'*''- T" * ^"""nary 
 
 whith tte, tav. Sea JSi "" t*""^ '" 
 
 87S. The school com 
 
 itinnnytMi 
 
 nnAJta 
 
 c: 
 
 "».. 
 r- 
 
 missioners for any school muni- 
 
 ? i_ 
 
124 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 cipahty shall alone have the power of levying taxes 
 on the lands and real estate of corporations and incor- 
 pomted companies; but they shall annually pay over 
 to the trustees a portion of all the taxes levlecf by them 
 on such corporations or companies, in the same pro- 
 portion as the Government grant for the same year is 
 divided between them and the said trustees. 
 
 2. Ihe portion of taxes levied for the buildino- of 
 school-houses and for the payment of debts thus paid 
 over to the trustees afor-^.id, shall be set apart by 
 them for the building c. repairing of their owi 
 
 school-houses. R. S. Q., ui.. 2143. 
 
 87». No religious, charitable or educational insti- 
 tutions or corporations shall be taxed for school pur- 
 poses on the property occupied by them for the objects 
 for which they were instituted; but. on all property 
 held by them or any of them for the purpose of de- 
 riving any income therefrom, they shall be taxed by 
 the school commissioners or trustees of the religious 
 majority or minority to which such corporations or 
 institutions belong, and to the exclusive benefit of 
 such majority or minority, or in conformity with the 
 
 ff effect""^ *^^^ '''' ^^^ ""^ ^^"^ may make to 
 
 When the religious body to which such corpora- 
 tions or institutions belong -; not apparent, and where 
 no such declaration has been made, then such last men- 
 tioned properties shall be dealt with in the same 
 manner as provided in the preceding article for the 
 properties of other corporations and incorporated 
 companies.* R. S. Q., art. 2144. (See art, 2i5) 
 
 
 w,o,-fi,"?{^* 1^*^'^^^°"^ ®<^"cational institution, bavini? 
 neither branch nor school in a municipality, in which t nosse^? 
 fes real property, the nrodncte nf .vh".]/V^" rLJ.?ii^^P_T.^® 
 bother House, situated inanoti-^- mTniiipaiu;;hdds^ 
 
SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 125 
 
 intention of divTdWhuTvTr '^''d trustees his 
 
 the trustees sucTparrand ' ' '""l-'^^H P'^Y over to 
 said proprietorta/^r.? ^T^:Jtn7l " *'^ 
 
 § 8.— Special Taxes. 
 
 tot^'vS^nTy Soollunf^ T^ '^''^' *-- 
 the payment oftleXbte inZTKh? ^l^*T* '°^ 
 
 J^^ -tei^tvlde'ltr ^-Y V a 
 cipalities, or the limits of whiohh!, '"'° ««veral muni- 
 altered, the superTntendIt 1 n '^*° ?«bsequently 
 ment of such deU or deht 1 "^1,*^?°'"*'''° *he pay- 
 
 municipalife itllT ft tS%'^^^^^ 
 
 perty IS subject to mnnicinalomi'ou.?'' "Jerefore such pro- 
 0/ the Village o/^ GafrJgf?r^Si;l°1'*n^'^ *'*f (^<^<uZ 
 gauon of Notre Dame.-Su^reZtciZ V^J""^' "■f ^ «>»?'«- 
 
 Held .-—That tli8 exem nfi,fn f ""' ^. ^»''<='>' 1886. " 
 
 edncational ins«tuS*drs S^? m^^i *«^«« ^-Joyed by 
 for special purposes. asforThecoL™^/"* *? taxes 'imposea 
 
 -L. C J., vol. 32, p. 13, LS M L ¥ b B* ^' Montreal, iM 
 ■ngjudgment of J&ge TorraMe inq' r •' ^"?'- *• P- ^ (revera- 
 L. R. 8, C, vol. 1. p.^460) ™„Tfi:.".,^;S °J?.':^»»»« «• dU M. 
 -age i^ranger. (M. L. R S. C.,-voi: rp'^^;U"n.,To^?: 
 
 1 
 
 fr 
 
126 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 V I 
 
 sowTi.n^^^^^V ""^y °* judgment condemning a 
 served at the office of the secretary-treasurer of such 
 it'^l ^f-To^Won, he must forthwith cZ?ne a mS 
 in« of the school commissioners or trustees who must 
 orSer the payment of the judgment out of a^y funds 
 at their disposal appropriated^r that purpose 
 or if fhnZ »Tt.,°° *r'^ "appropriated for that object, 
 ann V nfhf *^*'- t'P?'*' T '"^sufficient, they must 
 X.^, i superintendent for authorization to levy 
 
 S. Q art 2U7. ^''^ '^' '*'"''"'^' "^ *^« J»<^S'»«'''- ^ 
 
 »83 If the superintendent authorize the levvin? 
 
 li T'^'J^f '"• '''P' '•"'" ''^ '^l^^" without dela? 
 
 ;,9rort=nrrarai'ir&- 
 
 384. In each of the following cases the iud<nnent 
 coni":?/-.." production of the relum of serC^of a 
 
 nr^of nf ?h^" **' ^^' "°"'* °'' J^'^g^ establishing 
 prool ol the non-performance ol one or other of the 
 
 rre'ofTwriti'}' P""^'"^ *^''='^' ""^y <'^<^i- he 
 }: ^, *''« superintendent does not furnish the 
 
 °^^SA:^'£r '"' '"" "» '"• """ " 
 
 J J ? *'°*^* commissioners or trustees have not 
 Fol^w-'^'^K "'°'?Pl«t«f'<'h roll within the fifteen d^^J 
 tiSf ^^ °* *''' authorization by the superin! 
 
 4. If the sehool commissioners or trustees refuse or 
 
SCHOOL TAXKS AND CONTRIBUTIONS. 127 
 
 neglect in wy mejiner to proceed with the completion 
 
 tees, the de ay deemed necessary by the court or iudi 
 for completing the special collection roll, or for leS 
 the sums of money specified therein, or for any othef 
 pu^o^e connected with such roll. R. S. ^, "^t. tm. 
 
 1 To levy from the school corporation wifh aII 
 
 2 Tn ^!f u t^- J"<Jg??ent and of the execution • 
 corpomt?oS\°- '"""^''^»'f, P'^^'^'ent by the sch,^l 
 held bv t «n^ r ^ "^^ 'f """y moveable property 
 „l- C^^u '?°? any real estate belonging to it umn 
 
 hyi*ec'rd^'"V''f i*r ""^y ''-^ a%riW ege'^r 
 
 orlk.^:/r^!f??!:_*h.«*«>l.««>'Poration the whole 
 ri«v.A ' ~rr' r""*"'*"*"^ «iue, as me case mav be of iha. 
 debt, with interest and costs, indudin^loS' of £e 
 
 1 1 
 
 c 
 
128 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 * ■■ i! 
 
 jud^ent and the subseouent costs incurred bv annor 
 
 perty, in the school municipolitv liable tnr tvZ 
 judginent in proportion to its valued' ^' 
 
 ^;Z^ ^ """""t *** "'« »™<""»t levied and of his 
 proceedings as soon as the amount of the debt interest 
 aiid costs Tias been collected, or from time to trme^ 
 
 asT'^nT^ J'^fS R- S. Q., art. 2152. ^ 
 
 »»». The sheriff shall, on payment of the usual 
 fees, procure a copy of the valuation roll in foreefrom 
 the secretary-treasurer of the local muniStv i^ 
 which the school municipality is situatTaTon^the 
 refusal or neglect of the secretary-treasurer to furnish 
 such copy the sheriff is authorized to tXe posseS 
 
 :i:t b^tsr ""^ ^-^ *° -^^^ ^ -^^ -^° = 
 
 If the sheriff' cannot obtain the valuation roll or if 
 none exis , the sheriff proceeds to make a valua ion of 
 **'«3*^^^^'?,P':operty himself. R. S. Q., art. 2"53 
 „ X- • /.T *ees and costs of the sheriff on the exe- 
 cu ion of the writ of execution shall be fixed by an 
 order of the court or of a judge thereof : and such 
 fees and costs with all lawful disbursements, are added 
 
 t^iJ?: • } ^''^"ff^all proceed to apportion the sum 
 to be levied on all the rateable real properi^v in tC 
 school municipality in pn,poition to ifs?al7by the 
 
 *;**',■. ?^f *«"ff shall publish such special collec- 
 tion roll in the manner required by article 352 and 
 following, and on the day fixed for^ such pui^se he 
 '"" "* ""^ «cviuu an compiaints made either in 
 
SCHOOL TAXBS AND CONTBIBUTIONa 129 
 
 amount entered on the soeckl "i^."^'^*",,*'""^* *he 
 art. 2157. . °" ^"^ «P««al collection roll. R. & Q., 
 
 of 1h?unclttfp:t" Tat: L'r"^ °' p*^-* 
 
 notice to be served uno„ ♦h! ' 7 '^"S"*? a special 
 
 witha stateS ofTe is'da?r?H'" •^^''*'^*' 
 
 tt.^2lS^ — ^-^-^ ^' alle^'aS). Ts: 
 
 394. If, after the fifteen days next follnwin,, +k 
 
 prescribed by article 359 and folCL bSlh^hT^ 
 
 seizure or s^e or' t^^K "''^ *" opposition to the 
 thereof Zr-ThL .the payment of the proceeds 
 
 tnereot, tor the causes, m the manner and to tie ends 
 
 mentioned m article 366 and following. RS.Q.,art 
 «,f"*j^^®'?*"*^^'''^'*»"«ct the unpaid taxes of 
 
 Chattels. and=orno;3enr.^rbyS 
 
 c 
 
130 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 I 
 
 a^d with the same effect! aC havt^S? ^?^^ 
 or caused to be made or given thr ™,K1 ^1- ^"'®? 
 
 notices required to be mai or riten f ^^h'**""'\ *°*^ 
 tr(>nj3iirAi> /»* 4.k„ . "" "«««e or given by the secretarv- 
 treasurer of the county council. R. S. Q., art. 2161 
 
 «»7. If any land ^d jrtised to be sold hv tJ.. 
 shenf is advertised to be sold on the same dav hi II 
 
 ««« ^l ^'?**^".*'®*'"''«"'- R- S. Q., art. 2162 
 «l,5i f ^«^ f demption of lands sold W the sheriff 
 
 »»». The sheriff must transmit a codv of h\. 
 
 » S.r^i*"?'^'" '*""*''' ^ *•>« l»ands of the sheriff 
 
 t>or*/marr^^re'i'°^t*'«:«"»-l -'P^- 
 «wi. Ihe sheriff may obtain from fh^ *»r.»,,* « 
 
 ««^. The, sheriff shnll Ka ^«fif u^ 
 
 'i.!- 
 
SCHOOL TAXES AND CONTIirBUTIONS. 131 
 
 or of a judge tCLf „™r -l " °''*'^'' ^^ ^^e court 
 adjudicaiioTof 3 Ll^f ''T"' '° *''« «»'« *"<! 
 S. Q.. ftrt. 2167. ^ ireasuier of the county. R. 
 
 the*?Sd?y"ofri^ -^^^^^^^^ for a debt due for 
 
 of the schofl municipS }Ts ilble"th«'' " r""" ''"'^ 
 writ of execution and Thf ;• ' • J^'fement, the 
 shall mention such St "^ '^"* ^^ ^=^«™''<"' 
 
 -aTpro%^i;:?ttteTi„ltt''"'?pr^"'y »p- «- 
 
 Jucfgm1n;hi?Ut?enrrKZ.r^ ^'''''' *"^ 
 
 hypothec in UJS the lud^intt ^ P""''^-"* <>'■ 
 perty may with fl.o oMfk"^^* creditor, such pro- 
 
 tendit, ^ sSdt'd sodT/r °r''" ^"P^""" 
 pre^ribed in the Code ofclv I Soeed'Jr^ """""• 
 The moveab e effppf« nf *i,. '^i-euure. 
 
 the possession of a hSd party and dlT^T "? '« 
 may also be attached and ^o)/ J^ 1 ^'* """^ *» '* 
 R. S. Q., art. 2169. " *''^ "*•"« manner. 
 
 § 9.— Voluntary Contribut 
 
 ions. 
 
 
 WW 
 
 ! c:. 
 
 II* 
 
132 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 M 
 
 school district, may, in the said month of September, 
 pay, as a voluntary contribution into the hands of the 
 secretary-treasurer, the sum required for the school 
 year then commenced, to equal, the amount of public 
 moneys granted to such municipality out of the school 
 fund, for the said school year. R. S. Q., art. 2170. 
 
 406. The payment of such voluntary contribution 
 shall be attested on oath before a justice of the peace, 
 by the secretary treasurer and by the chairman or 
 some other of the school commissioners or trustees of 
 the said municipality, and such attestation shall be 
 transmitted to the superintendent before the tenth day 
 of November. R. S. Q., art. 2171. 
 
 407. The secretary -treasurer shall not receive the 
 amount of the said voluntary contribution by portions 
 or otherwise than in one and the same pa3anent. 
 
 He shall hold the said amount in lieu of the fund 
 which would have been raised by taxation for the 
 school year so commenced, and the said tax shall there- 
 upon be inoperative for that year in such school muni- 
 cipality or district ; but the monthly school fees, and 
 any tax imposed for the erection of school -houses, shall 
 be levied upon the school municipality or district, when 
 they have not been voluntarily paid. K S. Q., art. 
 2172. 
 
 SECTION VIII. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL FUND. 
 
 § 1. — Distribution and Application of Common 
 
 School Fund. 
 
 The sums 
 
 
 UUiUXUVU 
 
 
 coxiSoii/uung 
 
 fund of the Province may be paid to the superintend- 
 ent in two semi-annual payments, under two account- 
 
COMMON SCHOOL FUND. 
 
 133 
 
 able warrants to the Provincial Treasurer to be issued 
 by the Lieutenant-Governor. 
 
 Tlie superintendent shall deposit the said sums in 
 rachl)ankas the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may 
 airect, and shall apportion the same according to law 
 among the municipalities ; he shall pay to the school 
 commissioners and trustees the respective sharers be- 
 longing to the mumcipalities they represent, by cheques 
 drawn Ufwn such bank and made payable to their 
 order, and shall account according to law for such 
 moneys. R. S. Q, art. 2173 
 
 40» The superintendent shall pay their respective 
 shMres to the several boards of school commissioners 
 fi-'^^^rustees m two semi-annual payments. 
 
 The school commissioners and trustees may direct 
 the payment, out of the general or local school fund in 
 their hands, of such contingent expenses as are not 
 
 '^^i^ ^nP'^^'^l^.^,^ *^^ ^y ^^'^ ^^^- R- S. Q., art. 2171 
 
 ««. lo entitle any school to its share of the general 
 
 or local school fund, it shall be requisite and sufficient; 
 
 1. Ihat it has been under the management of school 
 J^I^Y^isswners or trustees in the manner directed by 
 
 2. That it has been in actual operation during at 
 least eight months ; ^ 
 
 3. That it has been attended, saving always article 
 *11, by at least fifteen children (periods of epidemic 
 or contagious diseases excepted) ; 
 
 4. That reports have been made to the school com- 
 missionei^ or trustees, by the teacher, and by at least 
 two ot the commissioners or trustees ; 
 
 5. That a public examination of' the school has 
 taken place; 
 
 6. That a report signed by the majority of the school 
 commissioners or trustees, and by the secretary, 
 treasurer, has been transmitted to the superintendent 
 
 "»;, 
 
131 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 evory six months, the first before the fifteenth day of 
 January and the second before the fifteenth day of 
 July, in each year; 
 
 7. That a sum equal to the grant made by the 
 Legislature for the municipality has been raised as 
 herem provided, saving article 413, respecting poor 
 municipalities • 
 
 8. That teachers with diplomas have been employed 
 therein; 
 
 9 That the teachers have been paid every six 
 months; 
 
 10. That only those books authorized by the Roman 
 Catholic or Protestant Committee uf the Council ot 
 Public Instruction have been used ; 
 
 11. That the regulations of the Council of Public 
 Instruction or of the Roman Catholic or Protestant 
 Committee, as the case may be, and the instructions ot 
 the superintendent have been observed R. S. Q., art 
 2175. 
 
 411. If, however, the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees have endeavored in good faith to carry out the 
 law in a municipality, a share of the school funds may 
 be allowed for each school where there are at least 
 fifteen children of school age in the district, although 
 the school has not been attended b}' that number 
 throughout the school year. R. S. Q., art. 2176. 
 
 4155. The school commissioners or trustees, who 
 have bond fide engaged a teacher for any school dis- 
 trict, may pay to such teacher the remuneration agreed 
 upon, although the number of children who have regu- 
 larly attended the school has not been sufficient ac- 
 cording to the provisions of paragraph 3 of article 
 410. R. S. Q., art. 2177. 
 
 -»«.*». xxj wiOugii, in poor niunicipaiities, tiie amount 
 of the tax actually levied falls short of the amount 
 required by law, if the school commissioners or trus- 
 
COMMON SCHOOL FTJND. 
 
 185 
 
 tees have, in good faith, carried into execution the 
 provisions of the law, the superintendent may, upon a 
 representation to that effect, and upon proof of the 
 facts to his satisfaction, exempt such municipalities, or 
 any of them, from the payment of the whole or of 
 
 gart of the tax for the current year, and in that case 
 e may grant them the amount to which they would 
 otherwise be, respectively, entitled out of the common 
 school fund ; but such exemption shall not be granted, 
 unless such representation be supported in writing by 
 three of the school visitors of the municipality in 
 question (other than the school commissioners or trus- 
 tees), or of the neighboring municipalities, who must 
 certify that they have a personal knowledge of the 
 facts alleged, that the school laws have been bond fide 
 enforced in such municipality, and that they have 
 themselves visited the schools therein, and are satisfied 
 therewith. R. S Q., art. 2178. 
 
 414 The sum annually voted by the Legislature in 
 aid of poor municipalities shall be distributed by the 
 superintendent according to the division made by him, 
 and which has been approved by the Committee of the 
 Council of Public Instruction of the religious faith to 
 which such municipalities belong. R. S. Q., art. 2179. 
 415. Any sums of money which have not been 
 ^ specially appropriated by provision of the donors, ven- 
 dors, or others, and all sums arising from the allowance 
 for schools, school taxes, and from any source other 
 than monthly fees, shall form the school fund in each 
 municipality under the control of commissioners or 
 trustees, respectively, and shall be divided, distributed, 
 and employed by them: 
 
 1. Either in proportion to the number of children 
 from seven to fourteen years in each school district 
 residing therein and capable of attending school, or 
 
 2. By making a common fund, out of which the 
 
 
 t:: 
 
136 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 HI 
 
 ik 
 
 school commissioners or trustees shall pay the expen- 
 ses occasioned by the payment of teachers salaries, the 
 maintenance of school houses, the purchase of books, 
 school furniture, and other contingent expenses. R. S. 
 Q., art. 2180. 
 
 4l«. The school commissioners or trustees, after 
 having adopted one of the two methods mentioned in 
 the preceding article, cannot change it within two 
 years unless by the authority of the superintendent. 
 
 In all cases, the school commissioners or trustees 
 shall deduct from such school fund a sum of eighty 
 dollars for the support of a model school, if there is 
 one in the municipality, in addition to the share which 
 such model school is entitled to receive from such fund. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2180, § 2. 
 
 417. The girls' school established under articles 281 
 and 282 shall be counted one school district, and the 
 inodel school as another school district, without preju- 
 dice nevertheless to the grant of eighty dollars men- 
 tioned in the preceding article. 
 
 The share of the moneys to be allotted to the said 
 girls' school and to the said model school, respectively, 
 shall be determined by the number of children of the 
 age prescribed for attending school, residing in the 
 school district in which such model school or girls' 
 school is established. R. S. Q., art 2181. 
 
 418. The superintendent may retain, out of the 
 school grant to which any municipality is entitled, 
 such sum of eighty dollars, to support a model school 
 in such municipality. R. S. Q., art. 2182. 
 
 419. The superintendent may refuse the school 
 grant, for any year, to any municipality in which the 
 school commissioners or trustees have not rendered 
 sufficient accounts, accompanied by vouchers, of the 
 application of the school moneys for the years pre- 
 
COMMON SCHOOL FUND. 
 
 137 
 
 ceding, or for any one of them, whatever be the source 
 whence those moneys were derived. R. S. Q., art. 2183. 
 
 . 420. The superintendent mav refuse to pay the 
 whole or any part of the share of the common school 
 fund, which would otherwise be payable to any school 
 municipality, if his instructions or those of the Council 
 of Public Instruction or of either of the Committees 
 thereof have been disobeyed, or if unqualified teachers 
 have been employed by the commissioners or trustees, 
 or if a qualified teacher has been dismissed by the 
 school commissioners or trustees before the end of his 
 engagement, and for no valid or just cause. R S. Q., 
 art. 2184. 
 
 481. The superintendent may pay out of the said 
 share of such miinicipality such indemnity as appears 
 to him justly due to any teacher so unjustly dismissed. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2184 
 
 433. Out of the permanent and additional legisla- 
 tive grant for school purposes in this Province, 
 the following sums may, with the approval of the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council, be set apart and ex- 
 pended yearly by the superintendent, for the following 
 purposes, that is to say : 
 
 1. A sum for special aid to public schools in poor 
 school municipalities ; 
 
 2. A sura to encourage the publication and circula- 
 tion of a journal of public instruction ; 
 
 3. A sum towards forming a fund for the support of 
 superannuated or worn out public school teachers in 
 the Province, under such regulations as may be adopt- 
 ed from time to time by the superintendent or by the 
 Council of Public Instruction, and approved by the 
 Lleutenant-Qovemor in Council. R. S. Q., art. 2185. 
 
 
 
188 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 li '1 . 
 
 % ^.-^Application of Local School Fund 
 i/n certain cases. 
 
 Any sum of money whatever arising from the 
 general or local school fund, which is not employed or 
 paid by the school commissioners, trustees or secretary- 
 treasurers, during the year in wMch it is received, 
 shall be by them deposited or placed out at interest, to 
 be employed in creating revenue for the corporation. 
 
 This provision shall not extend to the deposit, 
 directed by the next article, to be made of the share 
 belonging to any school district, in which there is no 
 school in operation. R. S. Q., art. 2186. 
 
 424. If in any school district there is no school in 
 operation, the school commissioners or trustees shall 
 deposit the money, to which such district would be 
 entitled, at interest in some savings or other chartered 
 bank, where, with the consent of the rate-pa} ers of 
 such district, they shall allow it to accumulate during 
 a term which shall not exceed four years, to be there° 
 after by them used either in the purchase of ground 
 for, or in building, a school -house, or towards other 
 educational purposes in or for such school district. R. S. 
 Q., art. 2187. 
 
 425. The superintendent may authorize the school 
 commissioners or trustees in any municipality to apply 
 tlie share coming for any one year to any school dis- 
 trict, the inhabitants of which have contributed 
 nothing or too little during the same year to the com- 
 mon fund of such municipality for school purposes, in 
 such manner as the superintendent shall direct, for the 
 advancement of education in such municipalit} instead 
 of depositing the said share in a bank. 
 
 The amounts already placed in any bank for any 
 school district in like cases may be Aealt with in like 
 manner, and the shares coming to any such school dis- 
 
PROSECUTIONS AND PENALTIES. 
 
 139 
 
 trict which have been in like caseBf^pplied^ by the 
 school commissioners or trustees in any municipality, 
 with the consent of the said superintendent, are here- 
 by declared to have been legally and properly dealt 
 with. R. S. Q., art. 2188. 
 
 SECTION IX. 
 
 PROSECUTIONS AND PENALTIES. 
 
 420. The school commissioners or trustees of any 
 school municipality may institute such suits or pro- 
 secutions as they deem necessary respecting "ijcliool 
 taxes and monthly school fees, and for all arrears of 
 the said taxes or monthly fees, but such arrears are 
 prescribed by three years. (See note art. 214 and 375.) 
 R. S. Q.. art. 2189. 
 
 427. All such suits or prosecutions under the pre- 
 ceding article, may be instituted cither before two 
 justices of the peace in the county, or before the 
 Circuit Court, or the commissioners' court for the sum- 
 mary trial of small causes for the parish or township, 
 or before the magistrates' court of the district, pro- 
 vided the amount does not exceed the lawful jurisdic- 
 tion of the said courts, but not before any other court. 
 In all suits or prosecutions, judgment may be rendered 
 with costs. R. S. Q., art. 2i90, §§ 1 and 2. 
 
 No judgment rendered upon any such suit or pro- 
 secution shall give rise to an appeal, or to the issue of 
 a writ of certiorari* R. S. Q., art. 2190, § 2. 
 
 * Held .-—That school taxes cannot be sued for in the Superior 
 Court. The School Commimoners of SUtery V9, Gingras. C. Q. B., 
 Quebec, 1880.— Q. L. B., vol 6, p. S56 and The Corporation of the 
 
 rr !..•„ ^/ A^t^^ ..m V.Jt^n_ in "R M'>"*'«»al 187<)_ — T.. CI .T.. 
 
 vol. 24, p. 113. . . *n 
 
 Udd .—On a declinatory exception in an action for %1\ 
 
 due 
 
 
140 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ill I 
 
 ■ 1 . I 
 
 c.v.« ?® chairman of any board of school commis- 
 
 «t ^?i? ?F *"^?Jf es shall not engage in any suit at law, 
 as plaintiff, without a special authorization from the 
 commissioners or trustees duly entered in their register 
 after deliberation. R. S. Q., art. 2191. ^ 
 
 4SMI. Every action may be brought either by the 
 chairman or by the secretary-treasurer in the name of 
 tlie corporation, in the discretion of the board R S 
 Q., art 2192. 
 
 430. Every person duly called upon to accept any 
 office or perform any funoUons under this law, who 
 rcluses to accept or neglects to perform the same or 
 
 ^fTh^lV^^'^'TVK^^^*?^^^.'^^^*^^^^"^^ ^^' provisions 
 ot this law. shall thereby for each such offence, whether 
 01 commission or omission, incur a penalty of not les^ 
 than hve dollars or more than ten dollars, according 
 to the gravity of the offence, in the discretion of the 
 court or authority having cognizance thereof.* R S. 
 \l , art. 219o. 
 
 f?7o* ?i!^®c imFwsed on the immoveables of the defendants 
 that the feuperior Court has no jurisdiction to hear suite fo??he 
 recovery of school taxes. The ScMCommvmon^lofHocVaal 
 yA^v, m: ^" ^*°"^^^' ^^^^' ^"^« Torranci.-L aT 
 Held :--l.,On a writ of cerHoraH to quash the decision nf o 
 court of inferior jurisdiction, in the matterof school texe? th^t 
 'J}.Z^f^^^.^m^^^t observance of legal fSt^fbyt^^^^^ 
 
 2. That if the regulation U not regular rate-uavers an not 
 obliged to pay a tax imposed by .uch1Sgala«on:'^'^ *" ""* 
 „,i lu u *° **'!°° *»^®" againrta rate-payer mnstsDecifv 
 Knt^T^ ''iV' "}^ "* proprietor. poeseaaor, or SmumS. X^ 
 
 */ffW .-That in any action taken under the provisions of 
 
PROSECXTTIONS AND PBNALTISa 
 
 141 
 
 Jommis- 
 
 at law, 
 
 om the 
 
 register 
 
 by the 
 lame of 
 R S 
 
 pt any 
 w, who 
 ime, or 
 visions 
 hether 
 lot less 
 ording 
 of the 
 R S. 
 
 ndants, 
 for the 
 tfietaqa 
 •<• C J., 
 
 n of a 
 8, that 
 by the 
 ave a 
 3n, by 
 'h the 
 
 re not 
 
 pecify 
 faude* 
 inthe, 
 
 lis of 
 
 481. Any justice of the peace residinc; within the 
 county, as well as the Circuit Court, shall have juris- 
 diction with regard to such offence, and may, after 
 judgment, cause the penalty to be levied, under war- 
 rant, by the seizure and ' a.le of the goods and chattels 
 of the offender. 
 
 2 The amount of every penalty so levied shall be paid 
 into the hands of the secretary-treasurer of the corpora- 
 tion of the school commissioners or trustees of the local- 
 ity in which the offence has been committed, and shall 
 form part of the local school fund. R. S. Q., art. 2194. 
 
 43!d All persons entrusted in any manner with 
 carrying this law into effect, or qualified to vote at the 
 election of school commissioners or trustees, shall be 
 competent to prosecute for the recovery of such penal- 
 ties R. S. Q.. art. 2195. 
 
 433. If any school commissioner, or trustee, or 
 other person make any false certidcate or return, by 
 means of which he fraudulently obtains, or seeks 
 fraudulently to obtain, money from the public school 
 fund, he shall not only restore the money so obtained, 
 but shall also incur a penalty not exceeding forty 
 dollars, nor less than ten dollars, which shall go to the 
 local school fund, and which shall be recoverable at 
 the suit of any person having an interest in the right 
 administration of the public schools, on the oath of 
 one credible witness, before any justice of the peace 
 or before the Circuit Court* R. S. Q., art. 2196. 
 
 art 125, chap. 15 of the R. S. of L. C. (art. 2193 R. S. Q.), it must 
 be alleged that the offence was wilfully committed. Awlelte dit 
 Tjapointe et al, vs. Duhamel. S. C, Sore 1, 1869, Judge Loranger.— 
 R. L., vol. 1, p. 52. 
 
 * Jfeld : — ^That the secretary-treasurer of a board of school 
 commissioners, who makes a false report in order to obtain the 
 government grant, incurs a penalty not exceeding forty dollars 
 nor less than ten dollars. Pacaud vs. Roy. C. Q. B., Quebec, 
 1866.— L. C. J., vol. 12, 1). 05. 
 
248 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ic:; 
 
 ,»•• 
 
 ll 
 
 ■ m 
 
 ^^\ *^® penalty provided by the preceding 
 article be not paid within ten days after judgment, it 
 shall be levied, with costs, by seizure and sale of the 
 goods and chattels of the defendant. 
 
 In default of sufficient goods and chattels, the defen- 
 dant may be committed to the common gaol, and de- 
 tamed therein one day for each sixty cents of the 
 amount of the fine and costs, or of the balance which 
 may be due. R. S. Q., art. 2196, § 2. 
 
 48fir Every person who, voluntarily and intention- 
 ally, t-oubles, disturbs or interrupts any school oi 
 educational institution by indecent, improper or in- 
 jurious expressions or conduct, or by making any 
 noise in or near such school or educational institution 
 so as to disturb the classes or the school, shall upon 
 summary conviction before at least two justices of the 
 peace, be condemned to a fine not exceeding twenty 
 ' dollars and costs, upon the deposition of one credible 
 witness. 
 
 Such fine shall belong to the school commissioners 
 or trustees of the municipality, as the case may be 
 and shall be by them employed for the benefit and 
 advancement of education in their municipality R 
 S. Q., art. 2197. '^ 
 
 436. If any school commissioner, trustee, or secre- 
 tary-treasurer, after dismissal, or retirement from oflice 
 or any other person whatever, retains, keeps, or takes 
 possession of or refuses to deliver up, any book, paper 
 thing, money, sum of money, insignia, or any object 
 belonging to the school commissioners or trustees of 
 any school municipality, he shall thereby incur, for 
 each day during which he retains, appropriates or re- 
 fuses to deliver such book, paper, thing, money, or sum 
 ot money msigma or any other object whatever, a 
 
 ~~o "'x, is" "'"""^ ''"'*" "* '^ '^* mure iaan liweaty dollars, 
 buch fane may be sued for And be recovered in one 
 
PROSECUTIONS AND PENALTIES. 
 
 143 
 
 and the same action, after notice from the superin- 
 tendent ordering him to deposit or deliver into the 
 hands of the person indicated in such notice, which 
 may be served by a bailiff of the Superior Court, upon 
 the person mentioned in the notice, either in person or 
 at his domicile ; and the said bailiff shall make his 
 return of such service to the superintendent, under his 
 oath of office, and thenceforv/ard the said notice or 
 retvm shall be authentic. R. S. Q., art. fil98. 
 
 487. The superintendent may, in tho same action, 
 demand the return of such books, papers or tl.'iigs, 
 money or sums of money, insignia, O': other objects 
 whatever, and the defendant may be condemned there- 
 to upon such penalties as the court may inflict. 
 
 The judgment shall in all cases caiTy costs and shall 
 be executed in the usual manner. 
 
 The Superior Court shall alone have jurisdiction to 
 hear and decide such actions, whatever be the amount. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2199. 
 
 4SH. The fine to which the defendant shall be con- 
 demned under articles 436 and 437 shall be considered 
 as a personal debt against him, and the court may con- 
 demn the defendant to be imprisoned, in default of 
 payment of the fine, or in default of the defendant 
 returning, within the delay mentioned, the said books, 
 papers, things, money, insignia, or other objects what- 
 ever or any of them. R. S. Q., art. 2200 
 
 439. The said fine shall be recoverable before the 
 Superior Court, and, as soon as recovered, shall be paid 
 over into the hands of the superintendent, who shall 
 deduct the expenses occasioned by such suit, and the 
 balance shall form part of the common school fund 
 and shall be employed as such. R S. Q., art. 2201. 
 
 440. All actions brought under article 436 shall be 
 m tne name oi i/ne auperiiiuuiiuuuw. i--. o. \^., ai.**. a-v-. 
 
144 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 
 CHAPTER FIFTH. 
 
 SUPERIOR EDUCATION. 
 
 441. The superintendent ^hall annually apportion 
 to and amongst the universities, colleges, seminaries, 
 academies, hi^h or superior schools, model schools or 
 educational institutions other than the ordinary 
 elementary schools, the whole or such part of the said 
 graiits for education, according to the recommendation 
 ot the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee, as 
 the case may be, as the Lieutenant-Governor in Council 
 prescribes, and in such proportions as the Lieutonant- 
 uovernor in Council approves. 
 
 The grants so apportioned shall be paid by the Pro- 
 vincial Treasurer, on the warrant of the Lieutonant- 
 Uovernor to the superintendent, who shall pay the 
 same to the respective educational institutions above 
 ""^^^oned entitled to them. R. S. Q., art. 2203 
 . f *r. The total aid to universities, classical colleges, 
 industrial colleges, academies and model schools grant- 
 ed under the provisions of this law, shaU be divided 
 between the totality of the Roman Catholic and Fro- 
 testant institutions respectively, in the relative pro- 
 portion of the respective Roman Catholic and Protes- 
 tant populations of the Province according to the then 
 last census. R. S. Q., art. 2204. 
 
 I ^f?' ^"<^]j g^°<»' so made out of t'.e income fund, 
 sliall be for the year only, and are not permanent. 
 
 Ihe Lieutenant-Governor in Council may attach to 
 them any conditions which are deemed advantageous 
 
 1 onn. . i'®^*'^^® ^* superior education. K%, Q., 
 ai-t. 2204, § 2. ^ 
 
 444. The sums paid over to the Provincial Treas- 
 
 
 txis. 2.r:iti:-- : I's us 
 
 _g froiii the ceiebmiou of marriages bv 
 Protestant ministers, shall bo by hiiri annually paid 
 
SUPERIOR EDUCATION. 
 
 145 
 
 over to the superintendent to be apportioned under the 
 authority of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, and 
 in accordance with the recommendation of the Protest- 
 ant Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, 
 among the Protestant institutions of superior educa- 
 tion, in addition to and in the same manner as the 
 other grants to these institutions. R. S. Q., art. 2205. 
 
 445. Out of any public moneys at his disposal, the 
 Lieutenant-Covemor may pay the sum of sixty-two 
 thousand, nine hundred and sixty-one dollars (S62,- 
 961.00) to the Protestant Committee of the Council of 
 Public Instruction for Protestant superior education in 
 this Province, together with interest thereon, at the 
 rate of four per cent per annum, from the thirtieth 
 day of August, 1888. 53 Vict., replacing art. 2206, 
 R. S. Q. 
 
 446. No grant shall be made to any superior educa- 
 tional institution not actually in ope ation, nor to any 
 ordinary model school or educational institution which 
 hasnot fulfilled theconditions prescribed bylaw. R.S.Q., 
 art. 2207, as amended by 54 Vict., chap. 21, art. 8. 
 
 447. Any educational institution, desirous of ob- 
 taining a grant out of the income fund, shall, before 
 or during the month of July in every year, make 
 application to that effect to the superintendent, who 
 shall not recommend any grant to any educational 
 institution whose application is not accompanied by a 
 report, showing : 
 
 1. The composition of the governing body ; 
 
 2. The number and names oi tiic uireetors, princi- 
 
 pals, professors, teachers or lecturers ; 
 
 <• lISi 
 
 

 1^ 
 
 c: 
 
 Ih I ■ 
 
 .'It f 
 
 146 
 
 aCHOaL LAW. 
 
 S. The number of pupils, disfcinguishing those under 
 sixteen years and those above that age ;♦ 
 
 4. The general course of instruction and the books 
 
 used; 
 
 5. The annual cost of maintaining the institution, and 
 ^ mu ^?"^®3 ^^^ which the means are derived • 
 «. The value of the real estate of the institution if 
 
 it own any ; ' 
 
 7. A statement of its liabilities ; 
 a The number of pupils taught gratuitously, or 
 
 taught and boarded gratuitously ; 
 '^^^ number of books, globes and maps possessed 
 
 by the institution, and iiiO value of any museum 
 
 ana philosophical apparatus belonging to it. 
 
 Jv. ^. i^.^ art. ^20o* 
 
 *Hcld :-That by the provisions of Statute 39, Geome III chao 
 5, sec 21, stiiaents in public schools are exempt from tne S" 
 tation tax and that the Corporation of the City of Q^^bec under 
 the statute by which it was incorporated and . nder the slUjs! 
 quent awby which this statute Was amende^ (3rd and 4th 
 Vic, ch. 35, and 18th Vic, eh. 159.) has simply the novN^rta 
 extend this exemption to other cJaies of the cYUzens, bTnot to 
 deprive such students of its benefit. ' 
 
 That the Laval University is a public school, and, as such 
 entitles its students to all the immunities and pritile^es granted 
 to students in public schools. ^privae^^es granted 
 
 «]« J»,fi * ^-"^"^ ^*1'^®''* studying at the Laval University and 
 also under indentures to an advocate, cannot be deprived 'of his 
 privileges and immunities as a student in a piiblic scl ool 
 
KOBliAI< SCHOOLS, 1^^ 
 
 CHAPTER SIXTS. 
 
 ■ NORMAL SCHOOLa 
 
 SEOTION I. 
 BVtLDINa FUND FOB NORMAL SOHOOLS, &0, 
 
 448. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may 
 aclopt all needful measures for the establishment in 
 the Province of one or more normal schools, containing 
 one OF more model schools, for the instruction and 
 tralniiag of teachei^ of public schools in the science of 
 of education and art of teaching. He may select the 
 location of such schools, and cause to be erect«3d or 
 procured and furnished the juildings requisite for the 
 same. R. S. Q., art. 2209. 
 
 449. To provide for the purchase of such site or 
 sites, and for erecting or procuring and furnishing the 
 buildings which may be required for such normal 
 schools, the Lieu tec i,nt-Govemor in Council may order 
 that, out of the said income fund, the sum of eight 
 thousand dollars be yearly set aside and appropriated 
 to form a fund to be called the " normal school build- 
 ing fund of the Province of Quebec ;" and any sum so 
 yearly set apart and appropriated shall be invested or 
 placed at interest as the Lieutenant-Governor in Coun- 
 cil may direct ; and the income and interest shall, like 
 the principal, form part of the said fund. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2210. 
 
 450. The moneys realized by the sale, which the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council may direct to be made, 
 of any site and the buildings thereon acquired for 
 noraial school purposes in the Province and not deemed 
 convenient for such p irposes, shall form part of the 
 normal school building fund of the Province, and shall 
 
 '■ ^femii 
 
148 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 .if* ' 
 
 ;) ' 
 
 
 I i 
 
 ' 
 
 ■ I 
 
 be invested or placed at interest in the like manner as 
 any ( ther sum forming part thereof. R. S. Q., art. 2211. 
 
 451. Any excess or amount of the normal school 
 building fund, not actually required for the purposes 
 for which the fund is constituted, shall, in the discre- 
 tion of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council and as he 
 may direct, either revert to and form part of the 
 superior education income fund of the Province, or be 
 invested as part of the superior education investment 
 fund. 
 
 2. The income and interest, in the latter case, arising 
 from such investment shall form part of the income 
 fund. R. S. Q., art. 2212. 
 
 453. A sum not exceeding six thousand dollars shall 
 be allowed yearly out of the common school fund for 
 the Province, to defray the salaries of officers and 
 other contingent expenses of normal schools; and a 
 Slim not exceeding four thousand dollars shall be 
 allowed yearly, out of the income fund, as an aid to 
 facilitate the- attendance of teachers in training at 
 normal schools. R. S. Q., art. 2213. 
 
 453. In case the two sums mentioned in the pre- 
 ceding article are found insufficient, the Lieuten&nt- 
 Govemor in Council may order that, out of the said 
 income fund, a certain sum be yearly appropriated for 
 the support and maintenance of normal schools, which 
 sum, so set apart and appropriated yearly, shall not 
 exceed in any one year the sum of ten thousand 
 dollara R. S. Q., art. 2214 
 
 SBOTION II. 
 VANAGBMENT OF NORMAL SCflOOLS. 
 
 454. Normal schools shall be subject to the regula- 
 tions provided for by article 462, and shall be under 
 
NORMAL SCHOOLS. 
 
 149 
 
 the control of the superintendent, who, for their 
 establishment and maintenance, shall from time to 
 time make such arrangements as the Lieutenant- 
 Governor in Council may direct. R. S. Q., art. 2215. 
 
 455. The principal of each normal school shall re- 
 port to the superintendent, giving such details as are 
 required by the superintendent from time to time 
 R a Q., art 2215. 
 
 456. The professors, directors and principals of 
 normal schools are appointed or removed by the Lieu • 
 tenant-Governor in Council, on the recommendation 
 of the Roman Catholic or Protestant Committee ot the 
 Council of Public Instruction, according as such 
 appointments or removals concern Roman Catholic or 
 Protestant normal schools. R. S Q. art 2216 
 
 457 The principal of a normal school shall, be- 
 fore admittmg any pupil into such school, make him 
 sign. ;u presence of two witnesses, a document or obh- 
 gation by which he shall brnd :^imself to pay his board 
 therein, or, if ho be a bursar, to refund m certain cases 
 the amount of his bursary, and to pay such sum as 
 shall be required, according to the conditions which 
 shall, from time to time, bo fixed by the Lieutenant- 
 Governor in Council 
 
 2. Every father, tutor or friend, may sign such 
 document and bind himself, either in such quality or 
 personally, for the payment of all sums of money 
 exigible under the document or obligation and the 
 conditions so fixed by the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council. R. S. Q., art. 2217. 
 
 458. The Attorney-General, upon the recommenda- 
 tion of the principal of a normal school, and in the 
 
 of justice, for the recovery of all sums due under 
 such obligation, and shall be solely designated in such 
 suit by the words " the principal of the normal school 
 
IW 
 
 SCHOOt WW. 
 
 
 
 
 
 S^ a*A**'*^®^«l?j? thereto the name of the school* 
 R. S. Q., art. 2217, § 3. 
 
 459. The principal of eveiy normal school shall 
 account to the superintendent for all sums collected in 
 virtue of the preceding articles, and these articles shall 
 apply to the recovery of any sum due to normal schools 
 under regulations now in force. R. S. Q., art. 2217, § 4. 
 
 460^ On the presentation, by any student to the 
 superintendent, of a certificate under the hand and 
 seal of the principal of any such normal school, that 
 such student has gone through a regular course of 
 study therein, the superintendent may grant to such 
 student a diploma of qualification which shall be vahd 
 until revoked for some breach of good conduct or of 
 good morals. R. S Q., art. 2218 
 
 4«l By virtue oi such diploma and while it re- 
 mains valid, such pereon shall be eligible to be employed 
 as teacher according to the grade of the diploma ob- 
 tained by him, in any academy, model school or 
 ilementary school under the control of school commis- 
 .MDners or trustees. R. S. Q, art. 2219. 
 
 4«3 Regulations are made by the Council of Pub- 
 lic Instruction and by the Committees thereof with 
 the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council 
 fcr the management of normal schools, and saving 
 always the provisions of article 457, for prescribing 
 
 Held .-—That the father of a normal school pupil is not liabie 
 
 fnn,!?f J"^"^"?!* ""^ ?.^"'!® S'*"*^^ ^« ^« son. or for the penalty 
 ^^^Jr\^^ P • ^^."^'' *^'ougb his failure to teach during three 
 years. Ths Pnrmpal of the Jacgv^s-Cartier Normal School t». 
 ^omaru 8, C, Montreal, 1883, Judge Mathieu.-L. N., vol. 6. p. 
 
 Sre^rri;Ki.ttm. ^•^•'^-*-^' 1««3. Judge Ta£ 
 
 ar./ut'^f ^% ®i"?^ ^"f schoolmasters and teachers, for tuition. 
 
NbRMAL SCHOOLS. 
 
 151 
 
 the terms and conditions on which students shall be 
 received and instructed therein, the course of instruc- 
 tion to be foUowed, the mode and manner in which 
 registers and books sWl be kept, diplomas granted to 
 students, and in which the reports, which the principal 
 of each normal school is required to make to the 
 superintendent, shall be made. R. S. Q., art. 2220. 
 
 8B0TI0I7 III. 
 PROVISIONS BBSPECTINO THE JACQUES-CABTIBR NORMAL SCHOOL. 
 
 ^^9. It shall be lawful for the Lieutenant-Governor 
 in Council to cause to be sold, by public auction, the 
 properties belonging to the Government of this Pro- 
 vince, situate in the City of Montreal, on Notre Dame 
 street, between Claude lane and Jacques-Cartier 
 square, and on the said Jacques-Cartier square, to- 
 gether with all other properties situate in the same 
 locality, which may be transferred and assigned to the 
 Government of this Province by the Government of 
 Canada. R. S. Q., art. 2221. 
 
 2. The order in council passed for that purpose 
 shall establish the division into lots of the said pro- 
 perties, the upset price of each of such lots, the period 
 at which possession thereof shall be given to the pur- 
 chasers, and the terms of payment. 
 
 Notice thereof shall be given, at least three months 
 before the sale, in the Quebec OflScial Gazette, and in 
 at least four other newspapers, two whereof shall be 
 published in the French and two in the English 
 language. 
 
 If deemed expedient, the said sale may be adjourned 
 anu advertised anew, in the same manner, but in such 
 case notice for one month will isufEce. 
 
 8. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may employ 
 
V 
 
 li I 
 
 152 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 th« proceeds of the said sale in the purchase of ground 
 and in the construction of buildings suitable, in the 
 first place, for the Jacques-Cartier Normal School, in 
 or near Montreal, and secondly, if the amount thereof 
 admits, for the Laval Normal School, in or near 
 Quebec. R. S. Q., art. 2221. 
 
 CHAPTER SEVENTa 
 
 FABRIQUE SCHOOLS. 
 
 464. The Fahrique of any parish, and the school 
 commissioners or trustees thereof, may, by mutual 
 agi-eement in due form, unite for one or more years the 
 Fahrique schools in operation, with any of the public 
 schools held under this law. R. S. Q., art. 2222. 
 
 465. Any Fahrique contributing not less than fifty 
 dollars annually towards the support of any school 
 under the management of school commissioners or 
 trustees shall thereby acquire a right to the curd and 
 church-warden in office to be commissioners for the 
 management of that school only, if they were not so 
 before.* R. S. Q., art. 2222, § 2. 
 
 466. No Fahrique shall so unite its school to those 
 managed by commissioners or trustees of another 
 faith, except under an express and formal agreement 
 with the school commissioners or trustees of such 
 other faith. R. S. Q., art. 2222, § 3. 
 
 *Held:—ThB\, when a Fabrique contributes annually $50 
 towards the support of a school which ig under the control of 
 school COmmissionere (nr trt\aiAP,a\ tha /.i/«.i ar^A -^v.„«^u„ — j 
 
 111 oflico become ipso-facto school commissioner.^. Charest vs. 
 VeiUcux. C. Q. B., Quebec, 1881.-Q. L. R., voL S, p. 230. 
 
POLYTECHNIC SCHOOL OF MONTREAL, 
 
 CHAPTER EIGHTH. 
 
 153 
 
 POLYTECHNIC SCHOOL OF MONTREAL. 
 
 467. The special school known under the name of 
 the " Polytechnic School of Montreal," is under the 
 control of Laval University, under the same name, and 
 with the same character of special school which it had 
 before the first day of July, eighteen hundred and 
 eighty-seven. R. S. Q., art. 2223. 
 
 4«S. The curriculum of the said school, as now in 
 force, shall continue, but may be modified or developed 
 by the said University as may be required. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2224. 
 
 469. The appointment of the principal, the pro- 
 fessors, and staff necessary for the good working of 
 the said school is made by the council of the University. 
 R. S. Q,, art. 2225. 
 
 4TO. There shall be made annually to the superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction a report containing : 
 
 1. The course followed at the school and the modifi- 
 cations or developments made in the programme ; 
 
 2. The number and classification of the students ; 
 
 3. The state of the collections, instruments, labora- 
 tory and library ; 
 
 4. A statement of the receipts and expenditure of 
 the school. R. S. Q., art. 2226. 
 
 471. The superintendent of Public Instruction may 
 appoint an assessor to attend the examinations at the 
 end of the year. R. S. Q., art. 2227. 
 
 4T2. The Laval University shall, in accordance 
 with its charter, deliver to the students of the Poly- 
 technic School the diploma of civil engineer, mining 
 
 AnocinAAi* TnAf>nq«i/»al oriririnaAii* /%t» irtrln.^f ».ial r\»-»rw'ii 
 
 or other diplomas, according to the special course 
 lowed by each. 
 
 
 
1B4 
 
 iioaooL tjLW, 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 2. Mention efeall be made in the diploma that the 
 student-'hAS passed his examinations throughout the 
 course in a satisfactory manner, or witti distinction, or 
 with ereat distinction, or with the greatest distinction, 
 according to the disciplinary rules of the said school! 
 R. S. Q., art. 2228. 
 
 478. The names of the students receiving diplomas 
 shall be published in the Quebec Official Gazette with 
 the standing obtained by each, established by a gen- 
 eral average of the standing obtained throughout the 
 course. R. S. Q., art. 2229. 
 
 474. The terms employed in article 472 for the 
 classification of the diplomas shall be understood as 
 follows : 
 
 1. The diploma of civil engineer shall be granted to 
 the student capable of conducting and executing all 
 works of art and of construction upon the surface of 
 the soil ; 
 
 2. The diploma of mining engineer shall be granted 
 to the student capable of conducting and executing all 
 Works of discovering, extracting and working of ores 
 and minerals and their reduction to useful metals ; 
 
 3. The diploma of mechanical engineer shall be 
 jfranted to the student capable of designing, combin- 
 ing and constructing engines and machines used in 
 manufactures ; 
 
 4 The diploma of industrial engineer shall be 
 granted to the student capable of applying the princi- 
 ples of physics and chemistry to production and manu- 
 factures. R. S. Q., art. 223C 
 
COtTKTY ACADEMIES. 
 
 155 
 
 CHAPTER KrNTH. 
 
 OOUNtr AOADBMtES. 
 
 475. The Roman Catholic and Protestant Acade- 
 mies already established or which may hereafter be 
 established in any city, town or incorporated village, 
 exercise all the powers and eiyoy all the privileges ap- 
 pertaining to them, or which may be conferred upoti 
 them by the city, town or incorporated village in 
 which they are or may be situated. R. S. Q., art. 
 2231. 
 
 4T6. It sAiall also be competent to the corporations 
 of school commissioners or trustees, as the the case 
 may be, in any county, counties or parts of counties, 
 to combine for the purpose of establishing one or more 
 academies therein. 
 
 The mode of procedure in such cases shall be as 
 follows : 
 
 1. Whenever it shall appear desirable to the Roman 
 Catholic or Protestant school commissioners or trustees, 
 as the case may be, in any county, counties or p&rts of 
 counties, or to a majority of them, that an academy or 
 academies should be established, e several chairmen 
 of the said school corporations, shall by virtue of a 
 resolution passed by each school corporation be ap- 
 pointed academy delegates on behalf of the said cor- 
 porations. * 
 
 The delegate last named shall convene the first meet- 
 ing of these delegates by giving a written notice of 
 eight days of the time and place of such first meeting. 
 
 2. At the first meeting of such academy delegates, 
 those present or a majority of them, shall elect a chair- 
 man and a secretary. 
 
 If, in the opinion of the majority, it is thought 
 necessary or desirable that one or more academies 
 
 az 
 
 r 
 
156 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 C"" 
 
 Htm>- 
 
 should be estabhs hod in the county, counties or mrta 
 of counties, a petition to that effect founded ^ a re 
 solution of such delegates, shall be pm,a*ed and 
 tomarded to the Roman Catholic or ProiXnt Com 
 mittee, as the case may be. stating the facts of th. 
 
 If the Lieutenant-Governor in Council annroves 
 
 OffioiFf *r"°V^ •"•^y-.i'y proclamation in the Cbec 
 OfBcial Gazette, signify his approval, and establish 
 
 ."Jil^'"'y °/ ^«'demies. and'^Sesign'ate them™ 
 Academy or Academies of the county of 
 or counties of " oa *i,« « . 
 
 academies of county or counti^ o^" cTnty ^^ ^' '* 
 
 ,„ , ^<"\demy No 1, 2, 3,'' as the case may be if an 
 academy of parts of counties. J- w, ii an 
 
 4 After such proclamation, the board of delesatea 
 shall again meet, ^d shall elect three of their S 
 bers to a«t as the first trustees of such academy 
 • ?"?•» *™st«es shall remain in office untU the first 
 juridical day of the month of August then ei^nW 
 when there shall be a regular amiiS meStLT^^ 
 said board of delegates. * 
 
 inAVbfhfu t'"''*u«.f •^"I'Sates and at the meet- 
 ^"!,*°.''\ ril?".''"*"y thereafter on the first .juridical 
 T*'ii ""' "^^S""" "^ eaon year, the "board of deleo-atP« 
 shall appoint three of their number to a«t L teuftees 
 
COUNTY ACADEMIES. 
 
 167 
 
 Of parts 
 •n a re- 
 ired and 
 nfc Com- 
 s of the 
 jhairman 
 
 Roman 
 may be, 
 pose, the 
 i, and, if 
 'he com- 
 on shall 
 ssion to 
 
 pproves 
 Quebec 
 stablish 
 1 as the 
 
 7 be, if 
 
 f 
 
 e, if an 
 
 legates 
 mem- 
 
 le first 
 isuing, 
 of the 
 
 meet- 
 ridical 
 egates 
 'ustees 
 
 of the said academy for the ensuing year. They shall 
 also appoint an auditor or auditors of accounts. 
 
 The academy trustees shall present annually to tl]e 
 said board of delegates at such annual meeting a re- 
 port of the educational work of the past year of such 
 academy, with a balance sheet and statement of income 
 and expenditure, duly audited by the auditors ap- 
 pointed as above. 
 
 The secretary of the board of delegates may be the 
 secretary-treasurer of each board of academy trustees, 
 or the academy trustees may appoint their own secre- 
 tary-treasurer. 
 
 The academy trustees and the secretary-treasurer 
 and auditors shall, in the performance of their several 
 duties, conform in all respects, mutatis mutandiSf to 
 the provisions of the school laws, which refer to school 
 corporations and their officers, and also to the rules 
 and regulations of the Roman Catholic or Protestant 
 Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, as 
 the case may be. R. S. Q., art. 2232. 
 
 4'7'7. To provide for the building and maintenance 
 of such academies the Roman Catholic or Protestant 
 school commissioners or trustees of such county, coun- 
 ties, or parts of counties, wherein an academy is estab- 
 lished, may levy a tax on the taxable real estate of the 
 school municipality under their control, sufficient in 
 amount to provide a sum not exceeding three thousand 
 dollars for the purchase of si e and the building of an 
 academy, and not less than tL ee hundred dollars per 
 annum towards the payment of teachers and the inci- 
 dental expenses of such academy as may be agreed on 
 by tl said board of delegates. 
 
 The school comm'ssioners or trustees, as the case 
 may be, shall be jointly and severally responsible to 
 tliu said academy trustees for the payiiient oi the suuis 
 above mentioned, and shall pay over the said sums to 
 
 asi 
 
i 
 
 •• m, 
 
 '"^ 
 
 158 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 the said acaaemy trustees by equal semi-annual pay- 
 ments on the second day of January and second day 
 ^^ J^]y ^^ ^^ y^r. R. S. Q., art. 2233. ^ 
 
 «W For the maintenance of the said academies 
 the said ajsademy trustees shall be entitled to charge 
 monthly fees to the scholars attending the same such 
 fees not to exceed one dollar and Hfty cents per month 
 to be paid monthly in advance. ' 
 
 No scholar being two months in arrears for such 
 fees shall be permitted to attend such academy. R 
 o. Q., art. 2234. 
 
 47». Eaxjh academy fulfilling the conditions of this 
 chapter, and conforming in all respects to the rules and 
 regulations in respect to academies adopted or which 
 may be from time to time adopted fiy the Roman 
 Catholic or Protestant Committee, as the case may be 
 shall be entitled to a share of the legislative grant for 
 8ui)enor education in the discretion of the CommitteQ 
 of Its religious faith. R. S. Q., art. 2235. 
 
 CHAPTER TENTH. 
 
 LIBRARIES IN SCHOOL MUNICIPALITIBS. 
 
 480 The Lieutonant-Governor in Council may 
 order that, from and out of the superior education in- 
 eome fund, a sum not exceeding two thousand dollars 
 may be appropriated annually, or during a certain 
 number of years, to assist the establishment of city 
 town, village, parish or township libraries, in school 
 municipalities m which suitable contributions have 
 been made by such school corporation for that pur- 
 
 
 2. Such assistance shall be given in money or in 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 15£ 
 
 books, upon the conditions deemed requisite by the 
 Lieutenant-Qoyernor in Council. R. S. Q., art. 2236, 
 
 481. Municipalities and school corporations may 
 appropriate such portion of their revenues or such 
 sum of money as tfiey may deem expedient for that 
 purpK>se, and, with the authority of the superintend- 
 ent, issue such amount of debentures or bonds with 
 the view of creating a fund for that purpose. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2237. 
 
 483^. Such libraries shall be under the management, 
 inspection and regulations which the Roman Catholic 
 or Protestant Committee, as the case may be, of the 
 Council of Public Instruction shall from time to time 
 prescribe. Such regulations shall be published by the 
 superintendent in the Ql»bec Official Gazette. R. S. d, 
 art 2237. 
 
 '31 
 
 if: 
 
 CHAPTER ELEVENTH. 
 
 PENSION FUND OF OFFICERS OF PRIMARY INSTRUCTION. 
 
 SEOTION I. 
 
 INTERPRETATIVB. 
 
 :5: 
 
 •*3 
 
 **-»i 
 
 483. Under the term " officers of primary instnic- 
 tion," the present chapter includes school inspectors, 
 professors and teachers of normal schools, male and 
 female certificated teachers teaching in an institution 
 under the control of school commissioners or trustees, 
 or subsidized by them or by the Government out of 
 the funds voted for education, but does not include 
 members of the clergy or religious communities or 
 
ICO 
 
 
 I* 
 
 INI 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 professors in colleges or universities. R. S. Q., art. 
 2238. 
 
 . 484. The terms " elementary school," " model 
 school,** and "academy," employed in this chapter, 
 mean schools in which are taught the subjects of the 
 curriculum adopted by either of the Committees of the 
 Council of Public Instruction for the schools of these 
 various grades. 
 
 By " school under control " is meant any school in 
 which the teachers are engaged and paid by the school 
 commissioners or trustees. 
 
 By " subsidized school " is meant any school not 
 ujider control which receives a grant from the Govern- 
 ment out of the funds voted for education or from 
 school commissioners or trustees. R. S. Q., art. 2239. 
 
 II. 
 
 ihi" 
 
 SEOTION II. 
 
 PENSIONS OP OFFICERS. 
 
 485. There shall be allowed to every person, who 
 has reached the age of fa"ty-six years, and who has 
 been employed as an officer of primary instruction, 
 during a term of ten years or upwards, an annual pen- 
 sion, based upon the average salary received by him 
 during the years he has been engaged in teaching and 
 for which he haa paid the stoppages. R. S, Q., art. 
 
 486. Such pension shall not exceed, in any case 
 the following rates : 
 
 If the officer has served during ten years and less 
 than eleven yeax-a, ten-fiftieths of such average salary ; 
 if he has served during eleven and less than twelve 
 years, eleven-fiftieths of such average salary ; 
 
 And so on, q^din^ one-fiftieth of such averac/e 
 salary, for every additional year of service, for which 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 161 
 
 lie has paid the stoppages ; but no grant shall be 
 allowed for any service OVer thirty-five years. R. S. Q., 
 &rt. 2241. 
 
 487. The average salary of officers of primary in- 
 struction shall not, for the purposes of this chapter, 
 exceed the sum of fifteen hundred dollars. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2242. 
 
 488. After ten years* service, every officer, what- 
 ever be his age, may receive a pension when a serious 
 injury, or enfeebled health, renders it impossible for 
 him to continue such service, provided such accident 
 or ill -health has not arisen through any conduct for- 
 bidden by law or against good morals. R. S. Q., art. 
 2243. 
 
 489. In the event of an officer retiring owing to 
 enfeebled health or serious illness, such infirmities and 
 the cause thereof shall be established by means of cer- 
 tificates from the physician who has attended such 
 officer, and by one of the two physicians indicated by 
 the superintendent of Public Instruction. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2244. {See Form No. 18.) 
 
 490. The physicians' certificates, prescribed by the 
 preceding article, shall be attested in accordance with 
 the provisions of chapter 141 of the Revised Statutes 
 of Canada respecting extra-judicial oaths. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2245. 
 
 491. Such pension is stopped from the moment the 
 cause, which gave rise to it, has ceased to exist. R. S. 
 Q., art. 2246. 
 
 492. From the age of eighteen, the years that have 
 been passed either in teaching, or as a normal school 
 pupil, shall be included in the years of service, at the 
 time of establishing the amount of pension. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2247. 
 
 493. The years, during which the officei-s of prim- 
 ary instruction have tau^t outside of the Province, 
 
 11 
 
 
 
162 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 • «:> 
 
 •91 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 It I 
 
 If 
 
 to the satefaction of the administrative comSon 
 
 rS he ll^ ">'"•■• '^''' ^' ^"^ served~h' 
 I ?? . u ?^® '*^' y**'"s preceding his aDDlication 
 and that he has ccaplied with the other pro^SS 
 the present chapter. R. S. Q.. art. 2250. P"'^'^""^ '»' 
 «»« An oflScer of primary instruction, in order to 
 be pensioned, must produce in addition to Ws^Hifi 
 cate ot birth and a declaration of his domicile a rlii^ 
 hcate according to form number 16 of th^s law stTt^; 
 
 acteSTsuTorrt! '^'^''^^ '*>'' ^^^ when'h^S 
 r»!!l * u ■ • "^'^ services and the date and the 
 
 .tf 0^.°/ his ceasing to perform the same. R S O 
 art. 2251. (See Form No. 17.) ^' 
 
 SBCTION HI. 
 PENSIONS OP WIDOWS. 
 
 the*?4lk oMvT««n '^ ''^'^''- ^''o ^^^ I'etween 
 , r*^'^ °\ Ju'y. 1880, and the 1st July 1886 nffo- 
 
 3/2? shalf t^r" ""^ *^« -t&4'??ct:ria 
 
 a hJh t?; ti?:;e'S *" ^'^^ """^"^ -^ -^-' have 
 
 Such h^lf.pension is only aUowed to the widow of 
 
 H-J 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 1G3 
 
 an officer who died after the 1st July, 1886, when the 
 latter has paid into the pension fund, in addition to 
 the stoppages payable hy him, and at the same time, a 
 sum equal to one-half of such stoppages ; nevertheless 
 this latter stoppage is only exacted for the years dur- 
 ing which the officer was married. R. S. Q., art. 2252. 
 
 4»8. For the years previous to the 24th of July, 
 1880, the stoppages in question are paid as follows : 
 
 Two-fifths should have been paid before the first 
 of January, 1887, and 
 
 One-fifth of the total amount shall be deducted from 
 the annual pension of the officer himself, or,— if he 
 died without having obtained a pension,— from his 
 widow's pension during each of the first three years. 
 
 Tliese sums also form part of O'.e capital. R. S. Q.. 
 art. 2253. ^ ' 
 
 499. In order that a widow may be eligible for a 
 pension, the marriage must have been contracted six 
 years before the husband had ceased to act as an officer 
 of primary instruction. R. S. Q., art. 2254. 
 
 500. The widow is not allowed to pay the stop- 
 pages which her husband neglected to pay for the 
 years of service previous to the 24th July, 1880. R 
 S. Q., art. 2255. 
 
 501. The widow claiming a pension is bound to 
 furnish, in addition to the vouchers which her husband 
 should have produced : 
 
 1. Her certificate of birth ; 
 
 2. The burial certificate of the officer or pensioner ; 
 
 3. Her marriage certificate. R. S. Q., art. 2256. 
 {See Form No. 20.) 
 
 
 
 SECTION IV, 
 
 CONTRIBUTIONS AND STOPPAGES. 
 
 50a. Any officer o€ primary instmction who has 
 
 fe 
 
164 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 ->t 
 
 paid into the pension fund the stoppages required by 
 this chapter, for the years of service immediately pre- 
 ceding the 24th of July, 1880, if such payments have 
 been made before the first of January, 1887, shall be 
 entitled to count such years of service to establish his 
 right to a pension. R. S. Q., art. 2257. 
 
 503. The stoppages upon the salaries of officers of 
 primary instruction for the years previous to the 24th 
 of July, 1880, shall be five per cent, per annum with- 
 out interest. 
 
 2. Two-fifths of the total amount of the stoppages 
 for the years previous to the 24th July, 1880, should 
 have been paid before the first of January, 1887 ; and 
 one-fifth of the total amount of the said stoppages U 
 deducted from the annual pension of the officer for 
 each of the first three years. 
 
 3. The sums so stopped shall not form part of the 
 yearly revenue of the pension fund, but shall be placed 
 in the capital fund. R. S. Q., art. 2258. 
 
 504. The officers, who, between the 24th of July. 
 18N0, andthe IsTi July, 1886, paid the stoppages re- 
 qun^ed by the act 43-44 Victoria, chapter 22, I'or their 
 years of service previous to the 24th July, 1880, have 
 a right to interest, at the rate of five per cent, upon 
 tlie sums so paid, up to the first of July, 1886 ; such 
 interest to be deducted from the stoppages to be here- 
 after paid by them out of their salary or pension, as 
 the case may be. R. S. Q., art. 2259. 
 
 505. In order to provide for the above-mentioned 
 pensions : 
 
 1. A reduction or stoppage shall be made from the 
 salary of each officer at the rate of two per cent, per 
 annum : * 
 
 2. A stoppage of two per cent, shall be made yearly 
 on the amount of the pension paid to each officer ; 
 
 3. A stoppage of two per cent, shall be made annually 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 165 
 
 out of the common school fund, as well as out of that 
 portion of the superior education fund, appropriated 
 to the support o^ institutions managed or airected by 
 officers 01 primary instruction ; 
 
 4 An annual grant of one thousand dollars shall be 
 allowed by the Government of the Province. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2260. 
 
 500. The total amount of these various stoppages 
 and grants made from the 24th July, 1880, to the 1st 
 July, 1886, shall be deposited with the Pro\incial 
 Treasurer, and be by him converted into Provincial or 
 Dominion bonds, at the current price of such bonds, 
 and capitalized for the benefit of the pension fund for 
 officers of primary instruction. R. S. Q., art. 2261. 
 
 507. The said fund shall not form part every year 
 of the consolidated revenue fund of the Province, 
 notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the 
 law respectir/g the Treasury Department ; but it shall 
 be held in trust by the Provincial Treasurer for the 
 purposes of this chapter. R. S. Q., art. 2262. 
 
 508. It the interest on the said capitalized fund 
 and the total of the different stoppages and grant does 
 nofc suffice to pay the pensions applied for, the stop- 
 pages from the salaries and pensions of the officers of 
 primary instruction out of the common school fund 
 and out of the superior education fund may be in- 
 creased to the amount of four per cent, which shall be 
 the maximum rate of the stoppages. R. S. Q., art. 
 2263. 
 
 509. Every excess of receipts over expenditure in 
 the pension fund shall be first employed in payir^ the 
 deficit?, of previous years, if necessary, and the re- 
 mainuo liall be placed with the Provincial Treasurer 
 in tiis^; for the purposes of this chapter. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2264 
 
 510. If the stoppages and grafts be not sufficient 
 
 ^'5 
 
166 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 yi III 
 
 
 0S> 
 
 
 % 
 
 i:i 
 
 
 to pay the pensions as above established, the adminis- 
 tro^tive commission shall reduce the pensions and pro- 
 portion them to the amount at its disposal. R. S. O.. 
 art. 2265. 
 
 5 1. The portion of the pension fund established by 
 the act passed on the 22nd of December, 1856, (19-20 
 Victoria, chapter 14, section 7), which shall from time 
 to time be relieved, according to the provisions of the 
 said act, by the death of pensioned officers, shall be 
 paid into the pension fund established by this chapter, 
 so that the whole shall be so paid in when the last of 
 such officers dies. (Sec article 422) R. S. Q., art. 
 2266. ^ 
 
 ^12. The superintendent shall retain, hali-yearly, 
 out of the grant payable to each municipality or nor- 
 mal school, or out of the salaries paid directly by the 
 Department of Public Instruction, the sums necessary 
 to pay the stopparres out of the .salary of each officer of 
 primary instruction; and the school authorities are 
 authorized to deduct out of the .salaries of such officers 
 the amount retained by the superintendent. R. S. O 
 art. 2267. ^ 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 PAYMENT OF PENSIONS. 
 
 513. The pension, in the case of a teacher, shall run 
 from the day on which his salary ceases to be paid, 
 and in that of a widow, from the day following the 
 decease of her husband. R. S. Q., art. 2268. 
 
 514. All pensions shall be paid half-yearly ; but if 
 an officer die, without leaving a widow entitled to 
 receive such pension, his heirs, according to the provi- 
 sions of the Civil Code, shall be cntiUed to receive his 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 167 
 
 pension for the current six months. R. S. Q., art. 
 2269. 
 
 515. Every officer of primary instruction, who has 
 resigned his office, or has been dismissed by the Coun- 
 cil of Public Instruction, or either of the Comniittees 
 thereof, for any causes provided l)y law, shall f(>rfcit 
 his right to a pension and also his stoppages; but if 
 reinstated, his former service shall counfc. R. S Q., 
 art. 2270. 
 
 ' 510. Pensions, if they have not been claimed, shall 
 be struck from the books of the pension fund after 
 three years, and their replacement thereon .shall not 
 entitle to arrears prior to the claim. 
 
 2. The same forteiture shall apply to the heirs of 
 pensioner?, who do not establsh then* rights within 
 three years from the death of the person whom they 
 represent. R S Q.. art 2271. 
 
 517. Any officer ot primary instruction who for 
 causes approved of by the supenntendent ot Public 
 Instruction, resigns hj.> office and opens a privato 
 school or temporarily accepts a position therein, shall 
 not forfeit his right to a pension provided he regularly 
 pays the stoppages on his salary. R. S. Q , art. 2272. 
 (See Farm No. 19.) 
 
 518. An officer of primary instruction dying before 
 the first of July, JS86; who has not left a widow en- 
 titled to receive a pension, does rot lose the amounts, 
 by him paid to the pension fund, but his heirs, accord- 
 ing to the jirovisions of the Civil Code, may claim the 
 amount which ho has paid to the pension fund up to 
 the date of his death. R. S. Q., art. 2273. 
 
 51 0. All claims for pensions must be made before 
 the first of November in each year ; pensions claimed 
 after that date will only be paid the following year. 
 R. S. Q., art., 2274. (See Form No. 17.) 
 
 SI] 
 
 
 
168 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 SECTION VI. 
 
 m- 
 
 
 *0» 
 
 i 
 
 •41 
 
 r 
 
 ;»• 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 >•■' 
 
 '** ill 
 
 w .1* 
 
 I,. 
 
 i TALUATION OP 8ALARIB8. 
 
 520. The salary of officers of primary instruction, 
 employed in private schools subsidized by the Govern- 
 ment or by school municipalities, shall be estimated by 
 the school inspector of the division to which such 
 officers belong, to the satisfaction of the superintendent, 
 who may order an inquiry for such purposes, in accord- 
 ance with the law respecting education. R. S. Q., art 
 
 521 In no case shall the value of the annual salary, 
 including benefits, in private schools subsidized by the 
 Government or by school commissioners or trustees, 
 exceed the following amounts, to wit : 
 
 For male teacliers of elementary schools :— in towns, 
 four hundred dolJars,—in country municipalities, two 
 hundred and fifty dollars; 
 
 For Jemaio teachers in elementary schools :—in 
 towns, two hundred dollars,~in country municipalities 
 cue hundred and twenty-five dollars; 
 
 For male teachers of model schools :— in towns, five 
 hundred .dollars,— in country municipalities, three hun- 
 dred dollars ; 
 
 For female teachers of model schools:— in towns, 
 two hundred and fifty dollars.—in country munici- 
 palities, one hundred and fifty dollars ; 
 
 For male teachers of academies ;— in towns, six bun- 
 dled dollars,— in country municipalities, four hundred 
 dollars ; 
 
 For female teachers of academies :— in towns, three 
 hundred dollars,— in country municipalities, two hun- 
 dred dollars. R. S. Q., art. 2276. 
 ^ 522. Officers of primary instruction may, in addi- 
 tion to the specific salary agreed upon between tbem 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 169 
 
 and the school commissioners or trustees, include, as 
 forming part of their salary, all the benefits derived 
 from their position, such as lodging, light and fuel. 
 
 If, however, such officers give private lessons, or 
 exercise at the same time any profession, trade or busi- 
 ness whatsoever, the benefits they derive therefrom 
 shall not be included in the said valuation. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2277. 
 
 528. The valuation of the benefits so derived by 
 officers of primarv instruction shall be made by the 
 school inspector of the district, certified to be correct 
 according to form No. 15 of this law,. and revised by 
 the administrative commission. R. S. Q., art. 2278. 
 (See Form No. 16.) 
 
 524. It shall be the duty of the school commission- 
 ers or trustees, or administrative bodies, employing 
 officers of primary instruction, to make a halt-yearly 
 report, stating the name, office and salary, during the 
 previous six months, of each such officer employed by 
 them. R. S. Q., art. 2279. 
 
 525. In no case shall the valuation of such benefits 
 in the schools under control exceed the following 
 amounts, to wit : 
 
 For an elementary school : — in towns, one hundred 
 dollars, — in country municipalities, thirty dollars ; 
 
 For a model school : — in towns, one hundred and 
 fifty dollars, — in country municipalities, fifty dollars ; 
 
 For an academy : — in towns, two hundred dollars,— 
 in country municipalities, seventy-five dollars. R. S. 
 Q., art. 2280. 
 
 ^: 
 
 I: 
 
 a- 
 
 
170 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 SErnoN vir. 
 
 
 
 .■»•«■ 
 
 j: 
 
 
 (•■: 
 
 
 
 I-: 
 
 ADMINISTRATIVE CJMMISMON. 
 
 586. The pension fund for officers of w inarv in 
 struction ,8 a.iministered by a coinnassion composed of 
 the superintendent of Public Insti-uction, a^ prCident 
 
 the convention of Roman Catholic teachers in MonT 
 real, one by the convention of Roman Catholic teach- 
 
 ^rprottfictr '^ ^''^ ^'-^ ^^^^ 
 
 ,.lP^^l'^''ll?*'®^ 'f""'" '" «ffi««' until «»ey are r«- 
 plw^Bd by thc«e who appointed them. R. I. Q., art 
 2281, as amended by 52 Vict., chap. 23, art. 2. 
 
 «a7. The administrative commission determines all 
 questions connected with the pension fund Tnd pen 
 sioners, and its decision is final P 
 
 The delegates are not paid for their services but 
 
 , if *^u "^' ®M' ''® *''*' '^uty o* the school inspectors 
 when they make their official inspection, to I^^T at 
 least once a year, the pensioners in their rejpective 
 districts and to report to the superintendent eveJv 
 year, before the month of November, upon the stTte S 
 the pensioners' health and upon thei • quaHficatfons foj 
 receiving a pension under the terms of the law 
 
 liiey shall also indicate the date of the death of the 
 pensioners who may have died during the year and 
 add any remarks which may assist or fa«ilSe the 
 
 ■#' 
 
PENSION FUND. 
 
 171 
 
 worl >f the administrative commission. R S. Q., art. 
 
 2284. 
 
 SECTION VIII. 
 
 MISOBLLANBOUS. 
 
 530. The administra>tive commission is bound to 
 draw up and ^ epare all orders or regulations which it 
 may deem necessary to put this chapter into operation 
 and to Drovide for unforeseen cases. 
 
 Sue orders and regulations, when sanctioned by 
 the Lieutenant-Governor in Council and published in 
 the Quebec Official Gazette, shall have operation of 
 law tor the carrying out of the provisions of this 
 chapter. R. S ^., art. 2285. 
 
 531. The accounts of the pension fund are kept by 
 the Department of Public Instruction, certified yearly 
 by the provincial auditor, and published in a suffi- 
 ciently detailed manner in the report of the superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction. R. S. Q., art. 2286. 
 
 532. Pensions are not assignable or liable to seizure. 
 R. S. Q., art. 2287. 
 
 533. This chapter does not apply to teachers re- 
 ceiving pensions before the 1st July, 1886. R. S. Q., 
 art. 2288. 
 
 

IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 4^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 '^ 1^ III 2.2 
 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 •4 
 
 6" — 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 r 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 CoiDoration 
 
 \ 
 
 S 
 
 \^" 
 
 <,1>^ 
 
 
 ^9) 
 
 .V 
 
 
 ^V" 
 
 
 W^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14590 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

r. I 
 
 ;' ^ 
 
 
 It*' 
 
 rW' ,1 Hat 
 
 li-.^4t^ 
 
 0'' 
 
 u 
 
 III 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 } 
 
 FORMa 
 
 No. 1.— NOTICE FOR ELECTION OF SCHOOL COMMIS- 
 SIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 (See Article 162.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 hundred and ^^ ^^ '"'^t7e *tT/t:K 
 
 the momng, at the church door of the said munic" 
 
 election of a board of school commfasioners, or of one 
 ^mo^^ school commissioners or trustees (XcZ 
 
 Given at this day of 
 
 one thousand eight hundred and • 
 
 (This notice must be signed by a justice of the peace 
 the secret^rytreasHrer, th^ presideM of the scZl^. 
 
 R S. Q., TUle F, Form No, 2. 
 
 N. B. — This notice must be given accordintr tn ihm 
 provisions of article U and foll^Tg o77X 
 
FORMS. 
 
 173 
 
 No. 2.^-REPORT TO SUPERINTENDENT OF ELECTION OF 
 SCHOOL OOMHISSIONERS OR TRUSTEE& 
 
 {See Article 188.) 
 
 } 
 
 To the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
 Sir, 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 On Monday, the day of July, one thou- 
 
 sand eight hundred and , at a public 
 
 meeting of the rate-payers of this municipality duly 
 convened and held according to law, at {mention the 
 'place), at the hour of ten in the morning, Messrs. 
 {insert the names and sit/mames written very plainly) 
 were elected as school commissioners {or trustees, as 
 ike case m,ay he,) for the said municipality, conform- 
 ably to law. 
 
 Given at 
 
 this day 
 
 {Signature.) 
 
 18 
 
 Presiding Oflficer. 
 
 22. S. Q., Title V, Form No, 8. 
 
 N,B, — The above report must he sent to the superin' 
 tendent within the eight days next after the election. 
 
I' 
 
 W4g\ 
 
 M 
 
 ' Fl' * 
 
 r' 
 
 111.'' 
 
 I 
 
 ' 1 
 
 i 
 
 1^4 SCHOOL LAW, 
 
 No. 3.— NOTICE TO SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS OR 
 TRUSTEES ELECTED. 
 
 {See Article 188.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, \ 
 Municipality of j 
 
 To Mr. A. B., School Commissioner or Trustee. 
 Sir, 
 
 I hereby notify you that, at a public meeting of the 
 ratepayers of this municipality, duly convened accord- 
 ing to law, and held on the day of 'one 
 thousand eight hundred and you were 
 elected a school commissioner {or trustee, as the case 
 may be.) 
 
 Given at » this 18 
 
 (Signature.) 
 ^ Presiding Officer. 
 
 iJ. S. Q., Title F., Form No. 4. 
 
 ^•B' — ^/'^ above notice must be sent to each commis' 
 sioner or trustee elected^ within the eight days next after 
 the election. 
 
 No. 4.— -NOTICE OP DISSENT. 
 
 {See Article 14^.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, \ 
 Municipality of J 
 
 To the Chairman of the school commissioners of the 
 municipality of - county of 
 
 Sir, 
 
 We, the undersigned, proprietors, occupants, tenants 
 
FORMS. 
 
 175 
 
 and rate-p«|.yers of the mnnicipality of , county 
 
 of , professing the religion, 
 
 have the honor, under article 1985 of the Revised 
 Statutes of the Province of Quebec, to notify you of 
 our intention of withdrawing from the control of the 
 school corporation of which you are the chairman. 
 
 Given at 
 
 this 
 
 day of 
 
 Itf 
 
 (Signatures of the dissentients.) 
 R. a Q., Title F, Form No. 1. 
 
 N.B. — This notice must oe made in triplicate. 
 
 No. 5. — NOTICE FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF SCHOOL 
 COMMISSIONERS OR TRU<^TEES, 
 
 ^ {See Article 219.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, \ 
 Municipality of / 
 
 To Mr. A. B., School Commissioner or Trustee. 
 
 Sir, * 
 
 A meeting of the school commissioners (or trustees) 
 of this municipality will be held at (the place) at the 
 hour of in the noon, the 
 
 day of the month of , one thousand 
 
 eight hundred and 
 Given at this 18 
 
 (Signature,) 
 
 Secretary-Treasurer. 
 
 R S, Q., Title F, Form No. 6 
 
176 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 ■' >ii 
 
 n 
 
 
 } 
 
 No. 6— HEADING FOR THE MINUTES OF PROCEEDINGS 
 OF SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS OR TRUSTEES. 
 
 {See Article ^H, \ 10.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 *^^* ^L'^f ting of the school commissioners (w trus- 
 tees) of the municipality of ^ 
 in the county of h lil I 
 {mention the place) in this municipality, on ^ ' 
 the day of the month of 
 one thousand eight hundred and , at the houi- 
 
 warn ». . f^ nr • °^^"' ^^ ^hich meetmc 
 
 were present : MM. {insert the names of all the mem- 
 hers present), all School Commissioners (rTrLTees) 
 
 ^\.Tl ^>^^^«\^? (ff ^,*ing chairman, in the absence of 
 the chairman) m the chair. 
 
 The secretary-treasurer being also present. 
 M. (his nanu) moves, seconded by M. (his name) that 
 i^vrite out the motion.) ^ t(^rne;,ina.z 
 
 .?1T'a ,V"^"/^^«s[y' (or if there be a division, tlis 
 votes shall he taken by the chairman aa follows :) 
 
 Yeas :— Messrs. 1 ,^ 
 
 Nays :— Messrs. J K^'^'Sert the names,) 
 
 If the votes be equal, Ihs chairman votes, and then he 
 declares the motion carried or not, as the case may be 
 Jj there %s an amendment, say : 
 
 ^^\ > seconded by Mr. moveq in 
 
 amendment that (State the amendment) 
 For the amendment :— -Messrs. ] 
 Against the amendment :— Messrs.} (^''^^^ ^^^ names.) 
 
 If the amendment be carried, the chairman declares 
 
FORMS. 
 
 177 
 
 the same carried^ and an entry is made in ^/^c minute 
 book. 
 
 If the amendment be lost, the chairman declares the 
 same losty and an entry is made in the minute book, 
 
 (Signature.) 
 
 Chairman. 
 (Signature.) 
 Secretary -Treasurer. 
 R. S. Q., Title V, Form No. 6. 
 
 No. 7. — FORM OF SURETV BOND OF THE SECRETARY- 
 
 TREASUREH. 
 
 {See Article "29i.) 
 
 Province of Quebec, \ 
 Municipality of j 
 
 Whereas I, (name of tfte secretary-treasurer), have 
 been appointed secretary- treasurer of the school com- 
 missioners {or trustees) for the municipality of , 
 in the county of , and whereas in conformity 
 with the laws concerning public instruoaon we {names 
 of ike two sureties and their quality and domicile,) 
 have been approved and accepted by {name of the 
 chairman) the chairman of the said school commission- 
 ers {or trustees) as sureties of the said (iiame of the 
 secretary -treasurer), for the total amount for which 
 the said {name of the secretary -treasurer) is and shall 
 be, at any time whatever, responsible, arising as well 
 from the local school funds or contributions and spe- 
 cial donations, paid into his hands for the support of 
 schools, as from the general funds of the schools, 
 and for all sums of money which he may have in his 
 hands belonging to the said school commissioners {or 
 trustees,) and for the due execution of his duties as 
 secretary-treasurer. 
 
 Know by these presents that we, the said {names of 
 12 
 
^.78 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 w 
 
 *■» I. I 
 
 R»J! 
 
 . > 
 
 If' ' 
 
 If ! 
 
 f?» J 
 
 II -I 
 
 i i 
 
 </tc mretieg and of the secretary-treasurer) acknow- 
 ledge ourselves to be jointly and severally obS to 
 
 KteTsto^th"'"''"'^^? T'f"^' commfsS (*° 
 trustees) of the munic.pahty of , i„ the county 
 
 (nan,^ .f df ^T^ "l """"^^ ^°' ^'■''ch the said 
 lnvT£f f «ecretery-<rea«Mr«r), by himself or by 
 
 exercFs^Tf hh nmTi^' '' responsible, may in the 
 tnh^ ■ ■ ""^ '^°°'"e respons ble towards the 
 
 school commissioners (or trustees) of the said munkU 
 pahty or towards any other person for them in urin 
 cipa^, mteres , costs, penalties or damages Tf any ^ 
 The condition of this bond is that iFthe Jd^iname 
 
 aU tim*p^'t"7"'''^^^] ^''*" ^«" ''"d faithfiuy a 
 aU times perform the duties and functions of the 
 
 afi^inf l'^"'f**'"->'-*'^'^"'^''' *o *hioh he ha/ been 
 appointed, and accounts for, pays over or remitT to 
 
 Stv oT '="'""''"'°«^^ (- '««*«-) oi the mlinic ! 
 paiiiy ot ^ m the county of 
 
 null, otherwise it shall remain in fuU force and effect 
 
 Made and passed in triplicate, at 1: 
 
 X, J . day (rf the month of 'l 
 
 thousand eight hundred and ^ ' ^^® 
 
 (^g'w^^wne of the secretary ^treamrerS 
 
 isf u ^ , 9f sureties.) 
 
 {Stgnatnre of the notary or 
 
 of a Justice of the Peace 
 
 as the case may he.) 
 
 R. S. Q., Title r, Form No!l. 
 
 N. B.^One cqpy must he sent to the superintemient. 
 
 \ 
 
FORMS. 
 
 179 
 
 *i 
 
 No. 8.— NOTICE OF APPOINTMENT OF MANAGElW. 
 
 (See Article 231, § i 
 
 Province of Quebec. 1 
 Municipality of j 
 
 To Mr. (name of Manager,) 
 Sir, 
 
 I hereby give you notice that at a meeting of the 
 school commissionei-s (or trustees) of this municipality, 
 held on the day of tlie month of 
 
 one thousand eiorht hundred and 
 , you were named (permanently 
 or temporarily or for what Hmc, mmt he stated,) 
 manager to assist them in the administration of the 
 school-houses, the building, repairing, heating and 
 cleaning the same, and also to keep the furniture be- 
 longing to the school in order. 
 
 Given at this day of the month 
 
 of 18 . 
 
 {Signature) 
 Secretary -Treasurer. 
 R. S, Q., Title V, Form No. 8. 
 
 No. 9.— DEMAND FOR COPY OF THE VALUATION ROLL. 
 
 (See Articles SJfi and SJt5) 
 
 Province of Quebec, \ 
 Municipality of / 
 
 To the Secretary-Treasurer of the Municipal Council 
 
 of the Municipality of County of 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I hereby require you to forward and deliver to me. 
 
,♦•» 
 
 PI; ir 
 
 180 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 wiciiin ten days from this date, for the use of the school 
 coramissicners (or trustees) of the municipality of 
 (name of iJie aclioj mv/n cipcdity) situated in the 
 limits of the municipality of (name of the rv/ral muni- 
 cipality) a certified copy, according to law, of the 
 valuation roll of the property situate within the limits 
 of the municipality. 
 
 {Sitrnature) 
 
 Seciotary-Treasurer. 
 
 R. S Q , Title K, Form Uo. 9. 
 
 ^O. 10. — NOTICE TO RATE-PAYERS FOR EXAMINATION 
 
 OF COLLECTION ROLL. 
 
 (See Article 325.) 
 
 Province ot Quebec, V 
 Municipality of / 
 
 PUBLIC NOTICB 
 
 Is hereby given to all proprietors of real estate and 
 resident householders of this municipality, that the 
 collection roll as established by the school commis- 
 sioners (or trustees) of thilS municipality has been 
 made and completed and that it now is and will remain 
 in my possession, for inspection by parties interested, 
 during thirty days from this notice, during which time 
 it may be amended ; any rate-payer may, during the 
 
 lilMi 
 
FORMS. 
 
 181 
 
 said delay, complain of such roll, which shall be taken 
 into consideration, and homologated with or without 
 amendment, at the meeting of commissioners (or trus- 
 tees) to take place on the* day of 
 
 , at the place where meetings are 
 usually held at the hour of in the 
 
 noon ; but, such delay expired, it shall come into force, 
 and every pel son interested is obliged to take cogniz- 
 ance thereof, if he so desire, and to pay the amount of 
 his taxes to the undersigned, at his office, within the 
 twenty days following the said delay of thirty days, 
 without further notice. 
 
 ^ i 
 
 IIXATION 
 
 Given at 
 month of 
 
 this 
 
 day of the 
 188 . 
 
 (Signature.) 
 Secretary-Treasurer. 
 R. S. Q., Title v., Form No. 10. 
 
 * This date must be vntkin ten day» after the expiration of the. 
 thirty days during which the valuation roll may he examined, (See 
 art. 354.) ^ 
 
182 
 No. 11.. 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 -secretary-treasurer's notice fob TBI 
 
 PAYMENT OF TAXES. 
 
 {See Article 360.) 
 
 a 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 l-H 
 
 H 
 
 & 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 I - I 
 
 •»^ 
 
 c 0) e ^ 
 
 C P ft o 
 
 o 
 
 ft flj 
 
 S e ® St: 
 
 o 
 
 x"2 ca ♦•.•3 
 
 I 
 
 •g-d 
 
 BO S 0) *'^ 
 •>-i art .22 
 
 Si: 
 
 rt C C O ^1 
 
 tin* 
 
 li 
 
 d 
 
 o 
 
 p 
 
 H 
 
 01 
 
 0) c; 
 
 .j-'F" ■♦J 
 
 15 *^ "^ 
 
 CJxi - 
 d g 
 
 «^ 
 
 e 
 
 
 0^1? 
 
 5,d ^3 *;^ 
 
 »^ CD « « O 
 
 o ^ S « bp 
 003 oi 
 
 
 a ^2 
 
 GO 
 
 a 
 
 
 .0 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 Sb; 
 
FORM& 
 
 188 
 
 rOB TBI 
 
 
 d 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 .•■3 
 
 
 «1 
 
 
 ». » 
 
 
 f* 
 
 
 %> 
 
 
 •><; 
 
 
 ,"«w 
 
 
 y^ ^ 
 
 M 
 
 : C? 
 
 i 
 
 3 <^ 
 
 > 
 
 ^^ 
 
 2 
 
 
 €» m 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 No. 12.— WARRANT OF DISTRESS FOR ARREARS. 
 
 (8f^ Article 862) 
 
 } 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 The school commissioners (or trustees) for the muni- 
 cipality of , in the county of 
 
 , to any bailiff of the Superior 
 Court, acting in and for the district of 
 
 Whereas (name and deamption of the debtor) has 
 been required by the secretary-treasurer of the school 
 commissioners {or trustees) for the municipality of 
 
 , in the county of , 
 
 to pay into his hands, for the use of the said school 
 commissioners {or trustees,) the sum of 
 bein^r the amount due by him to the said school com- 
 missioners {or trustees) as appears by the collection 
 roll of the municipality for the year IS ; and 
 whereas the said {name of the debtor) hath neglected 
 and refused to pay to the said secretary-treasurer, 
 within the delay required by law, the said sum of 
 {the amount in words) with the costs of notice and 
 service amounting to {the amount in words;) these 
 are, therefore, to command you to seize, without delay, 
 the goods and chattels of the said {narm of the debtor) 
 which may be found within the limits of the said 
 municipality ; if, within the space of eight days after 
 such seizure, the above mentioned sums, with the 
 reasonable expenses of the said seizure, be not paid, 
 then you shall sell according to law the said goods and 
 chattels so by you held and you shall pay over the 
 moneys arising from such sale to the secretary-treasurer 
 of the said school commissioners {or trustees,) so that 
 he may apply the same as by law directed, and return 
 
184 
 
 (SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 the suiylus, if any, when demanded, to the said (namf^ 
 of the debtor,) or to whom it may coAcem ; and if sueh 
 seizure cannot be effected, in default of ffkXiiable to 
 sei .ire. you shall then certify the same to me so ihS 
 such proceedings may be had e.. the law may require 
 nor«fZ «nde^ my hand and the seal of the 3 cor- 
 poration of school commissioner, (or trustees) this 
 
 day of the month of („ f }!! 
 
 year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
 
 ** m the aforesaid district 
 
 (Signature) 
 Chairman of the School 
 
 7? «? n /nv. ir ^^^'^,"?^ssioners (or Trustees.) 
 ^.o. Q., Title V, Form, No. 12. 
 
 i M 
 
 ^""ooo^rr^n *;";.? ^'^ "'^^^^'^ '■'-^'^^OP «ALEOF 
 GOODS AND EFFECTS SEIZED FOB SCHOOL TAXES. 
 
 (See Arlkle 36^.) 
 
 Public Notice 
 
 Is hereby given that on (day of tl^ u-eeh) the 
 day of the month of ,W.,J 
 
 {or next) at the hour of in the 
 
 at {detrude tlm place) the goods and chattel^of 
 payment of the taxes due to the said school commit 
 
 Given urder my hard at (jiaoe). in the district of 
 
 tills day of jg 
 
 Signature, 
 
 I? en fFv^f T- ^ Bailiff 0^ Constable. 
 
 ^. S. Q., !n^/c F^, Form No. 18. 
 
 ,« t 
 
FORMS. 
 
 185 
 
 No. 14. — FORM OF teacher's ENGAGEMENT. 
 
 (See Article ^^, § 1,) 
 
 Canada. 1 tc • • t^ « 
 
 Province of Quebec / Municipality of 
 
 On the day of the month of in 
 
 the year 18 , it is mutually agreed and stipulated 
 between the school commissioners (or trustees) of the 
 municipality of in the county of 
 
 represented by (name of chairman) their chairman' 
 under a resolution of the said commissioners (or trus- 
 tees) passed on the day of 18 , 
 ind {name of teacher) teacher, holding a diploma for a 
 (irvsert grade) school, residing at , as follows : 
 The said teacher makes an engagement with the 
 said school commissioners (or trustees) for the term 
 and space of year from (insert date) to tho 
 day of (unless the diploma of the 
 said teacher be withdrawn, or any other legal impedi- 
 ment arise) to teach the (grade of school) school in 
 district N» , according to law, to the rules and 
 regulations established or to be established by the 
 competent authorities, and, amongst others, to exercise 
 an efficient supervision over tho pupils attending the 
 school ; to teach the subjects authorized, and to use 
 only authorized text-books ; to fill up all blank forms 
 required by the department of Public Instruction, the 
 inspectors or commissioners (or trustees); to keep the 
 required school registers; to preserve amongst the 
 archives of the school such copy-books and other work 
 of the pupils as may be ordered to be put aside ; to 
 keep the school rooms in good order and not to allow 
 them to be used for any other than school purposes 
 without nermission to that p.fTAni. • fn fnllnw cnnli mlnq 
 as may be established for discipline and punishment ; 
 in a word to fulfill oil the duties of a good teacher; 
 
M' 
 
 186 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 East I*""'" 
 
 Pi .;•••«; 
 
 
 
 ^H... iJ.fr ' 
 
 ^^H MmMi':i 
 
 ■l. ^ IP^' 
 
 
 to hold school every day, except on Sundays and 
 
 lestivals and on the holidays authorized by the com- 
 
 nnssioners (or trustees) or granted by proper authority 
 
 1 he commissioners (or trustees) undertake to pay to 
 
 the said (name of teacher) the sum of (state sum in 
 
 JuU) tor the school year as follows : (state dates upon 
 
 which payments are to be made) in current money and 
 
 not otherwise, and the secretary-treasurer or any other 
 
 person shall have no right to alter this method of pay- 
 
 ment which shall always be made in money to the 
 
 said teacher. *^ 
 
 The said commissioners (or trustees) declare that 
 they agree to the provisions of the law respectinff the 
 payment of the salary of said teacher, and resp^tinff 
 suits for the recovery thereof, if necessary, by the 
 superintendent if he deems it advisable. 
 
 A copy of the present engagement is forwarded to 
 the superintendent. 
 
 In default of any other engagement, the present 
 shal continue to remain m force between the parties 
 until it be legally set aside. ^ 
 
 re^^"^ ^^® P*^^^^« ^^ve signed, after hearing the same 
 
 Made in TRIPLICATE at the 
 
 day of 
 one thousand eight hundred and 
 
 (Signature.) 
 Chairman of the School Commissioners (or Trustees.) 
 
 (Signature.) 
 
 Teacher 
 H. S Q., Title V, Form No. 14. 
 
 rSi^i^^JT"^ ^^; ^ ^-^ ^^/ iiegulations of the Roman 
 tatholvc Committee or of the Protestant Gommitt-e 
 may also he used. 
 
 ., ^^^^'—^he endagement shall not he made for less 
 than one xfear udthoat a special authorization from 
 the superintendent. (See article 225) 
 
 
Fomca 
 
 187 
 
 < 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 < 
 
 I ^ 
 
 
 p^ 
 
 i'il 
 
 8£'g 
 
 111 
 1*1 
 
 • 'C § 
 a^ « 
 
 si's 
 •sag 
 
 Oca 
 
 "542 1 
 "** "iJ 
 
 is ai 
 
 o o « 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 *1T102 
 
 lonvio 
 
 I'mooi-ioonoi W{% jo 
 ;9ii«)s|gg« migopiA 
 Laid *»gae<l;Ko qmo 
 giq)«<oq4i Mqo«»| 
 «jo^i«I«8eq}aiojj 
 epgni aq oj aoiaogpon 
 
 *M9iri>d>e)«j oqi 
 iCq JO sai^uoqin* 
 |ooqo« aqi'x'q poiid 
 -ung j; pinoq jo»ri|»A 
 
 *aui||8iip 
 
 g.joqovo) ^qi ioj 
 gJ8i(«d-0)iu aq) jCq 
 ^o pji>oq-|ooq9g oqi 
 xq paqgRianj iqiiit 
 pup lon j ^o onjuA 
 
 aq) JO gariuoq^ 
 (ooqas aq^xq iaqoao) 
 oq?o4 paqsidjnj Hui 
 •»po|joan|«At»nunv 
 
 *«ai) 
 -tioq)n« looqoioq) 
 iCq'qtiva ui otqviCvd 
 •Ai»tttg JO lunomy 
 
 •looqogjoapBj© 
 
 *«ino[d{(i JO opvjf) 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 «U {U ^H 
 
 ^ S ^ 
 K »Q o: 
 
 •r% ^ mi* 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 5 > e8 
 
188 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 iiilillli 
 
 No. 16. — APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OP PAYMENTS 
 UNDER PENSiON ACT OP 1866 TO THS PENSION 
 FUND OP 1886. 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 {See Article 494) 
 
 ) 
 
 To the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
 Sir 
 
 1 have the honor to inform you that 1 desire the 
 money which I have paid to the Pension Fund estab- 
 lished by the law passed on the 22nd Dec, 1856, 
 (19-20 Victoria, chapter 14, section 7) to be applied 
 towards the payment of the stoppages required in 
 virtue of chapter eleventh of title fifth of the Revised 
 Statutes of the Province of Quebec, respecting the 
 pension fund of officers of primary instruction. 
 
 Dated at 
 
 the 
 
 day of 
 
 ]8 
 
 (Signature) 
 
 Teacher. 
 
 R S. Q , Title V, Form No, 11. 
 
FORMa 139 
 
 No. 17.-— APPLICATIOX FOR PENSION. 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 {See Articles 495 and 619.) 
 
 } 
 
 To the Superintendent of Public Instraction. 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honor to submit for your consideration 
 the particulars of my claim to a pension established 
 for the benefit of officers of primary instruction in 
 virtue of chapter eleventh of title fifth of the Revised 
 Statutes of the Province of Quebec, respecting the 
 pension fund of officers of primary instruction. 
 I w)as bom at {state 'place of hvrth and date.) 
 I am domiciled at county of 
 
 I began to teach in the year 18 , 
 
 I have taught in the municipality of or 
 
 municipalities of 
 
 I exercised the functions of teacher during the ^ve 
 school years next preceding the date of the present 
 application in the municipality of or 
 
 municipalities of 
 
 I claim the right of admission to the benefit of the 
 law on the following grounds: (give reasons). 
 
 Given at 
 
 the 
 
 18 
 
 day of 
 
 (Signature,) 
 
 ^ « ^ — Teacher. 
 
 R S. Q., Tille T, Form No. 18. 
 
 ?v. B. — Tnis application mail be made before Novem* 
 her first. 
 

 190 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 No. 18. — ^MEDICAL CERTIFICATB, 
 
 {See Article 4S9) 
 
 } 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality o£ 
 
 I, the undersigned Omme of physician) solemnly 
 declare that {name of applicant) officer of primary 
 instruction, is affected with the disease of or infirmity 
 {desc^^e particulars and indicate the causes) which 
 entirely mc^mjitates him tot the duties of an officer 
 of primary instruction. 
 
 _I make this declaration, conscientiously believing 
 the same to be true, and in virtue of the act respect- 
 ing exti'a-judicial oaths. ^ 
 
 Dated at 
 
 on the 
 
 <Jayof 18 
 
 (Signature,) 
 
 Physician. 
 
 Taken and acknowledged before 
 
 » of AU:-. 1 
 
 me, at 
 
 18 
 
 this 
 
 jfore"! 
 dayj. 
 
 (Signature.) 
 J.P 
 M. S. Q., Title F, Form No 19.^ 
 
FORMS. 
 
 191 
 
 No. 19. — REQUEST FOR CONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBU- 
 TION WHILE TEACHING IN AN INDEPENDENT SCHOOL. 
 
 (See Article 517.) 
 
 } 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 To the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honor to inform you that I have thouf^ht 
 proper to abandon the occupation of a teacher under 
 the control of school commissioners (or school trustees) 
 oi (name of the municipality), for the reason that 
 (give reasons), and because I have accepted employ- 
 ment in (name of the institution), under the contiol 
 of (name of person in charge), with a salary of 
 dollars per annum. 
 
 Or that 1 keep a private school in the municipality 
 of , county of ^ and 
 
 that my salary has been valued by Mr. (name), inspec- 
 tor of schools, at the sum of $ , as appears by 
 the annexed certificate. • •^ 
 
 That in virtue of chapter eleventh of title fifth of 
 the Revised Statutes of the Province of Quebec, re- 
 specting the Pension Fund of officers of primary in- 
 struction, I desire to continue my contributions to the 
 Pension Fund, if the reasons stated above be approved 
 by you. 
 
 . Dated at the day of 18 . 
 
 (Signature). 
 
 _ Teacher. 
 
 R. S. Q., Title F, Form No. 20. 
 
 N. B. — The salary must be valued by the school in* 
 spector of the district. (See article 530.) 
 
 •■Tt: 
 
 /- 
 
,1 ? 
 
 192 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 No. 20. — APPLICATION FOR PENSION BY WIDOW. 
 
 {See Article 601) 
 
 ) 
 
 To the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
 Sib, 
 
 Province of Quebec, 
 Municipality of 
 
 I was the wife of the late {narne of deceased teacher), 
 in his lifetime an officer of primary instruction, who 
 died on the {date of decease), at (paHsh and county). 
 
 I was bom on the (date of bvkh), and was married 
 to the said (n^me of deceased teacher), on the (date of 
 nw/rriage), as shewn by the annexed documents ; and 
 in consequence, I claim the pension allowed to widows 
 of officers of primary instruction in virtue of chapter 
 eleventh of title fifth of the Kevised Statutes of the 
 Province of Quebec. 
 
 Dated at 
 
 the 
 
 day of 
 (Signature.) 
 
 18 
 
 R. S. Q., Title V, Form No. 21. 
 
 N. B. — I%e widow of the functionary must transmit 
 with this application^ her certificate of birth and mar^ 
 riage, and a certificate of her husband's death. 
 
x>w. 
 
 ucher), 
 n, who 
 mnty). 
 larried 
 iate of 
 s; and 
 vidows 
 ihapter 
 of the 
 
 18 
 
 ansmit 
 I mar* 
 
 
 !.^^^H 
 
^n- 
 
 M 
 
 On 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 V ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL 
 
 INDEX 
 
 TO THB 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 DefilSaon of word ^P't^^h 
 
 ^ Who are considered absents. "" iqq 
 
 AoADBMias:— (fi^« B, P. C, ^. 30.) 
 
 Receive share of Superior Education Fund 441. 442 47& 
 
 Ck>nditions required for grant 447 
 
 Grantmay be withheld .*.*.*.*;.'.'.*.'.'.'.'.*.".* 44^3 
 
 Special aid from School Corporation „. \ 957 
 
 Maximum cost of school building Z ' 266 
 
 Monthly fees. ^ .......*..'!!!.'." 274 
 
 Supported by two or more munidpalitie8./.V.V.V.V.''26S*to 222 
 County Academies 475 to 479 
 
 a0cx>unt to the legislature 25 
 
 Accusations,— 
 
 Against a teacher : ,... 61 to 72 
 
 Against an inspector. ' " 73 
 
 ^PP^is;— {See R. a a, p 49, ami R. P. a, p, 63.) ' '** 
 
 From the decisions of the Superintendent 83 S4 
 
 Concerning school disi;ricts and sites 253 
 
 Concerning the valuation of a schoolhouse .....! iJ>7 i 4 
 
 Concerning a special tax 955 
 
 Concerning the audit of accounts ..*.«.*.'.! ..328 
 
 Appointments by Lieutbnant-Govebnor :— 
 
 Of members of the Council of Public Instruction..........; 39 
 
 Of Superintendent 27 
 
 Of members of Boards of Examinera for the civit 
 
 Service 26 
 
 Of Professors of Normal Schools..... ,..*. .V.V.V.V... .." 89" 
 
 Of School Inspectors J....T,'. 89 01 
 
 Of members o£ Boards of Examiners. 80 1 06 
 
 Of School C^yhfiTniaslntifV!^ si^H 'Fs-t-ss^s^^s ' s ' 
 
 Powers of School Commissioners and Trusfees appointed 8 
 |lay be annulled by the Lieutenant-Governor only...... 10 
 
 13 
 
 .,t / 
 
 .JN^,.-. 
 
 1 
 
194 
 
 9^^ 
 
 OOt XAW. 
 
 AppoimoNiiiiiT i— " 
 
 Article. 
 ...^ 980 
 
 cIsu^riorEduci^^^^^^^ **^ *^ JJ? 
 
 QfMarriage License Fees. ••— *JJ 
 
 Of Common School Fund - «- r^' 1"? 
 
 Of Local School Fund....»..... 414 
 
 Of Poor Municipalities Fund *^* 
 
 Abbitration :— ^ . , ,. 260 
 
 For the price of a school site •:•,•"*;• '* 
 
 For the^^value of school property upon dividing^^a ^ ^ 
 
 ARRBA^iora'^fflchiiii'taxes'^^^^^^ three years i . 426 
 
 Assessors:— ... ^ 1. 1 471 
 
 For the Polytechnic School *'^ 
 
 """IfnlmSrof pupils for dis^trict 140, 410 U 
 
 Basis of division of grant ^^^ 
 
 ^""Trai^ual audit of accounts of the Secretary -Treasurer. 324 
 For speiHal audit of a««^«^*«^ .^.|^.^..^.'y'.^^73^'?; 33O 
 
 May'be demanded l^^^^^^ ^^^» ^l 
 
 Mav be demanded hy Secretary-Treasurer 333 
 
 J^o Y 
 
 For the Pension Fund accounts. 
 
 531 
 
 Authorization:— ^ _^ oqs 
 
 To alienate school property......... • J?P 
 
 To seize school property for debt........ •••• *"!* 
 
 To exceed maximum price for schoolhouses.. ...;.... 256 | 1 
 
 To build two or more schoolhouses in one district ^6d 
 
 To unite with a dissentient corporation................... i« 
 
 tS change method of dividinglocal school funds......^. 416 
 
 For plans of schoolhouses..-.............; • -00 « f 
 
 For debentures in aid of school libraries joi 
 
 For special payment to Secretary-Treasurer -ii» 
 
 Boards of Examiners :-{See M. C. a, p. 8, and R, P. C, p. 9 ) 
 
 For Quebec and Montreal. :^^^ 
 
 Established by Proclamation ' ^ 
 
 Appointment of Members 
 
 Wumberof members....^ • ;.,. 
 
 Organized in two divisions j-^!. 
 
 "ovemed by regulations.......... •• J^J 
 
 ho must submit to examination » awo 
 
 Persons exempt from examination -...••.• |i" 
 
 Time and pl&e -.^ aieeting.. "^ «« \'^ 
 
 Organization 
 R>wersanu ?bt 
 
 spttBt \^4«C»«« ••••#••»••••••••••••••••* 
 
 #8 ««' »S«»tT»«-T 
 
 '%.,. 
 
 3 
 118 
 
 -A. 
 
114 
 260 
 
 4^6 
 
 A'7% 
 
 
 471 
 
 
 283 
 
 
 324 
 
 
 330 
 
 
 332 
 
 
 333 
 
 
 531 
 
 
 235 
 
 
 404 
 
 
 2 1 
 
 
 253 
 
 
 148 
 
 
 416 
 
 - 
 
 82 
 
 
 481 
 
 
 318 
 
 
 >.) 
 
 
 104 
 
 
 1<>5 
 
 • 
 
 xi)e 
 
 
 1 *. . 
 
 10/ 
 
 
 111 
 
 
 108 
 
 
 no 
 
 
 1.2 
 
 
 113 
 
 . 
 
 iis 
 
 
 1 
 
 
Ch^ 
 
INIJBX: 
 
 1^5 
 
 Boards op Examiners :— Continued. i-*: , 
 
 Duties may be modified ,1®* 
 
 leachere may be re-examined .3 iit 
 
 Central Board.... ui'Si iJ? 
 
 r.^^^"^^ ^'^^'^""r? ^^j' assist at examinatioiii;:;;:;;;."! Im 
 
 Candidates fob Tbaciiehs J:)iPix)MAS : ^"^ 
 
 Must produce certificate of chancter... m 3 q" 
 
 Must be IS years old iii | f 
 
 Must deposit fees ' tio 5 T 
 
 Are classified ' *" "j | ^ 
 
 Are examined. j*^ | 2 
 
 Are granted diplomas '.*.V.V.*.'.V.V.'.*' iio I f* 
 
 Censl's:— " • ^*^ « » 
 
 To be made in September each year oqq 
 
 To be reported in January......... «S 
 
 Contents of. ,.. *• 5°^ 
 
 Penalty for refusing information for.*.\\".7.!'**"""***'*'*' pS 
 
 For admission to examination . iiq a o 
 
 For a Normal School Diploua.. "* Li 
 
 For incapacity for school duties .'.*.'.'.7""'*' {m 
 
 For discharge of surety oX^ 
 
 For application for pension.* **489 *495* 496''Ani* ?9^ 
 
 Chairman of an ELEfrrioN Mpetinq :— ' ' '' ' ^^^ 
 
 Qualifications of. ,......". 1^1 
 
 Requests nominations for electVon." .'.'."." iai 
 
 May declare election closed ;«? 
 
 May proceed to 1 jld a poll ....*.;*. ' ifi 
 
 Proclaims candidates elected.. '"icfTfiQ 'i*7n 17a 
 
 Method of taking the votes ......' ^ W ta 7? 
 
 Must give casting vote "*" '^ ^® ]ll 
 
 Must make report of election !.!!*.*.***.' ioS 
 
 Chairman op the Administrative Comml^swn.*.*.*.*.*.'.."'.*."***" S 
 
 Chairman of the Counctl op Public Instruction:— 
 
 The Superintendent is ex-oflScio «u 41 
 
 May be named by the Council " ' li 
 
 Has a casting vote * :i 
 
 Chairman op thhs Committees oy'raE'couxaL o^'Pu^^^^^^ 
 
 iNSTRUCriON :— vuuiv 
 
 Named by the Committees 47 
 
 Has a casting vote % 
 
 ^„..^:^.*^«."^«^*^^gs o^jjie commitVees::;;::;;:::::::.r::r:5i 
 
 !{'}. 
 
 «^AAAl.t..ll.<Xi.i| Ufi 
 
 o^JttuUJJ V^OMMlSSIONjatS OR Tbustebs : 
 
 Appointed by Board at first meetinff...... * ots 
 
 Ca Is meeting for election in case of vacancy:;::::;;;:**;" 189 
 Calls meeting when Secretary-Treaaurer ia absent L 162 
 
• :,*;;■*•' 
 
 i9e 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 
 CHAiRMAyr OF OoMMiasioNKRS OB Tbvstkes i—ConHnwd. ArticlOi 
 
 Calls meetings of Board ^ 219, 220 
 
 Has casting vote only ».. 223 
 
 institutes suits inname of Corporation 429 
 
 Makes declaration respecting accuracy of amendments 
 
 to roll 357 
 
 May order doors to be opened in case of seizure.... 365 
 
 Presides at meeting for election.... 161 
 
 Sends reports of pioceedings and list of persons elected 
 
 to Superintendent - 188 
 
 Signs minutes of proceedings for each sitting „ 224 i 10 
 
 Signs warrants 01 distress « 362, 363 
 
 Must know how to read and write 215 
 
 Receives the notice of dissent ...i... 141 
 
 Signs teachers' engagements— Form No. 14, page J 85 
 CoLi.ECTioN Roll : — ' 
 
 Preparation of. , *... 352 to 357 
 
 Based upon Municipal Valuation Roll 340 
 
 May be amended intjertain cases 246, 247 
 
 In what mariner may be amended 357 
 
 Special for payment of debts...... 383 
 
 Special made by Sheriff. 390 to 392 
 
 Transmitted to Commissioners~by Sheriff. 399 
 
 For i:»ortion of municipality 403 
 
 May be modified by the Supefintendent 255 
 
 Trustees entitled to a copy 289 
 
 CoMi^iissioNEKS :— (/SVe R. C. C, p, 39, and /?. P. C, p. 49.) 
 
 Appointment of Chairman.. « 215 
 
 Appointment of Secretary-Treasurer 215 
 
 Are a Corporation 214 
 
 Duration of office - 23 J 
 
 First meeting 
 
 Jurisdiction ■ 
 
 Majority decides « 
 
 Meetings of Board called by Chairman 
 
 Meetings of Board called by requisition 
 
 Meetings of Board not public 221 
 
 Meetings of Board, where held 222 
 
 Payment of conting^ent expenses ».... 4(.ii 
 
 Replacing of Commissioners or Trustees 212 
 
 ^Rights of Corporation 214 
 
 JSeal of Corporation ^ 214 
 
 21 7 
 ]2(> 
 
 22::} 
 21 i) 
 220 
 
 Y/^k«»rk w«r 
 
 nu 
 
 f\ 1 «P*W« f% «t 
 
 : 8 S f 9SS t T 
 
 ■}\ii 
 
 of 
 
 of 
 
 children to be prepared 283 
 
 account ., 
 
 Census 
 
 Books 
 
 Books to be used r 224 'i 4 
 
 224 'i 11 
 
iy 
 
 If" 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ll !■ 
 
 f1^8 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 (-..- 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 "% 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 '.1 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 -~<i 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 :■ 
 
 'i 
 
 I 
 
 / 
 
 
 .li 
 
 I 
 
COMMI 
 
 a 
 
 Di 
 Di 
 El 
 G< 
 O] 
 In 
 M 
 N( 
 Ol 
 
 J 
 
 lU 
 
 R( 
 R( 
 Dt 
 Te 
 Te 
 
 M. 
 Gi 
 ^ Sti 
 A( 
 H( 
 Kc 
 Mi 
 Sc 
 ■ 8c] 
 Ml 
 Ai 
 
 Ai 
 Mi 
 Go 
 M{ 
 Ms 
 Mi 
 Co 
 
 Ml 
 Ml 
 M* 
 
 OoMMn 
 
INDEX. 19(7 
 
 CoMiiisffl[ONE»s:--C<m«int«e<f. Article 
 
 Course of study ;.........; , 224 2 3 
 
 Discharge of school teachers......... \ 22V 
 
 Disputes, duty of Commissioners, <^e.. 224 1 43 
 
 Etigagemeht of teachers ....225 
 
 General notices to teachers are null 228 
 
 Graded system of schools...... 230 
 
 Inspection of schools by Commissioners, &c 224 § 7 
 
 Managepient of schools 224 § 6 
 
 Not obliged to accept any particular <^«acher..... 226 
 
 Obey instructions of "Superintendent as tx) accounts and 
 
 registers .....224 \ 8 
 
 Religious books not under control of Commissioners 224 § 4 
 
 Registers to be kept 224 g 10 
 
 Removal of teachers and pupils 224 \l 2 and 14 
 
 Report of proceedings to Suneriutenaent 224 § 9 
 
 Date of examinations of schools r.. 224 | 6 
 
 Teachers to give notice before leajdng.. 229 
 
 Teachenr to receive notice before discharge. 227 
 
 Agreements to avoid notice to teachers are nijU 228 
 
 Monthly fees to be^xed....... , 273 
 
 Grant refused for failure to fix and collect fees 280 
 
 Statement of fees sent .to the Superihtendent 279 
 
 Acquire school property ., 281 I 2 
 
 Hold land and schoolhouses 231 § 1 
 
 Keep schoolhouses in order. ;i.231 \Z 
 
 Managers appointed 231 g 4 
 
 School property alienated. 235 
 
 ■ School pi-operty vested in Commissioners.... 234 
 
 May establish girls' schools. ».... 281 
 
 Amount of taxes to be levied 237 
 
 Apportionment of taxes..... 267 8 5 
 
 Authorize Chairman to institute suits 428 
 
 May institute suits for taxes , 426 
 
 Commute taxes... 249 
 
 May amend property valuation... 347 
 
 May amend valuation roll.... 347 
 
 May make valuation..... 341 
 
 Commissioners alone levy taxes upon incorporated 
 
 companies 378 
 
 Musfr prepare valuation roll 341, 342 
 
 Must collect taxes for teachers' salaries 241 to 24» 
 
 "<! " "•"j/" ~-"^^^ -....f^-j^..-.., m'xC 
 
 Committees op the CoxmcaL op Public Instruction : — 
 
 Composition 40, 50 
 
 Organization .' 47 
 
 '<?.. ' 
 
^ 
 
 198 
 
 80HOOL LAW. 
 
 Oomfinni lOr tbpb Cowoihi-^ConHnued. 
 
 ArticteL 
 
 •j^ 
 
 Juriadiction 57 
 
 Secretaries 49 
 
 ' Associate members..^. 50 
 
 Sjpecial meetings ^ c 61, 52 
 
 Cliairman's vote........ 48 
 
 Superintendent, ex-ofticio a niember 41 
 
 Boman Catholic Bisho{)s may be represented .^ 54 
 
 May appoint sub-committees or delegates........ 55 
 
 Make regulations for Normal Schools ^JbS H 2, 462 
 
 Make regulations for Public Schools.. 58 it 3 
 
 Make regulations for Boards of Examiners »..:... 59, 60 
 
 Make regulations for appeals. (See H. C, C, p. 49, and 
 J{.P, C.,p,QZ) : 83 I 2 
 
 Make regulations for candidates for position of in- 
 spector 93 
 
 Make regulations for inspectors 94 
 
 Make regulations fof school libraries. 482 
 
 May cancel teachers* diplomas for cause .^.. 61 to 72 
 
 May inquire into the conduct of inspectors 73 
 
 Prepare and revise lists of text-books 74 to 70, 224 S 4 
 
 May acquire text-bboks.. 78, 79 
 
 May fix maximum price. 82 
 
 May hear appeals from decision of the Buperiiiten^^ 
 
 dent.....'. 83, 84 
 
 May receive legacies 85 to 87 
 
 May re-examine teachers 116 
 
 May receive unexpended balances of school grants '88 
 
 May recommend appointments and dismissals 89 
 
 May hold inquiries , 90 
 
 Common Hchool Fund;— 
 
 Paid to the Superintendent semi-annually 408 
 
 To be deposited in a bank , .; 408 
 
 To be paid to the school corporations by cheqiie8...r..... 408 
 
 Conditions upon which grants are paid 410 
 
 To be paid to school corporations semi-anhually.... 409 
 
 May be paid without fulfillment of required conditions 
 
 ii Commissioners have acted in good faith 411 
 
 l^eacher may be paid when the minimum number of 
 
 children have not attended ,. 412 
 
 May be paid in poor municipalities failing to raise the 
 
 minimum of taxes 413 
 
 Grants may be withheld by Superintendent 242, 280, 419, 420 
 iiiighty dollars may be retained for Model School... 418 
 
 COMT£STATION OF ElUOTXONS »...•••..... 192 tO 209 
 
*- ^■«l."-' 
 
 'M 
 
^ 
 
 Cos 
 
 Gov 
 
 Oou 
 
INDSX. 
 
 199 
 
 Artidtt. 
 
 CovmsomuT Ezpsmsm :— f 
 
 Wthe Council of Public luetruction... 4. 
 
 attiea)mmltteesofthe Council *;; 70 t\ 
 
 WBoaidfl of Examiners nq^ 4 
 
 ^ Of School Corporations ir........ il 
 
 CovimLow Abts and MANurAorumss:-^ ""*'* ^'^ 
 
 a^^t?^}^^^^'^''' teaching drawing 20 
 
 Superintendent is a member..:. oV 
 
 Members are School Visitors .';.'. 1^ 
 
 OovNciL OF PuBUo Instbuction :— ^ 
 
 Jurisdiction 
 
 Comjwsition of. .'. 22 
 
 Division into two Committees!.\\\".".'.'.'.'*.V'.*^ S 
 
 Chairman of. J? 
 
 Expenses of. , * jj 
 
 Place of meeting */' ' J3 
 
 Quorum of. * } JJ 
 
 Sbecial meetings of. ....V.V.V.V..* 'li S 
 
 Chairman has a casting vote ."V ' * Jd 
 
 Boman Catholic Bishops may be renresented'at kI 
 
 g^^JP^mtsub^ommliteesanddlf^X.1.^^^^^ U 
 
 May hear apJialVfrom'the ^ B 5? 
 
 May receive a legacy .„. oj oJ 
 
 CouBSB OF Study :— **"» °' 
 
 Authoriaed by the CommitteeflM 224^1 
 
 Enforced by Commissioners and Trustees .V.'.V." 224 I 3 
 
 Decisions of tas Supkrintbndent:— " ' 
 
 Aefiinst School Commissioners 9^0 
 
 ^May bo modified by him itl 
 
 \mmBt Secretary-Treasurers .V.V.'.'.V.'"' sio'tn i^l 
 
 ♦registered. 
 
 OP Public iNSTRucrnoN:— 
 ' of the Civil Service. 
 
 331, 332 
 
 I^itPA' 
 
 offiirs of^^ ^^^'^^o'^ 0^ *i^e su^rintendeiv.";;;:::;::;;: I? 
 
 From Boards of Examiners !,!.,,.!. 108 11^ 3 a 
 
 From Normal Schools ' ""^ il 
 
 Contents of. VVo i2 
 
 Three grades of. .'.'.'.."V ' i\i I « 
 
 Requirements for .'.V;:::':*:*"" " ilo I 2 
 
 i^ees for..... .. --"«»>.» i^u -^ ^^ 
 
 Enregistered !!r'.\\'.\\\\\\\".\\\'lV///.r.'.V.V.V.V.V.V.V.VZV.^^^^^ 113 1 1 
 
 if 
 
 1 
 
Sbo 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 Diplomas: — Continued. Article. 
 
 For what time and place valid 115 
 
 May be revoked. ..; qi to 72,* 116 
 
 May be returned..,, ...71 
 
 Not required from clergymen, or members of reiigious 
 
 -orders HO 
 
 To be sealed !..!.."....... lis I 12 
 
 Forms furnished by Superintendent ..."!!!... 113 | 12 
 
 Dissentients:— f/Stfe Trustees.) 
 
 Who may dissent..... 141 155 
 
 Notice of dissent and when it takes effect I4i' 142 
 
 First Trustees to be elected and Commie. )ners notified 143 ' 
 If they become the majority 145 
 
 f Taxes, after notice of dissent .77! 146 
 
 May unite with another municipality i48 288 
 
 In case of union, taxes are uniform .' 149 
 
 Minority in a township or parish may unite 160 
 
 May be dissolved.;. .]...,. .•... 151 
 
 May be reorganized a second time.. ....!!*...*...!!.. 162 
 
 Indivic'ual dissentients may unite 153 
 
 ^ Certain schqolhouses belong to them .!,.*.. 154 
 
 Children of one district may attend another ..'*. 155 
 
 Their rights to the schoolhouse of the district 267 g 2 
 
 DlSTBICfTS:— 
 
 Formation, naming, Hmits » 135 to 137 
 
 A school in each district 138 
 
 May be united ] '* 133 
 
 Division of scho)l property, when divided 267 
 
 Number of children neceiasary , 140 
 
 One school for two or more united districts 138 
 
 May have two schools in one district. 263 
 
 When no school is in operation *.....-.-. , 424 
 
 When it contributes little or nothing.. 426 
 
 Division of school funds among .....415, 416 
 
 How schoolhouse is built TT. ......*....250 to 262 
 
 — Girls' school forms one 417 
 
 Model school forms one !........'.!!.!!! 417 
 
 Drawing: — *""" 
 
 To be taught in schools... ,.. 19 
 
 Kegulationa for. 20 
 
 Election of Commissioners and Trustees:— 
 
 When and wlipre held ...^.. 147, 158, 169 
 
 By whom called.... 160. 162 
 
 Vvho presides , , * lei 
 
 When a poll is demanded 163 to 179 
 
 Duration of election igQ 
 
 
.i-sT.«iTi%'-.>g,%,2;*v*^*^:jj^^^iJ.' 
 
 '^"^iC-i^ 
 
 Article. 
 
 115 
 
 ) 72, lie 
 
 ious 
 
 110 
 
 113 I 12 
 113 I 12 
 
 141, 156 
 141, 142^ 
 iied 143 
 
 145 
 
 146 
 
 148, 288 
 
 ••••• X4t7 
 
 150 
 
 ...... 151 
 
 162 
 
 153 
 
 154 
 
 ..... 155 
 267 i 2 
 
 > to 137 
 
 138 
 
 loo 
 
 267 
 
 140 
 
 138 
 
 263 
 
 424 
 
 425 
 
 U5, 416 
 I to 262 
 
 417 
 
 >•••• ^x / 
 
 20 
 
 L58, 159 
 [60, 162 
 
 161 
 
 1 to 179 
 .....180 
 
 '' a 
 
■J'!*p»-S, 
 
 Ehsm 
 
 N 
 M 
 W 
 
 Cj 
 
 ■ N 
 
 II 
 
 Y 
 
 Ir 
 
 M 
 
 Pi 
 
 Ti 
 
 If 
 
 • Te 
 
 Hi 
 
 Elecic 
 
 W 
 
 M 
 
 M; 
 
 Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 Mi 
 
 Engagj 
 
 ( 
 
 To 
 Mi 
 Tw 
 
 Co; 
 
 Tv\ 
 
 To 
 
 ] 
 
 EXAMlx^ 
 Ex A Mil 
 
 Fabriq 
 Fines :- 
 Fo] 
 Fo] 
 Fo] 
 Fo] 
 Foi 
 Foi 
 
INDEX. 201 
 
 Emsotios oif CojiMissioNERs AND TRUSTEES i—Continwdl, Article. 
 
 Number to bo elected im 
 
 Who may refuse oftice *..'.'.*.'..T"* lfir»"9 lai 
 
 Whocan vote m'lS^ iRq iftl 
 
 Who are eligible for election ....:::;:;.;;...' 184 tc! 1^ 
 
 C^annot be re-elected without consent *" iS? 
 
 Notices of election 1. . |!| 
 
 v^Z ,y ^.^'"''^"^f ffo? death, absence, sickness; aVe filied.'. 189 
 month Lieutenant-Governor after one 
 
 Incapacity to be eVtabVished by certi*^^^^^ "" iq? 
 
 May be contested Jao 
 
 Prosecution for illegally holding offlceV. »'.'.*'.* !!!.'" '*' 193 
 
 Procedure in case of prosecution "m'to 210 
 
 • rl''^. flS^ '^^1?^^ Commissioners are appointed...... 213 
 
 lerm of office of Commissioners 2II 
 
 How retiring Commissioners are replaced .!!..'.!! 212 
 
 Electors :—(AS'ft; Voters.) **"** 
 
 "Who are electors 15g 101 
 
 Must have paid all contributions .'...V.'.'.'.V.'."'.*. 182* 183 
 
 May propose candidates 164 to iflfl • 
 
 May demand a poll :..;... 103 \^ 
 
 May appeal from the decision of the presiding officer...' 170 
 Must take oath if required « » " »v,cr... j/u 
 
 May contest any election '.'..V.'.V.V.'.'.V.V.V." 194 
 
 Engagement OP Teachers :-(^e« R. C. C, p.bi'and'lt.''jp, 
 C, p. 67.) 
 
 By resolution of School Corporation 224 9 1 
 
 By written contract— (Form 14) "* 224 I l 
 
 To be by the year........... .' ....;.....;:;';; ^ 
 
 May be cancelled for cause [ 224 » 2 
 
 Twojmonths notice reguired to discontinue..*.*.'.*. 227 
 
 Collective notices not valid .'..*.*.*.'.*.*.'.* 228 
 
 Two months notice required from teachers..,*!.*.'!!.*.**.*.*.*.*** 229 
 To be signed by Chairman and Secretary— Form No! 
 14, page 185. 
 
 Examination of Teachers :-(^e€ Board of Examiners.)....,,., 113 
 ^examination of Inspectors 93 
 
 Fabrique Scuools .*.*.*.*.*.*!.'!!!'464"to 466 
 
 Fines : — v. w 
 
 For not reporting election jgg 
 
 For neglecting to call meetings .V.!'.*.!!!!* 220 
 
 For neglecting to make valuation !!!!!!!!! 342 
 
 For neirlectinor to nav tf^.aohara ^ojo 
 
 ?or acting without sureties 298 299 
 
 For neglecting to give notice for election ! 162 
 
 *ni 
 
£02 SCflOOL LAW. 
 
 'Btswi—Cojfiiinued, Article 
 
 For neglecting to give notice for a new election. 210 
 
 For infraction of duty by Secretary-Trea8urer.....j- SIO 
 
 For refusing inspector access to books ••••v... 95 
 
 For acting without qualifications •.... 348 
 
 For detaining A'aluation roll or refusing a copy 845 
 
 For refusing information to valuators 346 
 
 For refusing information ibr the census...^ - 284 
 
 For refusing to fulfil school duties 430 
 
 For retaining documents of School Corporation 436 
 
 For obtaining grants, under false pretences, 433, 434 
 
 For disturbing a school 435 
 
 Forms .-^{Seepage 172 and R. C. C, p. 50, and R, P. C, p. 65.) 
 
 What forms may be used 24 
 
 Prepared by Superintendent ..............38 S 2 
 
 GlEI'S' feCHOOL : — 
 
 May be established by CommissioneTS 281 
 
 Form a district 281, 417 
 
 If established by religious community 282 
 
 Share of school funds 417 
 
 Gbakts :—(/&« Superior IMucation Fund and Common School 
 
 Fund.) ' 
 
 HbuDAYs :—{SeeJR» C. C p. 43, and JR, P. C, p. 53.) 
 
 Saturday 22 
 
 May be determined by the Committees of the Council 
 
 of Public Instruction 23 
 
 Not to teach on holidays. Form No. 14, page 185. 
 Inoorpoeated Companies : — 
 
 Taxes, by whom levied **» 378 
 
 ^ Taxes, how divided ...;. « 378 
 
 ^ Taxes, commuted ». « 249 
 
 Inqitries:— ' ^ 
 
 By the Superintendent ....> 35 
 
 Py thii Committees of the Council of Public Instruc- 
 tion .................^..•.•.... 64 to 70, 73, 90 
 
 Imtt^uprbtativb Pbovisions:— 
 
 "Absent" «...c M H 
 
 *' Assessor," ** valuUor " 12 8 
 
 "Audit" 1 « U 
 
 "Auditor/* "verifier" 1 i 10 
 
 *' Common Schools," " Public Schools," " Schools "..... 1 g 1 
 
 "Guardian" ;. 1 § 9 
 
 "Month" 1 2 16 
 
 «' Rate-payer " 1 § 7 
 
 " Religious majority " and " Reli^ous minority "«... 1 I 4 
 " School corporation " 1 t 6 
 
m 
 
 ■^ 
 
 'if> 
 
j'^'^tife^ 
 
 Intebt 
 
 "1 
 "I 
 "I 
 "i 
 
 ttf 
 ni 
 
 Inspbo 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Qu 
 Du 
 Po 
 Hf 
 Mc 
 Im 
 Ra] 
 To 
 Scl 
 Ma 
 To 
 Ma 
 Ya 
 
 JAOQUBf 
 LiBBAR] 
 
 Jesuits' 
 
 A p 
 
 ti 
 
 Manaqi 
 Bui 
 Rul 
 Adi 
 
 Mabria< 
 
 Manaqs 
 Api 
 Can 
 
 Mbbunc 
 Oft 
 Oft; 
 Ofl 
 OfS 
 
 Mbbtinq 
 For 
 Chai 
 Ho« 
 
 Not 
 Plae 
 
INDEX. 
 
 203 
 
 Article. 
 
 Intbbprbtativb PaovisiONs i—Condt 
 
 " School duties " and " School umce " i « 19 
 
 " School municipality " iff 
 
 ed. 
 >ffice" 
 
 School year 
 itend( 
 
 "Taxable property" '...'*."'.* "" i 1 
 
 " Teacher,'^ " Professor " " - ^ 
 
 " Superintendent "C.T.;.*;;;;:*; * J I ^S 
 
 2 
 
 la 
 
 3 
 
 Appointment >/' ; qq ^ 
 
 Qualifications ' ^^» xi 
 
 Duties " ' * • 2i 
 
 Powers ^z.::::'::::::::::::::::::::::z 92 
 
 Have access lb school records and documents *.' m 
 
 Member Board of Examiners o« 
 
 Instructions to *'* A? 
 
 gaiary.. .:.:z:::zz:y::::": It 
 
 To be paid for special work "* ' gg 
 
 SchoolVisitors (or Model Schools and Acidemtes.!;;*!.*; 102 
 
 May visit schools m another district of inspection 102 
 
 To viMt pensioned teachers Rm 
 
 May be dismissed. ^^ 
 
 Value teachers' salaries and henemiZy/ZSZZdm /i2? 
 
 Jaoqubs-Cabtieb Normal School ' 4^ 
 
 L1BRARIB8 IN School Munictpalitiks , ''\'.\ 48o'f^4ft9 
 
 Jesuits* Estates :— 4Wto4S.j 
 
 ^Jit^J^ii^^^^'^^V}"^ supporter Protestant Institu- 
 tions of Superior Education AAH 
 
 Management OF Schools :-— 
 
 Rules made by Committees 58 8 <l 
 
 Rules made by Commissioners ".' 224 1 5 
 
 Advice upon by Superintendent */' 38 I q 
 
 Marriage License Fees LJ 
 
 Managers:— ' ^* 
 
 Appointment and duties 231 i 4 
 
 Cannot refuse office "* Iqjv 
 
 Meetings:— ^^ 
 
 Of the Council of Public Instruction 45 53 
 
 Ofthe Committees of the Council "47 ki' fi9 
 
 Of Boards of Examiners ..113 2? 1 2 
 
 Of School Commissioners and Trustees 216 to 217, 219 to i22 
 Meetings pf Commissioners and Trustees •— x 
 
 ch'aiSf^'!::::::::::;:;::::::::::::::::;:::;:::::;;:::::- !« to m 
 
 Not i)ubiic .....'»............;;;:;:;;.;... 221 
 
 Place of meeting. , *.....*.*.!'...!....!!.! 222 
 
 i 
 
 I! 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 J 
 
204 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 Mbetings op Ccmmissioneks and Trvbtf.jss:— Continued. 
 "Votes at. 
 
 Artick. 
 
 228 
 
 attended by. Secretary-Treasurer 302 
 
 Minutes signed by Chairman and Secretary 303 
 
 MiNisTKRs OF Religion : — < ^ 
 
 School Visitors. • 100 
 
 Exempt from examination 110 
 
 . Sign certificates « 113 § 3 
 
 Eligible for School Commissioners. .• 184 
 
 Not bound to accept office » 181 
 
 Catholic Priests select books on religious instruct on... 224 'i 4 
 Minutes: — 
 
 Of the Council of Public Instruction... 43 
 
 Of th^ Committees of the Council ,. 49 
 
 Of Boards of Examiners... 113 § 11 
 
 Of School Commissioners and Trustees.... 224 2 10, 303, 304 
 
 WoDEL School:— 
 
 How tax for school building is imposed 251 
 
 Maximum cost of schoolhouse ^56 
 
 Plans for 266 
 
 Receives part of Superior Education Fund. 441 to 443 
 
 Conditions required to be entitled to grant 446, 447 
 
 Special aid for may be authorized....'. 257 
 
 Supported by two or more municipalities 268 to 272 
 
 Feeafor 274 2 2 
 
 Fees belong to the teacher 278 
 
 Grant from Commissioners....... o...*. 416, 417 
 
 Grant from Superintendent 418 
 
 Forms a district • 417 
 
 Annexed to Normal School ...... 448 
 
 Month ».• 1 S 16 
 
 Monthly Fees : — 
 
 Fixed by Commissioners for use of districti 273 
 
 Amount of 274 
 
 For Model Schools and Academies 27-1 'i 2 
 
 When they belong to the teacher 278 
 
 For what children •., ..". 275 
 
 Certain children free 277 
 
 Report of to be made 279 
 
 Grant retained if fees are not fi-'ed. 280 
 
 CoUe'cted with, the school taxes *. 276 
 
 For eight months in the year.. 273 
 
 May be paid in kihd 351 
 
 Municipality : — 
 
 1* -?*•' ■ ■ 
 
 vv iiaxi Mio JLUUAXiUiuaAx«i«?a. 
 
 1 « e i nn 
 
 Formation and changea of. « 123 
 
49 
 
 inn 
 
MuNi<;ji 
 
 Nc 
 Ch 
 
 Scl 
 Ml 
 Co 
 Set 
 t 
 
 W] 
 Scl 
 Dr 
 Po 
 
 NoMINi 
 
 Of 
 Of 
 Of 
 Of 
 
 at 
 
 Ofi 
 Ofl 
 Th. 
 Ma 
 
 NOBMAI 
 
 Bu 
 
 Sal 
 Sul 
 Un 
 
 • Re] 
 Ap] 
 Coi 
 Aic 
 Dif 
 .VaJ 
 Uei 
 Spe 
 I 
 
 Notices 
 Ho 
 Lei 
 
 ^PJ 
 In i 
 
 For 
 
 For 
 
 For 
 
INDEX. ' ^ 
 
 MuNiqiPALiTT:— Cioneinwd Article 
 
 JJoticeepf changes to be published 123 124, 
 
 Changes may apply to the religious majority or 
 
 minority only 123 
 
 Schools m each ,.....,.. 126 
 
 May include a city, town or village .../.!.!»....'!.!.".!.. 126 
 
 Commissioners for new municipality elected 127 
 
 Settlement of accounts when a mumcipality is annexed 
 
 to other municipalities ;. 128 to 134 
 
 Divided into districts 135 to 139 
 
 When the minorit;^ becomes the majority 146 
 
 School taxes to be imposed uniformly 239 
 
 Division of the funds of.. 415 
 
 Poor municipalities {See M. C. C, p. 45, and R, R a, 
 
 P' 67) 414^ 422 g i 
 
 Libraries of School Municipalities 480 to 482 
 
 Nominations by Lieutenant-Governor: — 
 
 Of the Superintendent 27 
 
 Ofthe Secretaries of 'the Department.... 28- 
 
 Of the Officers of the Department.. 28 
 
 W members of Boards of Examiners lOft^ 
 
 W Principal and Professors of Normal Schools 89, 456 
 
 Of School Inspectors .>. ^. 89 91 
 
 Of School Commissioners and Trustees 8, 190, 212,^213 
 
 The effect of such nominations , 8 9 
 
 May be revoked 'lO 
 
 Normal Schools :—{See R. C. C.,p. 37, and H. P. C, pVi'aV'* 
 
 Building fund for .; .., 448 to 451 
 
 Salaries and contingent expenses .T 452, 453' 
 
 Subjectito regulations of the Committees 454 
 
 Under control of the Superintendent........ » 454 
 
 Reports to the Superintendent..... 455 
 
 Appointment of Principals, Professors, &c 456 
 
 Conclitions of admissions 457 
 
 Aid out of Licome Fund to teachers in training........... 452 
 
 Diplomas granted by the Superintendent...' 460 
 
 .Value of Diplomas ., 401 
 
 Regulations for .....;.... ..] 462 
 
 Special provisions concerning Jacques-Cartier * and 
 Laval Normal Schools.... 463 
 
 Notices :— 
 
 How and where given n to 14 
 
 Length of time for.... , 17^ 219 
 
 Apply to non-residents , { 18 
 
 Tn ^mn. {yMii.nnln t^-,m *n»^ 1 -^ ' t n -'' 
 
 For erection of a municipality 123 
 
 For changr of limits of a municipality 123 
 
 lor union of districts.. ..» .» 13s 
 
 k i 
 
206 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 :^ 
 
 NoTiOBfS— Conitntted. Article. 
 
 For dissent 141, 142 
 
 For ceasing to be a dissentient — •• 157 
 
 For separation of dissentient corporations 148, 14Q 
 
 For dissolution of dissentient corporations. 151 
 
 For new election when annulled by a judge 209, 210 
 
 For meetings of School Corporations 219 
 
 For payment of school taxes 849,359, 393 
 
 For examination of collection roll 362, 355 
 
 For taxes for schoolhouses ••• 252 
 
 For inquiry against a teacher *. 63, 67 
 
 For the audit of Sec. -Treasurer's accounts.. 325, 326, 33H 4 
 
 For the meetings of Boards o£ Exammers 60 
 
 For dismissal of teachers .•••••.• 227, 228 
 
 Notices in thb OPFiaAL Gazette:— 
 
 For the erection of municipalities r. 12.>, 124 
 
 For change of limits 123> J24 
 
 For separation of dissentients 14b i 4 
 
 For dissolution of dissentient corporporaiions 151 
 
 For meetings of Boards of Examiners 60 
 
 Notices in Newspapers tor accountB of feecretary-Treasufer.. 322 
 
 Fbnsjon Fund -- ^ -^ • ^o„ ^r,. 
 
 Definition of terms 483, 484 
 
 Persons ehgible for a pension... • 485 
 
 Amount of Pension... 486 
 
 Maximum average salary > 487 
 
 Pension for ill-health « .»•.•• 488 to 491 
 
 Years of service 492, 493, 517 
 
 Relation to Act of 1856 i. - 494 
 
 Certificates required 495. 496 
 
 Pensions for widows - « 497 to 501 
 
 Stoppages and grants 502 to 512 
 
 Payment of pensions 513, 514, 519 
 
 I)emand for payment of pensions to be made before 1st 
 
 November 519 
 
 Pensions forfeited ' 515, 516 
 
 Refund in certain cases... 518 
 
 Valuation of salaries... 520, 521 
 
 Valuation of benefita 522 to 525 
 
 - Administrative commission....... 526 to 528, 530 
 
 |*ensioners visited by School Inspectors 529 
 
 Accounts ••••• 531 
 
 * Pensions not assignable, may not be seized... 532 
 
 Tinaa nnf. annlv tn tflftfthftTg TAceivinff Ttensions boforo 
 
 ist July^lM. ...."...*...... 533 
 
 Pension Fund of 18^6 .., *••.. 422 i 3 
 
Article. 
 
 141, 142 
 
 >M... 157 
 
 148, 14Q 
 
 151 
 
 209, 210 
 
 219 
 
 359, 393 
 
 352, 355 
 
 . 63, 67 
 \ 331 \ 4 
 
 60 
 
 227, 228 
 
 123, 124 
 
 123, J 24 
 
 148 \ 4 
 
 151 
 
 60 
 
 fer.. 322 
 
 483, 484 
 
 485 
 
 486 
 
 487 
 
 88 to 491 
 493, 517 
 
 495. 496 
 97 to 501 
 02 to 512 
 
 514, 519 
 
 B ISt 
 
 • ••«•• OlH 
 
 515, 516 
 518 
 
 520, 521 
 22 to 525 
 528, 530 
 
 529 
 
 , 531 
 
 , 532 
 
 3fore 
 
 533 
 
 . 422 3 3 
 
 '^ 
 
 ! ! 
 
 ..'* 
 
jV 
 I 
 
 POLV'J 
 
 Poor 
 Pbinc 
 I 
 I 
 C 
 ]i 
 C 
 
 Prose 
 V 
 B 
 
 s 
 
 A 
 Y 
 P 
 F 
 F 
 F 
 F 
 
 PUBU 
 QUOHI 
 
 F 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 Rblig 
 
 •A! 
 V 
 
 KfiLIG 
 
 ^! 
 V 
 Repoi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 T 
 
INDEX. 
 
 207 
 
 Hi; 
 
 Ph^tition :- ^ Article. 
 
 Against decisions of School Commissioners 258 
 
 Must be signed by three School Visitors 258 
 
 Decision of tlie Superintendent final 268 
 
 POLVTKCHNIO ScHOOL 4(i7 ^q 474 
 
 Poor Municipautv Fund 414 
 
 Principals op Normal Schools : — 
 
 By whom appointed and removed 466 
 
 Report to the Superintendent 455 
 
 Cause pupils to sign agreements >, 457 
 
 Kecomniend Attorney-General to sue 468 
 
 Certify pupils to Superintendent .400 
 
 Prosecutions :—(/SVe Fines.) 
 
 For school taxes and fees , 426 
 
 Before what tribunals .' 427, 431, 433, 437, 439 
 
 No ap])eal from decision 427 § 2 
 
 Suit to be based upon resolution ; 428 
 
 Actions taken by Chairman or Secretary-Treasurer 429 
 
 For refusing or neglecting oftice 430 
 
 Penalty to form part of school fund 431 'i 2 
 
 For making false returns 433 
 
 For disturbing a school 435 
 
 For retaining docmnents, &c 436 to 440 
 
 For failure to fulfil Normal School contract 453 
 
 Puanc Examination op Schools 410 'i 5, 224 I 6 
 
 Quorum: — ^ 
 
 For all corporations, boards, &c 2 
 
 Of the Council of Pubhc Instruction i 46 
 
 Of the Committees of the Council 47 
 
 Religious Majority :— 
 
 Meaning of term 1 § 4 
 
 When it becomes minority ....y.» 145 
 
 Rrligious Minority : 
 
 Meaning of term 1^4 
 
 May dissent ....yb 141 
 
 When it becomes majority ^ 145 
 
 Reports;— 
 
 Of the Superintendent to the Legislature 33 ^ 6 
 
 Of election 188 
 
 Of institutions of Superior Education 447 
 
 Of commissioners and trustees 224 f 9, 410 2 6, 524 
 
 Of principals of Normal Schools........ 455 
 
 Of teachers' salaries :; 524 
 
 Of iusoectors concerninff ppnflionftjta-.. .......... ....-.,.. 529 
 
 To commissi onerB by teacLer * 410 § 4 
 
 To school corporation by commissioners...; 224 § 7- 
 
 ■rf'i 
 
 ' li 
 
 II 
 
 ■ I 
 
 il 
 
 
 : 
 
 ■ 'W 
 
 
 
 
 ■ ■-■-■ , ~^^;f?'"'"^ 
 
 
 * ■ ■ ■ A 
 
 
 ' '.. „ ^- 
 

 i-l 
 
 108 80H00L LAW. 
 
 Article 
 
 Saturday a Houday.! « 22 
 
 School DisTWcr:— (-See Dw<nct.) 
 
 School Duties :— t « io\ 
 
 Meaning of. ^ «.J2 
 
 Obligation of. '*30 
 
 School Exhibitions 
 
 School Fundb of a MuNiaPALixY :— \.,c ^ic 
 
 Methods of di8tribu]tion among schools 416, 4Jb 
 
 Ck>nditions of payment Jj^ 
 
 For a model scnool ^,y 
 
 " The balance to be deposited ...• • ^J-J 
 
 Share of district where there is no schoc ...•• 4J4 
 
 Share of district that contributes little •• 42o 
 
 In charge of Secretary-Ti;ea8urer oUO 
 
 ScHOOLHousES :-(6Ve i?. C. C, p. 40, and /?. P. C, p. 49 ) 
 
 How eost of building is [provided for ^50 to 25i 
 
 Two or more in one district , ^^| 
 
 Maximum cost of. •;^}l 
 
 Plans for ;^^*» 
 
 Special repairs may be authorized --^^ 
 
 Special taxessfor may be appealed against... ^^-^ 
 
 For Superior Schools by two or more corporations. 208 to tU 
 
 To whom they belong when the district is divided 2(37 
 
 To whom they belong when the religious minority 
 dissents V •" ^^'^ ^ ^ 
 
 School Inspectors :-~(6Ve Inspectorf.) 
 
 School Property:— 
 
 Vested in School Corporation ^o4 
 
 Commissioners to take possession of. 231 f 1 
 
 Commissioners to acquire ^31 | 2 
 
 Commissioners to repair, &c » ^ol | .i 
 
 Managers for, .o be appointed '^'^l « 4 
 
 Maximum value fixed '•• ^;J- 
 
 May become vested in the Superintendent ^f-^ 
 
 Cannot be alienated without authorization 2o5 
 
 School Site -.--{See R. C. C, p. 39, ajid R. P. C, p. 49.) 
 
 Ground for may be expropriated 260 to 264 
 
 If resistance is offered to Commissioners 265 
 
 Certain property cannot be expropriated 266 
 
 School Year:— (-See i2. C*. C, p. 43, and R. P. C, j>. 63.) 
 
 xMeaning of.. Jn a o 
 
 Minimum ^^^ « - 
 
 Secret AiiiBs : — / ,., 
 
 Of the Committees • 47, 49 
 

 I^U^WB^^ 
 
 22 
 
 I It 
 
 L6, 416 
 ... 410 
 .... 417 
 .... 423 
 .... 424 
 .... 425 
 .... oOO 
 
 to 25-2 
 
 .... 253 
 
 .... 2i)Vi 
 
 .... 25<4 
 
 ''fi4 
 
 .... 25i3 
 
 ; to 272 
 
 2(37 
 
 •ity 
 
 1 
 
 ■ 
 
 .... ^o^ 
 
 
 231 ^. 1 
 
 
 231 'i 2 
 
 
 231 8 3 
 
 
 231 I 4 ■ 
 
 
 ..:.. 232 
 
 
 233 
 
 
 235 
 
 
 ) to 264 
 
 
 265 
 
 
 266 
 
 
 1 I 15 
 
 
 410 § ? 
 
 
 43 
 
 
 . 47, 49 
 
 2 
 
 
IH i 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 : r 
 
 ^^m '1' 
 
 ^^B -^ 
 
 ii 
 
 % 
 
 
 ^^^^1 1 
 ^^^^^1 1 
 
 i ; 
 
 1 
 
 ^^^^^^B 
 ^^^^^^^^1 
 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^^H 
 
 ? 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ^^^^^H ^ 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 ■j 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^^H 
 
 ^^^^^H ^ 
 
 1 
 i 
 
 
 
 ^H'^' 
 
 ^^^^H -^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^^^Hl 
 
 
 
 
 ^B '' 
 
 i 1 
 
 
 
 |! 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^^^H I'* 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 H 
 
 •" 
 
 
 ^^^^^Hp ' 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^^^M *- 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 j 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 11 
 t 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 • 
 
 ) 
 
 
 i! 
 1] 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 
 „ „ ^:.V...;^-S3 
 
 
 
 
^,sl-~-^ . 
 
 .... >^ 
 
 Sbobm'AMbs :— Omiintied. ^ Article 
 
 OfBoards of Examiners no 
 
 Of Central Board of Examiners .»r.!'.!.'.7/.!!!'." 120 
 
 Sbcsktasibs op the Dbpabtmbnt:— 
 
 Appointment ^ oo qq 
 
 Powers and Duties 9a S 
 
 Documents signed by " ' ' « 
 
 May hold inquiries '..*.*.*.!**"* '" 3? 
 
 Replace the Superintendent in certain cases.'.'.V.V*;;;!;!!!! 33 
 Are jomt-secretaries of the Council S 
 
 Sbobbt^.T^ubee of Commis«onbbs OB T^v^^'i^See 
 K. a C, p. 45, and JR. P. C., p. 56.) 
 
 ^r^'r^*cu%!!™..?f.°?rr-- "•••• '^' i^ 
 
 Form of security ' 9QK"^t 
 
 Security bond to be deposited ,C" "" ' ^ 
 
 Sureties of, may free themselves [' ' **" 297 
 
 Must renew his security... „ "* 298 299 
 
 Sureties of, may demand discharge '....'.'.*.'.."**." ' 300 
 
 Keeper of all books, documents, &c ,... . * 301 
 
 Keeps minutes of each meeting. ' q02 
 
 Signs the minutes ^ •••"• 3^ 
 
 Notes amendments in margin...'.*!""'...?.'.'.''.***'** 304 
 
 Copies of documents made are authentic* .".'*.*.*.*.'.*".'.'.'! 305 
 
 Collects and has charge of all monies 306 
 
 -. ays.otit sums authorized 307 
 
 Oertain demands paid without aut*horiziti'oi.'.'.'.'.**.*Z.'!!; 308 
 
 Ubject of the payment must be clear. 309 
 
 Cannot grant discharges or lend ' 310 
 
 Books must be in prescribed form ." [ 311 
 
 Must preserve vouchers qio 
 
 Must keep a Repertory ' 323 
 
 MuH^^^^^ vouchers are open for i'n'si)^*ction.':;;'.;;;;::: 314 
 
 Must dehver copies of documents 315 
 
 jMay be removed at any time...^ 316 
 
 Teacher cannot act as T 017 
 
 Remuneration of. ........................". 318 
 
 May appoint assistant SecretarylTreas'urer'.*'.'.!'.]'.!*.*.'!3'l'9', 320 
 
 Submits financial statement in July 32I 
 
 Submits abstract of statement to rate-payers. .*.".'.'. 322 
 
 ±iirnishes copies of statement .;. 393 
 
 Accounts of, audited annually .".'.'.'.**'"".*"""" .324 
 
 »^l>6eittl audit of accounts .". 326 to 330 
 
 Accounts of, audited by Sttperinte^de*nt'.'.'.'.'.*.'.'.'.'.'.'.... 331. 332 
 
 May demand an audit .^. ,„ ' ^ 
 
 14 
 
 fft 
 
210 
 
 "«=-*. i ' 
 
 SCHOOL LAW* 
 
 11 
 
 K f '}' 
 
 SEGBETAiBY-TBBAsrmBB:— Continued. ^ • Article. 
 
 May be sued by Commissioners in an action to account 334 
 May be sued by Superintendent in an action to 
 
 accoant , , 334 to 339 \ 
 
 Accounts of^ are examined by the Inspector 91 S 2, 95 
 
 Must collect taxes to pay ceachers. i 241 to 24!v 
 
 Mudt take census of cnildren in ^ptember 2S3 
 
 Must» if ordered, prepare statement of^ unpaid taxes In 
 
 November >.,. -»........ 374 
 
 Sbcubity ;— 
 
 Given by the Superintendent.* ..«.. 27 
 
 Given by Secretary-Treasurers «... 294 to 296 
 
 SsiauBEs; — 
 
 For taxes of ratepayers 358 to 365 
 
 Against School Corporations for debts 386,^94,404 
 
 Opposition to 366 to '67^ 
 
 firPERlNTENDENTr — 
 
 Appointment and salary..^ 27 
 
 Acts under instructions of Council and Committees..... 32 
 
 Appeal from his decisions • 83 
 
 Appeal to him* respectmg sites of school-houses 258 
 
 Appoints anditoi, on reiusaj of Commissioners.. 333 
 
 Appoints School Inspector to examine accounts and to 
 
 hold inquiry 98, 128 
 
 Apportions grants for education according to recom- 
 mendation of Committees 441 
 
 Approves or furmshes plans for schoolhouses "256 § 2 
 
 Arts, &c., encouragement of. .u 3S k S 
 
 Authorizes special tax to pay amount of judgments 
 
 against school corporations 383 
 
 Books and Registers, to keep. „■ 38 | 4 
 
 Chairman of Council..... 34, 41 
 
 Collects royalty for publishing works and delivers copies. 80 
 Decision, respecting (Secretary-Treasurers', accounts. 331, 332 
 Demands, by action, return of property of school cor- 
 porations 437 
 
 Determines form, &c., of text-books 81 
 
 Examines accounts 38 § 5, 128 to 133 
 
 Forms, to. prepare < 38 § 2 
 
 Furnishes Boards of Examiners with forms of di- 
 ploma 113 'i 12 
 
 Gives instructions respecting accounts and registers. 224 § 8 
 
 liiveH lusiructious tu Iiispectors *^"^ 
 
 Gives notice in Official Gazette of change of time of 
 meetings of Bosods of EzaniiiMDi..*.*.* ^ 
 
 
■ "^'^fe,^'.. 
 
 « 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Sc rERixTENDBNT :— Coniintteti. Article. 
 
 Gives notice of alterations, subdivisions or erections of 
 
 School Mmiicipalities 123 
 
 Has control over Nofmal Schools 454 
 
 Inquiries,.^.... , 35, 128 to 134 
 
 Keeps register of names of toachers under direction of 
 
 Connnittees «..u.. 58 § 6 
 
 May allow Commissioners or Trustees to levy a special 
 
 rate on real estate outside town or village.... 240 
 
 May appoint delegate for examination of accounts.. 331 2 3 
 May apportion part of grant for support of a model 
 
 school ^-i 418 
 
 Miiy nnthorize two or more schoolhouses in a district.. 253 
 
 May call special meetings of Council 45 
 
 ^ May delegate powers.... «.!.... 33, 35 
 
 May exempt poor municipalities from school taxes 413 
 
 May grant diplomas to students of Noimal Schools 460 
 
 May modify his decisions in certain cases 259 
 
 May order inspectors to visit aiiother district 102 
 
 May pay indemnity out of grant, to teacher unjustly 
 
 . dismissed #..., 421 
 
 May pay school grant in certain cases..^ 411 
 
 May refuse grant in certain cases 419, 420 
 
 May sue Commissioners or trustees for teachers' unpaid 
 
 salaries 244 
 
 Member ex-officio of Council and of Committees 41 
 
 Other positions occupied by him 34 
 
 Payo school grants half yearly. ...; 409 
 
 Prepares annual report 38 §§ 6, 7 
 
 Prepares budget of« Public Instruction 37 
 
 Publishes statistics, &c 36 
 
 Publishes statement of accounts of pension fu|id in his 
 
 report............ ......,..A.,....^ 531 
 
 Receives and distributes mo^ey for school purposes. 38 O 
 
 Distributes Poor Municipality School Fund. 414 
 
 Recommendations on management of schools 38 § 3 
 
 Recommends liieutenant-Governpr ^n Council to dis- 
 solve corporations 6t trustees..?...... .^^ .:... 151 
 
 Retains amounts 9ut of salaries to pay stoppages for 
 
 Pensior Fund ^i.... 512 
 
 Retains grant in certain cases 77, 419, 420 
 
 . -Retains grsint if monthly fees are not fixed or collected. 280 
 
 Retains grant if teachers* salaries are not paid 242 
 
 Keiaius grant if teachers without diplomas are employed 11)9 
 
 Retains grant if unauthorized text-books are used 77 
 
 l^vises accounts of Secretary-Treasurers in certain cases 331 ' 
 
 
 .. ..... .rr 
 
 211 
 
 • 
 
 
u^ 
 
 SCHOOL LAW. 
 
 „ ^. , Article. 
 
 ^°TCr^;e;y'tr in SupeHnten.ent in .rt.iu ^^^ 
 
 inspectors. 
 
 Ki'Son' rac^unt-^gS- Seei^UrylT^f. 
 
 224 I 11 
 
 ■••••••«•** 
 
 I •••••• •• 
 
 >«•• ••••••••• 
 
 •••••••••• 
 
 334 to 339 
 101 
 
 441 
 441 
 
 surer i"**\'V. i: 'ic 
 
 Visitor-general of public sch( ols , 
 
 SuPEBioR Education FuKD :— , 
 
 Institutions entitled to receive aid ^^^ 
 
 Grants for one year.......-...-- ••—•*• 443 
 
 Conditions maybe .a^^^f^^^^X'^rFeel^^^^^^^^^^ • ^^^^ 
 
 - Revenue from Marriage License f «®?;;V * * 1 " " , .; 445 
 Interest on $60,000, compensation to Prote^^^^^ 
 To what institutions grants may be maae ^^^ 
 
 Form of aPPi^^^'on....y •.••••••— ;;;.t.7295'*to SOp, 338 
 
 Sureties of THte Secretary- Ireasurer 
 
 Taxes :—{See Valuaitm Roll.) ^ . ..i^ 236 
 
 Must be levied for support of schools ^.^^ 
 
 Minimum amount.. ."'": *>iH 
 
 MiSS amount to be. certified ...». ;;;;;;; ^ 
 
 Imposed uniformly .....y.-v* •••:•••••;•?;•.;;' ••™ 240 
 
 Different rates may be levi^dj^ certain cases. -^^ ^ .^^^^ 
 Certain property exempt trom....... ..•.—•••• ' ^^^ 
 
 CerSin Ratepayers may be. exempt from....... ^ 
 
 May be commuted in certain cases ^ .^^^^ 
 
 Based on municipal valuatioA roil...... • .^^^ 
 
 Time when imposed...... ••— "" 351 
 
 May be received m kinq..s..- —— ••• •— 352 +0 357 
 
 How the collection roll is prepared 35- Jo ^ 
 
 Collection by means of iseizare ^ .^^^ ^^ ^^o 
 
 Municipal Council........ ••— - • ; ; - 
 
 New tax in case a tax is annullea y'l""— '"V. j^yg 
 
 On incorporated compames^.^.^.^.j \"*'/.'*"'"!*.'..*."r.!*.*.'380 
 
 May De aiviuwu uy xxo« x^-.^- ^j^l 
 
 Levied to pay debts incurred ••• • .33 
 
 Levied to pay judgment...... • oc? to 404 
 
 ImVosed by glieritf to pay ju^g^e^^- - ^^ ^ *^ 
 
rtlcle. 
 
 ill 
 
 ... 233 , 
 i 2 8d ^ 
 o\ 
 
 ,.. 64 
 4 I 11 
 la- 
 
 to 339 
 ... 101 
 
 .... 441 
 .... 441 
 .... 442 
 ....443 
 .... 443 
 .... 444 
 ....; 445 
 .... 44t> 
 
 447 
 
 iOi), 338 
 
 ..... 236 
 
 237 
 
 ...... 238 
 
 23U 
 
 240 
 
 245, 370 
 ..... 248 
 
 240 
 
 340 
 
 349, 350 
 
 351 
 
 b2 to 357 
 38 to 305 
 66 to 373 
 urer 
 374, 375 
 rthe 
 
 ■ •••••• • w 4 
 
 :...-;... 378 
 ..^.... o80 
 ..,,... 381 
 , 382, 383 
 587 to 404 
 
 •s- 
 
ill '.»» 
 
 ! 
 
INDEX. 
 
 213 
 
 225 
 228 
 
 Tbacrbrb : {See R. C, C, p, 44, ^$ <x^ ^ ^' 0.,p. 64, 58.) A rticle. 
 
 Meaning of tenn 12 3 
 
 Divided into three grades 113 U 6, 8 
 
 Must obtain a diploma 108 
 
 Diplomas may be cancelled..... 61 to 72 
 
 May be re-examined °. 116 
 
 Engagement by written contract.... <« ....224 § 1 
 
 Engagement may be cancelled i ; 224 | 2 
 
 To be engiiged by the year. 
 
 To be notified before dismissal 227, 
 
 To giye notice before resigning.......^ 229 
 
 When they are unjustly dismissed 420, 421 
 
 To be paid every six months... 241 to 243 
 
 ' Salary may be sued for by Superintendent. 244 
 
 When entitled to Model School fees.... 278 
 
 l^Iames to be enregistered by the Council of Public In- 
 struction 58 2 6 
 
 * Names enregistered by Boards of Examiners.. 113 W7 to9 
 
 They are entitled to a pension 485 
 
 Cannot be Commissioners ^ 1S6 
 
 Cannot be Secretary-Treasurers 317 
 
 Text-Books:— (-Sf«e R. C. C.,p. 50, and R, P, C, p. 64.) 
 
 Authorized list prepared 58 ^ 4, 74 
 
 On Religion and Morals 224 § 4 
 
 To be revised « 75, 76 
 
 No unauthorized books to be used. 77, 224 'i 4 
 
 May become property of the Committees 78, 79 
 
 Quality of type, &c., to be regulated... 81 
 
 Price may be regulated ...'.» -» 82 
 
 'i\ii'^TEEB :--{S€e Commissioriers and Dissentients.) 
 
 Have same powers as Commissioners.... 285 
 
 Form a Corporation 214, 286 
 
 Have a share ;0f Government grant., 286 
 
 Impose taxes on dissentients 287 
 
 May unite to support a school 288 
 
 ^ave right to documents from Commissioners 289 
 
 May constitute school districts 291 
 
 May collect monthly fees and taxes 292 
 
 Have share of taxes on incorporated companies.^. 378 
 
 Valuation RoHj: — 
 
 Municipal valuation to be used for school taxes 340 
 
 Valuation made by Commissioners if necessary ;.... 341 
 
 Must be provided under peualty. • " "" 
 
 New valuation roll may be made by Commissioners in 
 certain cases.—-^ 348 
 
i'i.;>^''«^i,; 
 
 !f"«. 
 
 i 
 
 n 
 
 21^ ^ ^ gC^OQL LAW. 
 
 -^ : - -'f— -r—T ■ Article 
 
 Valuation BoLTi;-^Oi«i»M*«l. ^ - 
 
 missioners - ••• ••' 345 
 
 Fees for copy of valuation roll -v- 3^ 
 
 Rights of valuators....... • *^ 043 
 
 Qualifications of v^Juatore...... •— •" 347 
 
 Bv whom valuatiott roll may be amemled .^.... ^ 
 
 Mav be amended in certain cases... -*«» f*l 
 
 Prwured by Sheriff or made by him..... : •• ^ 
 
 Trustees entitled to a copy..... - ;.—— 
 
 Vautatoiw :— 34O 
 
 Appointment cf. * * ' g^g 
 
 Qualification oi •••••— * 343 
 
 Incur a fine when not quahfied ^ 
 
 Right to enter upon property r ^. 
 
 Penalty for obstruction - ^ 
 
 Visitors:— , .'. 100 
 
 Who are visitors :•••• ' qq 
 
 What schools they may visit •• ^^'^ 
 
 Visitor-GenerAk ; • • • iq2 
 
 School Inspectors are visitors *^,^ _ 
 
 Their privileges " 
 
 Voluntary Contmbutions :— ... 405 
 
 How made...... •• ' Ana 
 
 Attested by Secretary-Treasurer.... *^« 
 
 to replace ordinary school taxes •• • JJJ 
 
 Must be paid in one payment ^ •• **"' 
 
 Voters :—!:(5€e JB5kc«)r«.) . i»i is^ 
 
 Qualifications for.. ,": '• *°*' til 
 
 Resident voters eUgible as Commissioners 10* 
 
 Dissentients cannot voto for Com missioners.... i^J 
 
 Members of majority cannot vote for Trustees 185 
 
.;^gggSlri^| 
 
I ■ I i^ 
 
 I I 
 
 r,l 
 
 ;ii 
 
/ 
 
"r 
 
 1 1 
 
 /' 
 
Co 
 
REGULATIONS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 PROTESTANT COMMITTEE 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Council of Public Instruction. 
 
 ',} 
 

 1 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 i ' 
 
 
 ! 1 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 h 
 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 2^ 
 
 s 
 
SCHOOL REGULATIONS 
 
 REVISED BY THE 
 
 Protestant Committee of tHe Conncli of PnWic Instmction, 
 
 And approved by Order in Council, 30tfi November, 1888, 
 WITH AMENDMENTS TO 25TH FEB., 1891, (1). 
 
 I. 
 
 CONCERNING SCHOOL INSPECTORS. 
 
 Examination. 
 
 1. There shall be a Board of Examiners for the ex- 
 amination of candidates for the position of inspector 
 of Protestant schools, composed of three members, one 
 of whom shall be the principal of the McGill Normal 
 School. The remaining two members shall be ap- 
 pointed by the Protestant Committee of the Council 
 of Public Instruction. 
 
 2. The expenses of this Board of Examiners shall 
 be paid, partly from the deposits of the candidates and 
 partly from the contingent expenses of the Depart- 
 ment of Public Instruction. 
 
 3. The examiners shall prepare the questions, con- 
 duct the examinations in writing, value the answers, 
 and make a written report of the results to the Pro- 
 testant Committee at the first meeting after the ex- 
 amination. 
 
 (1) * Signifies "As amended 6th Nov., 1889." 
 t Sigoifiea "As amended 24th Sept., 1890." 
 X Signifies "As amended 14th Nov., 1890." 
 § Signifies "As amended 25th Feb., 1891." 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 
 
 uJlK 
 
 mmm 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
4 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 %. Candidates for the position of inspector of Pro- 
 testant schools shall appear before the Board of Exam- 
 iners, or before a sub-committee of the Protestant 
 Committee appointed for the purpose, at Quebec, at 
 the time appointed by advertisement given by the 
 Superintendent of Public Instruction 
 
 5 Each candidate shall forward to the Superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction, at least six days before 
 the time appointed for the examination, the following 
 documents • 
 
 (a) A written application for appointment stat- 
 ing the religious belief of the candidate, and his 
 acye, which must not be less than 25 nor more than 
 50 years ; 
 
 (h) Testimonials of good character and conduct 
 according to Form No. 1, prescribed for teachers , 
 
 (c) Certificates of literary attainments and 
 qualifications, of university degree, and of honors, 
 if any, and other particulars bearing upon his 
 qualifications ; 
 
 {d) Certificates showing (1), that he holds a 
 diploma, (2) that he has taught at least five years, 
 (3) that he has not discontinued teaching more 
 than ^ve years. 
 
 6. Each candidate shall deposit six dollars to defray 
 the cost of advertising in the Quebec Official Gazette, 
 and for other necessary expenses. 
 
 7. Each candidate shall be examined with reference 
 to; 
 
 (a) The methods of teaching the subjects of the 
 authorized course of study ; 
 
 (f^) The orsranization.* discipline and mana;xe- 
 ment of schools ; 
 (c) The duties of inspectors, school boar^^s and 
 
SCHOOL INSPECTORS. 
 
 teachers, and] the operation of the school law and 
 regulations of the Province. Fifty per cent, of the 
 marks in each of the three divisions of the examination 
 will be required for passing. 
 
 §S. The documents produced by the candidates, and 
 the results of their examination shall be submitted to 
 the Protestant Committee for their approval, and the 
 candidates found qualified by the Committee for the 
 position of inspector shall be granted certicates of the 
 first or second class, according to Form No. 2. 
 Duties of School Inspectors. 
 
 0. It is the duty of school inspectors : — 
 
 1. To visit each school of their inspectorates twice 
 every year, giving two hours, on an average, to the 
 inspection of each sch<jol ; 
 
 2. To examine the pupils upon the authorized course 
 of study, and to insist upon the course being followed 
 by teacher and pupils ; 
 
 3. To transmit to the Superintendant (a) the names 
 of those teachers who are eminently successful in 
 carrying out the course of study, and (b) the names of 
 teachers who, after warning, neglect the course of 
 study or teach without a proper time-table ; 
 
 4 To ascertain whether the regulations for teachers 
 and for pupils are observed, and to note especially the 
 classification of the pupils, the arrangements and 
 allotments of the time-table, and the manner in which 
 the school journals and registers are kept ; 
 
 5. To examine the methods of instruction followed by the 
 teacher; 
 
 6. To give a few model lessons in the presence of the teacher; 
 
 7. To ascertain what methods are used in maintaining 
 discipline ; 
 
 8. To give such advice to the t«^^acher as may he deemed 
 necessary ; 
 
 9. To encourage teachers to preserve the best speci- 
 mens of their pupils' work on the authorized form of 
 
 1.1 
 
 It 
 
6 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTBB. 
 
 test-sheets, in order that the inspector may examine 
 them at his next visit and transmit to the Superin- 
 tendent specimens worthy of being exhibited ; 
 
 10. To ascertain whether the regulations concerning 
 schoolhouses, closets, apparatus, &c., are observed, and 
 especially whether the necessary air space per pupil 
 has been provided, and whether proper attention is 
 paid to the heating and ventilation of the school 
 
 rooms ; 
 
 11. To fill up a bulletin of inspection for each 
 school, and to transmit the bulletins of each munici- 
 pality to the Superintendent as soon as the inspection 
 of ttie municipality is completed ; 
 
 12. After inspecting the schools of a municipality, 
 to report the results to the commissioners (or trustees), 
 under the following heads : 
 
 (1) Condition of the schools of the municipality 
 
 as to ; 
 
 (a) The use of the course of study, 
 
 (b) A uniform series of text-books, 
 
 (c) The use of definite time-tables, 
 
 (d) Schoolhouses and closets, 
 
 (e) Apparatus (blackboard, authorized jour- 
 
 nal, &c.) 
 
 (2) Serious defects in ; 
 
 (a) The municipality as a whole^ 
 
 (b) Particular schools, 
 
 (c) Individual teachers ; 
 
 (3) Any action that should be taken by the school 
 
 commissioners (or trustees) to improve 
 the condition of their schools ; 
 
 13. To classify, in their annual reports to the Super- 
 tendent, the school municipalities of their inspector- 
 ates under the following heads : — 1, Excellent ; 2, v^ooa; 
 3, Middling; 4, Bad; 5, Very bad; arranging the 
 members of each class in order of merit The dassifi- 
 
PRIZE BOOKS. 
 
 cation shall be based upon the following points, each 
 of which shall be valued at ten marks : — 
 
 1. The length and arrangement of the school year. 
 
 2. The condition of schoolhouses, closets and 
 
 grounds. 
 
 8. The supply of apparatus, blackboards, author- 
 ized school journals, maps, etc. 
 
 4. The use of the course of study. 
 
 6. Tlie use of a uniform series of authorized text- 
 books. 
 
 6. The salaries of teachers and the method of 
 payment. 
 
 14. To examine the books of the secretary-trea- 
 surers and to ascertain whether they are kept in accord- 
 ance with the authorized form ; 
 
 15. To hold a meeting of teachers in each county, 
 when required by the Superintendent, for the purpo-.e 
 of considering the difficulties, defects and desirable im- 
 provements of the schools of the county and the best 
 methods of organizing and teaching elementary schools ; 
 
 16. To co-operate with the directors of the Teachers* 
 Institutes in making all necessary arrangements for 
 the institutes to be held in their respecti inspecto- 
 rates ; 
 
 17. To forward their annual reports and statistical 
 tables to the Superintendent before the first of August 
 each year. 
 
 Prize Books, 
 
 lO. The inspectors shall distribute the prize books 
 furnished by the Department of Public Instruction as 
 follows : — 1. In the municipalities that are endeavor- 
 ing to comply with the provisions of the school law 
 and regulationr; 2. In the schools in which the teach- 
 ers are endeavoring to carry out the course of study in 
 accordance with a definite time-table ; 3. To the pupils 
 
 I 1 
 
8 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMlTTEa 
 
 ■4 
 
 
 who are taking regularly the subjects of the course of 
 study. 
 
 II. Prizes shall be awarded for general proficiency 
 in all the subjects of the course of study, but if tlio 
 examination is unsatisfactory no prize shall bo given. 
 
 IS. Prizes shall be give 
 
 ». -J 
 
 I If > 
 
 le actual results of 
 
 the examination by the iusp^'ctoi* and upon the infor- 
 mation obtained from tlio teacher. It is desirable that 
 one prize at least should be given in each of the classes 
 of the school. An extra prize may be given for attend- 
 ance and conduct as shown by the snhooi journal, but 
 this shall be distinct from the prizes for proficiency, 
 and shall not be given unless a school journal has 
 been regularly kopb. 
 
 13. Prize books given by the inspectors shall not be 
 distributed at public examinations or closing exercises 
 in lieu of prizes to which pupils are entitled from the 
 teachers or school boards. 
 
 14. The inspector shall fill up and sign the label to 
 be found in each prize book. 
 
 1»5. The inspector shall enter on the school visitors* 
 register the name of each pupil to whom he gives a 
 prize, his age, the subject for which it was awarded, 
 and the title of the book given. The inspector shall 
 see that the teachers are provided by the school com- 
 missioners (or trustees) with a school visitors' regis- 
 ter, separate from the school journal, and in schools 
 where there is no register, he shall give no prizes. 
 
 10. The prize books are divided into two classes, 
 Roman Catholic and Protestant, distinguished by spe- 
 cial labels, and inspectors shall observe this division in 
 distributing the prizes to pupils. 
 
 ff 
 
BJAIID OF EX AM IN mis. 
 
 9 
 
 II. 
 
 CONCERNING THE PROTESTANT CENTRAL BOARD OF 
 
 EXAMINERS. 
 
 IT. The Protestant Central Board of Examiners 
 shall alone have the power to grant diplomas valid f'o 
 Protestant .chools. 
 
 18. The diplomas granted by the Central Board of 
 Examiners shall be of three grades, viz.: — Elementary, 
 Model School and Academy, and these are valid for 
 any Protestant school of the same grade in the Pro- 
 vince. 
 
 lO. There shall be three classes of elementary dip- 
 lomas and two classes of model school and academy 
 diplomas. Third class elementary diplomas shall be 
 valid for one year only. 
 
 §20. The cities of Montreal, Quebec and Sherbrooke 
 shall be centres of examination for the three grades 
 of diplomas ; and the following places shall be centres 
 of examination for elementary and model school 
 diplomas, viz : — Shawville, Aylmer, Lachute, Hun- 
 tingdon, Cowansville, Waterloo, Stanstead, Richmond, 
 Inverness, ThreeRivers, NewCarlisle, and Gaspe Village. 
 
 fSl. The examination of candidates shall begin at 
 the local centres on the first Tuesday in July, or the 
 last Tuesday in June each year, as dete mined by the 
 Protestant Committee. 
 
 2S. Each candidate shall notify the secretary of the 
 Central Board o'* Examiners, in accordance with Form 
 No. 3, at least iifteen days before the date of the ex- 
 amination, of his intention to present himself for ex- 
 amination. 
 
 23. Each candidate shall deposit with the secretary 
 of the Central Board before his examination, first, a 
 certificate of good moral character, according to the 
 authorized form No. 1, signed by the minister of the 
 
 ji. \ 
 
10 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PR0TB8TANT OOMMITTBli 
 
 Hi 
 I'! I 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^^■l ■■ 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^^^^^^^^Hl 
 
 
 ^Bh 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ^^^^^^■^ i 
 
 1 
 
 ^^^^^^^^H-.i 
 
 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 ^^■1' 
 
 si 
 
 ^^^^^^^■|; 
 
 
 congregation to which he belongs, and by at least two 
 school commissioners or trustees or school visitors of 
 the locality in which he has resided for the six months 
 previous to his examination ; second, an extract from 
 a register of baptisms, or other sufficient proof, show- 
 ing that he was at least eighteen years of age last 
 birthday. 
 
 24. Each candidate for an elementary or model 
 school diploma, shall pay to the secretary of the Central 
 Board the sum of two dollars, and each candidate for 
 an academy diploma three dollars. These fees shall 
 be used in paying the expenses of the Central Board 
 of Examiners. The fees shall not be returned to a 
 candidate who has failed to obtain a diploma, but at 
 the next examination such candidate may again pre- 
 sent himself without extra payment. The candidate 
 or candidates taking the highest number of marks and 
 a second class elementary diploma shall be exempt 
 from fees. 
 
 25. Candidates shall be examined in each sub'ec 
 by printed examination papers. These examination 
 papers shall be prepared by the Central Board. 
 
 26. The examination at the local centres shall be 
 under the charge of deputy-examiners appointed by 
 the Protestant Committee. The school inspectors shall, 
 wiien required, act as deputy-examiners, and addi- 
 tional depuGV-examiners may be appointed by the 
 committee at a charge not exceeding five dollars per 
 day. 
 
 27. The examination papers shall be sent, under 
 seal, to the different deputy-examiners, to be opened 
 by them on the days and hours fixed for examination, 
 and in the presence of the candidates. Each candidate 
 shall write his answers on the paper provided for him, 
 and no other paper shall be used. 
 
 2». At the close of the time allotted for each sub- 
 
BOARD OF EXAMINERS. 
 
 11 
 
 ject, the answers of the candidates shall be collected 
 by the deputy-examiner, placed in the appropriate en- 
 velope provided for the purpose, and sealed in the 
 presence of the candidates, without being read by the 
 deputy-examiner. No paper shall be returned to the 
 candidates for correction or additions after it has been 
 received from the candidates. 
 
 20. At the close of the examination, the envelopes 
 containing the candidates' answers in the several sub- 
 jects, shall be carefully packed together and forwarded 
 to the secretary of the Central Board, Department of 
 Public Instruction, Quebec, 
 
 30. The answers shall be read and valued by the 
 members of the Central Board ; the number of marks 
 accorded to each answer, and the total number of 
 marks gained by a candidate in each subject, shall be 
 distinctly marked upon his papers. The papers of 
 each candidate examined, thus marked, shall be fast- 
 ened together and returned by the secretary, together 
 with the report required by Reg. 42, to the Superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction, who will immediatelj'- 
 submit the same to the Protestant Committee. 
 
 31. The rules contained in Reg. 50 shall be strictly 
 observed in conducting the examination. At the hou 
 fixed for opening the examination on the first day, 
 after the candidates are seated, and before the exami- 
 nation questions are distributed, the rules in Reg. 50 
 shall be read aloud to the assembled candidates by the 
 deputy-examiner. 
 
 32. Candidates for the three grades of diplomas 
 shall be subject to examination in accordance with the> 
 requirements of the Syllabus of examination, issued 
 from time to time by the Protestant Committee. 
 
 4'33i Three and a half da'^s shall he allowed for examina- 
 tion for elementary diplomas, four days for model school 
 diplomas, and five days for academy diplomas. 
 
 ifi 
 
 f, 
 k. 
 
 I, 
 
 h - 
 
 li 
 
 8J* 
 
 «> ; 
 
 
 '?' 
 
12 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 lis!) 
 
 |34. The following shall be the order and the sub- 
 jects of the examination for the three grades of di- 
 plomas : — 
 
 " 
 
 ELEMENTARY. 
 
 MODKL. 
 
 ACADEMY. 
 
 Tuesday, 
 9-12 
 
 j Reading, Writ- 
 ing, Dictation ; 
 Arithmetic. 
 
 1 Reading, Writ- 
 ing, Dictation ; 
 Arithmetic. 
 
 t Reading, Writ- 
 ing, Dictation ; 
 Arithmetic. 
 
 Do. 
 
 2-5. 
 
 Grammar &Comp.; 
 Literature. 
 
 Grammar &Comp.; 
 Literature. 
 
 Grammar &Comp.; 
 Literature. 
 
 Wednes- 
 day, 
 9-12. 
 
 History, Scripture 
 
 and Canadian ; 
 
 Geography. 
 
 History, Scripture 
 
 and English ; 
 
 Geography. 
 
 History, Scripture 
 
 and Englisn ; 
 
 Geography. 
 
 Do. 
 2-5. 
 
 Drawing ; Art of 
 Teaching. 
 
 Drawing ; Art of 
 Teaching. 
 
 Drawing ; Art of 
 Teaching. 
 
 Thursday, 
 9-12. 
 
 Book-keeping ; 
 
 Physiology and 
 
 Hygiene ; 
 
 School Law. 
 
 Book-keeping ; 
 Physiology and 
 Hygiene ; 
 School Law. 
 
 Book-keeping ; 
 
 Physiology and 
 
 Hygiene ; 
 
 School Law. 
 
 Do. 
 2-5. 
 
 •Algebra ; 
 ♦Geometry 
 
 Algebra ; 
 Geometry. 
 
 Algebra ; 
 Geometry. 
 
 Friday, 
 9-12 
 
 ♦French. 
 
 French ; 
 Botany . 
 
 French ; 
 Botany. 
 
 ho 
 2-5- 
 
 
 ♦Latin. 
 
 Latin ; 
 Roman History. 
 
 Saturday, 
 9-12. 
 
 
 
 Greek ; 
 Grecian History. 
 
 Do. 
 
 2-3^. 
 
 
 r 
 
 Trigonometry. 
 
 t Reading may be taken any time on Tuesday. 
 
 ♦ French, 4Igebra, and Geometry are not compulsory for a Second o 
 Third Class Elementary Diploma ; and Latin is not compulsory for a Second 
 Class Model School Diploma ; but those candidates only who pass the exam- 
 ination in those subjects are eligible for the First Class Diploma under 
 
 ■D. 
 
 .io4-: 
 
 ^vcgutcst; 
 
 97 
 
 JVBl t-- f 
 
BOARD OF EXAMINERS 
 
 13 
 
 •)- 35. Candidates for elementary diplomas must take 
 at least fifty per cent, of the marks in each of the 
 subjects, Writing, Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, 
 Scripture History, and the Art of Teaching, and at 
 least one- third of the marks in each of the other sub- 
 jects. Candidates for model school diplomas must 
 take fifty per cent, of the marks in each of the sub- 
 jects. Writing, Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, 
 Scripture History, English History, Art of Teaching, 
 Geometry and Algebra, and one-third of the marks 
 in each of the other subjects. Candidates for aca- 
 demy diplomas must take fifty per cent, of the marks 
 in each of the above named subjects for the model 
 school diploma, and in Latin and Greek, and one- 
 third of the marks in each of the other subjects. 
 Three-fourths of the marks must be taken by all 
 candidates in spelling. 
 
 36. Candidates for any diploma, who obtain sixty 
 per cent, of the aggregate marks, shall be entitled to 
 second class diplomas. Candidates for elementary 
 diplomas who obtain forty-five per cent, and less than 
 sixty per cent, of the aggregate marks, shall be enti- 
 tled to third class elementary diplomas. 
 
 37. Candidates holding (a) model school or elemen- 
 tary diplomas, granted under the Regulations of the 
 Protestant Committee before 1st of January, 1887, or 
 (b) second class model school or elementary diplomas, 
 granted under these regulations, who present to the Pro- 
 testant Central Board of Examiners (a) certificates from 
 a school inspector that they have taught successfully for 
 five years after obtaining such a diploma, or (b) certifi- 
 cates that they have taught successfully three years and 
 attended three Annual Teachers' Institutes and fulfilled 
 the prescribed requirements thereof shall be entitled to 
 receive firc:t class diplomas of the grade which they 
 
 ■:.|. I 
 
 '.]'■ . >£l| 
 
 iR . i 
 
14 
 
 REGULATIONS OP TEE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 I -IP 
 
 SH. A candidate for an academy diploma, who fails 
 to obtain that diploma, may be granted a second class 
 model school diploma if he passes in each subject, or 
 if he obtains the requisite marks in the subjects pre- 
 scribed for that diploma. And a candidate for p model 
 school diploma, who fails to obtain that diploma, may, 
 on similar conditions, be granted a socond class ele- 
 mentary diploma. 
 
 *3». Candidates for elementary diplomas, who fail 
 m one or two subjects of the examination, may, on 
 the recommendation of the Central Board of Examin- 
 ers, be granted third class elementary diplomas, and 
 candidates so recommended shall be entitled to receive 
 second class elementary diplomas at the next examin- 
 ation upon passing in those subjects in which they 
 failed. '^ 
 
 40. A person holding a diploma as teacher granted 
 by extra-provincial examiners, who desires to obtain a 
 diploma for this Province, shall be exempted by the 
 Central Board of Examiners from examination in any 
 subject in vrhich he passed creditably in his extra- 
 provincial examination. Such person however, is re- 
 quired to submit to the Protestant Committee the 
 following documents : — 
 
 (a) A programme showing the subjects and the 
 nature of the examination upon which he obtained 
 his extra-provincial diploma ; 
 
 (b) A certified statement of the marks obtained 
 m each subject of the examination ; 
 
 (c) The diploma which he holds ; 
 
 (d) A certificate of age, and a certificate of mural 
 character according to the authorized from No. 1 ; 
 
 If these documents are satisfactory the Superintend- 
 ent may, if necessary, grant a permit to teach until 
 the date of examination. 
 
 And no exemptions from examinations shall b« 
 
who fails 
 Bond class 
 jubject, or 
 jects pre- 
 r f) model 
 )ma, may, 
 class ele- 
 
 , who fail 
 may, on 
 Examin- 
 mas, and 
 bo receive 
 [> examin- 
 lich they 
 
 r granted 
 • obtain a 
 i by the 
 )n in any 
 is extra- 
 'er, is re- 
 ittee the 
 
 ! and the 
 obtained 
 
 obtained 
 
 of mi>ral 
 m No. 1 ; 
 jrintend- 
 -ch until 
 
 shall be 
 
 BOARD OP EXAMINERS. 
 
 15 
 
 granted without a recommendation to that effect from 
 the Protestant Committee, after considerinrall th^ 
 circumstances of the case, naming the suSf for ex 
 emption and the grade of diploml that miy bV^^en 
 Such person upon passing the examination if the 
 remaining subjects prescribed for said grade of dinlo 
 ma, and in the School Law and ReguMons ^^^^^^^^ 
 Province, and paying the prescribed fees, shal be 
 ril^^Srmltt^^^^ '-'' recommended'^^S: 
 
 erpTctroT h' subjects in which they took^t W 
 nLf'f ! \l the marks m the examination for the 
 certificate of Associate in Arts as follows - 
 
 ^or all diplomas :_Scriptura History and 'the ODtional 
 Subjects, except Algebra, Geometry, French Latin and 
 Greek, m the case of the Academy diploma.) ' 
 
 For the elementary diplomas :-The Preliminary Subiecte 
 except dictation, in addition to the foregoing. ^ ^'^ 
 4^. The Central Board of Examiners shall cause a 
 register of examinations to be kept, in which the sec 
 retary shall enter the names of all candidates, and 
 opposite each name the date of examination, the grade 
 ot diploma, the class of diploma, and the name of the 
 minister signing the certificate of moral character. The 
 secretary shall transmit to the Superintendent of Pub- 
 lic Instruction, within thirty days from the date of ex^ 
 ammation, a special report of the board as to the results 
 ot the examination containing the names of the candi- 
 dates to whom diplomas were granted, and such other 
 mtormation as may be required by the prescribed form 
 ot report, and as the board may deem it expedient to 
 give ; such reports to be signed on behalf of the board 
 by the president or vice-president and the secretary. 
 
 ^^,^^•£fe "n- 1„!!^.^1/«P-^ '^^. Superintenint 
 -._.^o „^ ,^.^ y„y^-„j^^.„ j.^^- required number of 
 
 ; I 
 
 shal 
 
 '; 11 
 
HI 
 
 W 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTER. 
 
 diplomas, each diploma being sealed with the seal of 
 the Department of Public Instruction. No diploma 
 shall be valid without said seal and the signatures of 
 the president, or vice-president, and the secretary of the 
 Central Board of Examiners. The diplomas shall be 
 filled in and mailed to the su<;cessful candidates by the 
 secretary. 
 
 ^ 44. Whenever it is evident, from the report to the 
 Superintendent, or from the papers of the candidates 
 submitted to the Protestant Committee, in accordance 
 with Reg. 30, or for other reasons, that the Central 
 Board of Examiners has not conducted any particular 
 examination in accordance with the provisions of the 
 law and these Regulations, the Protestant Committee 
 of the Council of Public Instruction may declare, 
 either, first, one or more d'piomas granted at said 
 examination, or, second, the whole proceedings of saiil 
 Central Board of Examiners at said meeting, null and 
 void, in which case the Board of Examiners and the 
 candidates who receive 1 diplomas shall be notified 
 thereof by the Superintendent. 
 
 45. Upon representation made in writing to the 
 Protestant Committee of the Council of Public In- 
 struction by the inspector of any district, that a 
 teacher holding a diploma and teaching in a certain 
 school within his inspectorate, is not in his judgment 
 qualified for the due discharge of the duties of the 
 office held by such teacher, the said teacher may be 
 required by the Protestant Committee to present him- 
 self, or herself, before the Board of Examiners and be 
 re-examined in accordance with 1965, R. S. Q. 
 
 46. The Board of Examiners shall forward to the 
 Superintendent of Public Instruction, m the month of 
 July each year, a detailed statement of the receipts 
 and disbursements conn^jcted with each meeting of the 
 board held during the year. 
 
BOARD OP EXAMINERS. 
 
 ?,? 
 
 47. The Superintendent of Public Iimf mnf i^« ^ 
 any person delegatedby him, may a an^^^^^ 
 
 48 No member of the Pentrd Board of E-aminpr, 
 shall be preseut or take part in an e>.a„unat1onTthe 
 board m which pup Is of his own are interested 
 
 EvIrt^inTi ^r °{ ^'^P""^ °* ^^^ Cectrar Board, of 
 lixaibinerg shall contain a declaration to bo signed bv 
 
 *he president or vice-president and secretar^ of th'^ 
 board, stating that the examihation ha beeSndL e.l 
 sucf Wd '"'' ^^*^' '^' regulations prescril^d f or 
 
 }JI?.aV'^ *°'i°7?S rules for the examination shall 
 |»e read to candidates before, the examination. ' 
 
 tionroom't^f "'*■■" '? ^^ P^'^^'^'^ ^° the examina- 
 SnTkldVeU^eSel ''''''''' '' -mmunications 
 
 tXdTth/r5lfr ''''' ^'^P-dl^dXtr- 
 
 ma^v b?re«??l"^-'? ^^"^^ '" "^"^ l"^^*!^'^ therein 
 r^^minl t . """ *? the candidates by the deputy- 
 examiner, but no explanation whatever shall be given 
 
 4 Nn ""TJ"F °f P''''P°'^t of the questions. ^ 
 4. No candidate shall be permitted to enter the ex- 
 amination room after the expiration of au houi from 
 
 Sndidrr?f."h ""^ *'^^ .--«inatioi,,s, nor af tei a 
 candidate has left the examination room. An y candi- 
 
 the eiam;n^*>' "^'^'"''''^^'"'^ ^•^'^ ^ter the ksue of 
 BermitH ? °^ '^T ^'^ ^^^ '"^^J^'^t shall not be 
 
 sStth ■ ' 1*' 5 "^"""^ ^^^ examination of the 
 suDject then m l.arid. 
 
 IV ?^° ^an-i'date shall give or receive assistance of 
 ly Kind >n answerinar the ex«.minat.mn ,„^^^r,r.^ 
 
 ii- 1 
 
 If I 
 
 any 
 
 '^SlX^s 
 
18 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT OOMMITTEB. 
 
 Any candidate detected (a) in taking into the exami- 
 nation room or having about him any book or writing 
 from v/hich he might derive assistance in the exami- 
 nation, (b) in applying under any circumstances what- 
 ever to other candidates, (c) in answering under any 
 circumstances whatever applications from other candi- 
 dates, (d) in exposing written papers to the view of 
 other candidates, (e) in endeavoring to overlook the 
 work of other candidates, shall be immediately dis- 
 missed from the examination. The plea of accident or 
 forgetful ness shall not be received. 
 
 6. Candidates shall write their answers on one side 
 only of the paper, and shall use no other paper than 
 that provided for them. Ihe use of blotting paper 
 for rough drafts or for any writing whatever is strictly 
 forbidden. 
 
 7. At the close oi the examination all the paper 
 furnished to a candidal^ must be returned to the 
 deputy-examiner. 
 
 8. No candidate shall have access to his answers, 
 and no alteration shall be made in a candidate's 
 answers after they are delivered to the deputy-ex- 
 aminer. * 
 
 9. No persons, except those taking part in the 
 examination, shall be admitted into the examination 
 room during the examination, and no conversation nor 
 anything that may disturb the candidates shall be 
 allowed, 
 
 10. The candidates shall be under the direct and 
 careful supervision of the deputy-examiner from the 
 beginning of the examination to its close. 
 
 11. The deputy-examiner of each local centre shall 
 sign the following declaration at the close of the 
 examination and forward it to the secrete^ry of the 
 Central Board; — 
 
 " I hereby solemnly declare that the examination of 
 
ACADEMY DIPLOMAS. 
 
 19 
 
 ———has been conducted strictly in accordanoA 
 
 Sn^ r f fr^'^*r P--be^for suTSZ! 
 nations that the envelopes containing the printed 
 examination papers were opened, and that the envel- 
 opes containing the answers were sealed, in the presence 
 of the candidates and at the time specified, Zd that 
 the answers forwarded to the secretary have been 
 given, to the best of my knowledge, by thrpupUs 
 themselves, without assistance from fh'e deputy-exam! 
 trkSi'leSaS'r'^'^'^^ ^- ^-^-^-'^ "luring 
 
 (^Signature,) 
 
 • Deputy-Examiner." 
 
 • ^^ ^^? secretary of the Central Board of Exam- 
 iners shall provide at each local centre (a) a suitable 
 room m which to conduct the examination, b) a sZly 
 of stationery, and (c) the required number of exami^ 
 nation papers. 
 
 Academy Diplomas. 
 
 .h^?' l^''''^ Academy Diploma, granted hereafter, 
 sha 1 clearly indicate the cks. of diploma and the 
 particular provision of these regulations, under which 
 the candidate receives the diploma. 
 
 53. Academy diplomas granted by the Central 
 ±5oard of Examiners shall be second class academy 
 aipiomas. "^ 
 
 ,. t^4^/^i^aduates in Arts from any British or Cana- 
 dian University, who have passed in Latin, Greek 
 and French, m the Degree Examinations, or who 
 nave taken at least second class standing in these 
 subiects m th^ir InfArrvio^io+ii £,^„^:__t-__ _-, _,, 
 
 !l 
 
 ! . If 
 
 I 
 
20 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 be entitled to receive first class academy diplomas, 
 provided that they have also taken a regular course 
 in the Art of Teaching at the McGill Normal School, 
 or other public training institution outside of the Pro- 
 vince approved by the Protestant Committee. 
 
 Graduates who have not passed in French as pre- 
 scribed above may, on application, be examined in that 
 subject before the principal of the McGill Normal 
 School, and, if satisfactory, such examination shall be 
 accepted in lieu of the prescribed standing in French 
 in the University examinations. 
 
 55. Teachers taking academy diplomas in course 
 from the McGill Normal School, who take at least 
 second class standing in Latin and Greek in the 
 Intermediate Examination of the Universities shall be 
 entitled to receive first class academy diplomas ; other- 
 wise their diplomas shall be second class. 
 
 ' 56. Teachers who hold (a) academy diplomas 
 granted before the first July, 1886, or (b) second class 
 academy diplomas granted under these regulations, 
 and who produce satisfactory proof to the Protestant 
 Committee that they have taught successfully for at 
 least ten years, shall, when recommended by the Com- 
 mittee, be entitled to receive first class academy 
 .diplomas. "^ 
 
 57. Any candidate who presents to the principal 
 of the McGill Normal School, (a) the requisite certifi- 
 cates of age and of good moral character according to 
 Form No. 1, and (b) satisfactory certificates that he 
 has complied with either of the foregoing regulations 
 54 or 56, shall be recommended by him to the Superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction, for an academy diploma 
 of the class to which he is entitled under these regula- 
 tions. ° 
 
ACADEMY DIPLOMAS. 
 
 21 
 
 ,. +*»• Graduates in Arts from any British or Cana- 
 dian University^^ who have passed in Latin and 
 
 Orreek, in the Degree Examinations, or who have 
 taken at least second class standing in these subjects 
 m their Intermediate examination shall be entitled 
 to receive second class academy diplomas from the 
 Protestant Central Board of Examiners, provided 
 they pass the examination in the Art of Teaching 
 School Law, Drawing, Physiology and Hygiene, (and 
 m French it not taken in the University Examin- 
 ations) as prescribed in the Syllabus of examination 
 tor candidates for Academy Diplomas. 
 
 Such Candidates shall present themselves at Mon- 
 treal, Quebec or Sherbrooke, at the time fixed for the 
 examination under the Protestant Central Board. 
 Ihey shall also submit the required certificates of 
 ""^^fto 2f^^^! J^h^racter and pay a fee of one dollar. 
 
 ' J ' ^i:^^^dida^es for Academy Diplomas, who have 
 passed the sessional examinations at the end of the 
 second year of either of the Universities of the Pro- 
 vince, shall be exempt from examination in those 
 subjects m which they have taken at least a second 
 class standing in the sessional examinations. 
 
 Extracts from the Prospectus of the McGill Normal 
 School in relation to Regulation 54 : 
 
 To meet the requirements of graduates and undergraduates 
 in Arts who, not having previously taken a Normal School 
 course, desire to receive Academy diplomas of the first class, 
 under Regulation 54, provision has been made for the delivery 
 of a coui-se of forty lectures on Pedagogy in the Normal 
 School, open to graduates in arts of any British or Canadian 
 University, to undergraduates of the third year and, with the 
 permission of the Faculty and the concurrence of the 
 Principal of the Normal School, to those of the fourth year. 
 
 
 H 
 
22 
 
 ACADEMY DIPLOMAS 
 
 Undergraduates will be permitted to tea^^h the forty ha ' days 
 referred to above at the times extending v^ver the sessions of 
 the Model School corresponding to the third and fourth years of 
 their college course. Graduates will be permitted to teach in 
 the Model Schools at such times as may be agreed on with the 
 Principal. 
 
 All persons taking this course of study in the Normal School 
 shall be held to be subject to the regulations of the said school 
 to and be under the supervision of its principal, while in at- 
 tendance thereat. 
 
 Graduates who have taken the above course of study in Peda- 
 gogy and the first class Academy diploma, may be entered, if 
 so desired by them, in the published lists of the University as 
 holders of such diplomas. 
 
 The following is the syllabus of lectures on Pedagogy, open 
 to graduates and undergraduates as above. 
 
 THK LEGAL POSITION OF THB TEAOHBB. 
 
 1. The organization of Public Instruction in Quebec. 2. The relation of 
 the teacher to the Department of Public Instruction and to the Protestant 
 Committee of the Council of Public Instruction. 3. The relation of the teacher 
 to school commissioners and parents. 4. The relation of the teacher to pupils. 
 5. The teacher as a member of a profession. . 
 
 DISCIPLINB. 
 
 *»S?^"°JP^^^* ^-^ * ™®*"^ ^J immediate pleasure to pupils. 7. Discipline as 
 tending to school success. 8. Discipline as a preparation for life. 9. Dis- 
 cipline derelopmg character. 10. Discipline enforced by authority. 
 
 INSTRUCTION IK SPECIAL SUBJECTS. 
 
 wJi: J°'J!fVu***i"*'. ^"tjng. grammar; .12. Literature, composition. 13. 
 drench. 14. TheclMsics. 15. Number; arithmetic and algebra. 16. Form; 
 
 f geometry. Number and form ; trigonometry and mensuration. 17. Geo- 
 raphy and history. 18. Botany and chemistry. 19. Drawing and music. 20. 
 he acquisition of general knowledge. . *v. 
 
 PHYSICAL DRVELOPMBNT. 
 
 f h^kS^^oi" • r??- ^'o.'^.th 23 ^t® t™ini°K of tl»e eye. 24. The training of 
 the ear. 25. The training of the hand. 
 
 IIBNTAL 
 
 DEVELOPMENT. 
 
 oa^i. Jk? training of the analytic faoulty._27. Observation and experiment . 
 28. the training of the synthetic faculty; 29. Understanding. 80. Judgment 
 and reason. 31. Invention. 32. Imagination. 33. Memory of sensationa 
 34. Memory of conceptions. 35. Verbal memory. ^ "* ^^ "* BouBauona. 
 
 MORAL DBVBLOPMRNT. 
 
 «3 %^^*.°* in^thfulness. 37. In justice and purity. 38. In philanthropy 
 and patriotism. 89. In earnestness. 40. In good manners.] »'" """"'^'''^ 
 
0LAR9IFI0ATION OF S0H00L8. 23 
 
 ni. 
 
 CONCERNING THE CLASSIFICATION OP SCHOOLS. 
 
 ^? .T^? educational institutions of the Province 
 aru 'nided into Elenie itary Schools, Indtitution^ for 
 superior education and iSTormal Schools for the instruc- 
 tion and training of ^ acliers. 
 
 61 Protestant Institutions of Superior Education 
 are classified as follows : 
 
 1. Charter. ^ TTniversities and incorporated Colleffos 
 amiiated thereto, which are required to make a return 
 ot their annual written examinations to the Superin- 
 tendent m addition to the annual report made by such 
 mstitutions. *^ 
 
 2. Academies and High Schools providing instruc 
 tion m English, French, Classics, Mp.thematics, and 
 Science, adequate to the standard of matriculation in 
 the Universities or for the Certifirate of Associate in 
 Arts. 
 
 3. Model Schools providing instruction in Algebra, 
 Geometry, French and the Latin elements, m addition 
 to the subjects of the elementary schools. 
 
 «2. The following shall be the course of study for 
 Protestant Elementary Schools, Model Schools and 
 Academies 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 // 
 
 ^^^, 
 
 
 
 /- 
 
 C/j 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 
 IIIM 
 
 122 
 
 "^ 1^ 1 
 
 2.0 
 
 L. ' 
 
 = 
 
 IW 
 
 1.4 1.6 
 
 
 ^^= 
 
 m 
 
 V] 
 
 
 m> 
 
 •% '^■^ 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 ?^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 CorpDration 
 
 
 l<^\.%^ 
 
 33 WEST MA!N STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

 \ 
 
n 
 
 REGULATIONS OP iTRK PROtBSTANf COMMITTEE. 
 
 ILL 
 
 SLBHBNTABY 
 
 SUBJECTS. 
 
 Scrlptare Know- 
 ledge ...*,.. 
 
 Reading. 
 
 t 
 
 GRADE I. 
 
 -♦ — ,^ — Hh-^ 
 
 GRADE II. 
 
 ■ .-•> i 
 
 -t-tr- 
 
 .^-X 
 
 The flrflt half hour of each day to be devoted to the Opening 
 GodllneHB, Xrt»th?ulne^, Honour,, Respect for others, Qooa 
 
 
 BOOK i I. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 The meaning and spelling of the words of the lesion, tt» 
 part of the work of each grad^. Special attentioti to We 
 
 correctness of pronunciation. 
 
 I>i o t a t i o n fend Writing thb woMs of the read- 
 Spelling ing lesson on slates from the 
 
 blaclthoard. Writing words 
 dictated by thfi teacher. Copy- 
 ing words from thft Reader. ^_ 
 
 Writing... . ., — . . ^ Slate ejtetcisf s In holding pencil 
 and in hand movements, Sim- 
 ple words and their letters 
 ti^ken from the reading lessen. 
 Smaa letters and the num- 
 eralB. 
 
 Arithmetic Mental Arlthmeiio, Addition and 
 
 Subtraction with objects, and 
 with numbers of two figures. 
 Reading and writing numbers 
 to 100. 
 
 English. 
 
 Geography. 
 
 History . 
 
 Object lessons or 
 u seful knowledge 
 Music 
 
 LANGUAGE 
 
 LESSONS, 
 pupils 
 
 on 
 sto- 
 
 (COQyersation with 
 faimiliar subjects. Short 
 rles related by the teacher and 
 repeated by the pupils. Writ- 
 ing naipes of objects. Writing 
 one or ihore sentences abdut a 
 particular object. Mcmoritstng. 
 Correction of colloquial 
 errors.) '. ■ . ■ . 
 
 Elementary tera^ 
 land ahd water. 
 
 Dtvisionsof 
 
 Map of the 
 
 ) School aeig hb orbood. ^ ' , 
 
 drai Lessonson the chief events 
 
 in the life of Christ. Commit to 
 
 memory the Lord's Prayer. 
 
 4- 
 
 Co'pylng the readWg lesson 
 , oh e|late«. Dictation of sen- 
 tences and detached words 
 from the Reader. Otal tfpell- 
 ing^ 
 
 Capital Letters. Analysis of 
 Letters, Writing on slates, 
 Copy writing. 
 
 Mental Arithmetic. Four Smpl^ 
 Rules to dhort division inclu- 
 sive: Multiplication Tftble. 
 Avoirdupois Weight, Long and 
 Liquid Measures. ' 
 
 LANGUAGE LESSON'S. 
 
 (Completing sentences. Fonn,<^ 
 ing sentences containing par- 
 ticular words. Writing outth'e 
 subject matter of a story or of 
 I a reading lesson after it has 
 ' been talked over. Memorizing 
 short selections from thi 
 Reader. Correction of col,- 
 loguifil errors.) , 
 
 Map of Caha4a^ ~7 ^ 
 
 Oral Lessons on the chief 
 events in Old Testament Hid^ 
 tory to the death of Moses. 
 Commit to memory the Ten 
 Commandments. 
 
 Drawing. 
 
 Physiology and 
 Hygiene 
 
 Fiench (Optional). 
 
 Text-Books nec- 
 essary for each 
 grade 
 
 Form, Colour, Size,Weight,Motion,Plants, Animals,Manuf actured 
 the Province, and their uses.) 
 
 Rote singing. 
 
 Straight lines and their simpler 
 combinations on slates from 
 the black-board. 
 
 Rote singing. 
 
 Straight lines and curves and 
 thoir simple combinations on 
 slates from the black-board. 
 
 One half hour per week for each grade. 
 
 Names of objects in conversation 
 
 Book I. Table-Card, Slate, 
 Slate-pencil. 
 
 > ames of 
 phrases. 
 
 objects, ra miliar 
 
 Boon II. Table-Card, Slate, 
 Slate-pencil, Cop y-b o o k, 
 Blank-book, Pen, Ink. 
 
jH 
 
 COURSE OP STUDY. 
 
 25 
 
 SCHOOLS. 
 
 GRADE III 
 
 GBADE IV. 
 
 "s^ sstfns, K'iiaSJt'A^'rft^ .rs'c°5i.„^%ar »»''■' 
 
 BOOK 111. 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 
 wotds. Meanings of words. Oral spell- 
 
 Copy Wrltlngr. 
 
 Mental Arithmetic, Long ©iTlsion. Sim- 
 S^ttn^^P^^l *" Fractions and in'coto- 
 
 ««;,r,ti 1^*^ l™ ^TacHons and In Coto- Fraction a iw.' fiiP^e examples I 
 
 ^S^i^i^^*^~^S5S"SfR5: 
 
 '^^'^^'^^h^^i^ 
 
 Wfs^^^^. 
 
 LANGUAGE LESSONS. 
 
 ^S8tin^**„.^H'"?'"*l"» ^"^ memory in- 
 ♦h«Kiii^T>*"** simple selections from 
 
 \^ ith questions upon the meaning and 
 
 f^^l^^^^ °^i\^ selections, the meantag 
 of words, and the Parts of Speech. 
 
 Map^of Western H^SUph^re. Map Dra^ 
 
 
 ^^Sw^^SSHS 
 
 Map^of Eastern He"SfiBhi?ir-M5]^Diii^. 
 
 ^ rist^mlnf T??„/^^'«"cSF^^^5trEoid 
 
 dianHiStory!'*'*°'y- 0»«lne of Cana- 
 
 ArtMeV(Sl>^d5ritt^^ 
 
 Rote singing 
 
 > o-Q J- ^^D5SHl^~l^hiEd~DS^5^ 
 
 ""notatliS^*^^^"^^^^^^^*^^^ 
 
 S^o^jyTJitte. i'encUs, Copy-b53k 
 !"a»k-^ok, Pen, Ink, Ar/thme?fc, GeJ- 
 
 ^rtt^metic', GrammarTSeVaJhV. cjS 
 adlan History, Drawlng^boSkSo. i. 
 
 i! I 
 
 A -I 
 
 '. * 
 
 'i. 
 
26 
 
 REGULATI0N3 OF THE PR0TB3TANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 
 i I 
 
 MODEL 
 
 H i 
 
 SUBJECTS. 
 
 GRADE I. 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 SoBiPTURB Knowledge. 
 
 The first half hour of eich day to be dovoted to 
 lear's Old Testament History. 
 
 Beadino 
 
 Book IV. 
 
 Spelling 
 
 Dictation, derivation and verbal distinctions for 
 
 
 Writing 
 
 Copy Writing, Business Forms and Single Entry 
 
 
 Abithiietic 
 
 Mental Arithmetic, simple examples in Vulgar 
 Fractions, and Review. 
 
 
 English 
 
 Parsing, Analysis of Simple Sentences, Letter 
 Writing, Descriptive Composition, Study of 
 selections from the Reader. 
 
 Geography. 
 
 North America with special study of the Domin- 
 ion, Map Drawing. 
 
 
 History 
 
 Outlines of Canadian History. 
 
 
 Algebra 
 
 
 Geometry 
 
 . 
 
 French 
 
 Exerei«!es in Words and Phrases. 
 
 
 Latin (optional) 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Physiology and Hygiene 
 
 One half hour pern eek for each Grjide. Text- 
 
 Drawing.. 
 
 No. 2, Dominion Freehand Drawing Course. 
 
 SCHOO 
 
 Opening i 
 
 each grade 
 
 Book-keep 
 
 Mental Ar 
 mal Frac 
 Review. 
 
 Etymology 
 noun), Ai 
 Letter W 
 o f select! 
 
 Europe w 
 British I 
 
 Outlines of 
 
 The Simpk 
 
 Article,Noi 
 ten exercise 
 and itre. Pi 
 of Regulars 
 
 The Decleni 
 
 e raises. 
 
 Book for Mf 
 
 No.3,Dom. 
 
COURSE OP STUDY. 
 
 27 
 
 SCHOOLS. 
 
 GRADE II. 
 
 GRADE III. 
 
 Opening Exercises, Instruction in Morals, and Scripture History as in Mac- 
 
 BooK V. 
 
 Book V and selkotiows fkom prk- 
 
 SOBIBKD POEM. 
 
 each grade. 
 
 Book-keeping for each grade. 
 
 Mental Arithmetio, Vulgar and Deci-|Menfal Arithmetic, Percentage and its 
 mal fractions, Compouri ales and applications, Square Root, Simple ex- 
 amples in Mensuration and Revi ew. 
 
 Review. 
 
 Etymology (Noun, Adjective and Pro- 
 noun), Analysis of Simple sentences, 
 Letter Writing, Composition, Study 
 of selections from the Read-^r. 
 
 Etymology, Analysis of easy sentences 
 and Review, Letter Writing, Compo- 
 sition, Goldsmith's Deserted Village. 
 
 Europe with special study of the North and South America in detail, 
 British Isles, Map Drawing. M.-:, Drawing. 
 
 Outlines of English History. 
 
 The Simple Roles. 
 
 Article,Noun and Adjective with writ- 
 ten exercises, Slaiple Tenses of avoir 
 and ^tre, Pres., Imp,, and Put. Tenses 
 of Regular verbs of the 1st Conjugation 
 
 Canadian History. 
 
 Easy exercises in Simple Equations of 
 one unknown quantity and in Faotor'g. 
 
 Book 1, 1-26. 
 
 The Declensions, the verb sum and ex- 
 ercises. 
 
 Adjectives and Pronouns with Writ- 
 ten Exercises, Regular Verbs of the 
 four Conjugations, Translation, Dic- 
 tation . 
 
 The fbur Conjugations, Written Ezer- 
 oisfls and Review. 
 
 Bock for Model School Grade8,Hygiene forYoung People.Pathfinder Sor. No 2. 
 
 No.3,Dom. Freehand Drawing Course 
 
 No. 4, Dom. Freehand Drawing Course 
 
 iS'f. 
 
 1 
 
28 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 ACADE 
 
 i4 
 
 
 r 
 
 s 
 
 i: > 
 
 V f' 
 
 SUJBCTS. 
 
 GRADE I. 
 
 OBIPTURB KnOWLKDGK 
 
 Tho first hair hour of each day to be devoted to 
 lear's New Testament History. 
 
 Rbadino 
 
 Book V AND selections prom prescribed poem. 
 
 
 
 Wkttino 
 
 Copy Writirjt, Business Forms and Single Entry- 
 Book-keeping. 
 
 
 A nTTnU ETTf) . • 
 
 Mental Arithmetic, Percentage and its applica- 
 tions, Square Root, Simple Examples in Men- 
 suration and Review . 
 
 
 TTiVnY-THW •..•• 
 
 Etymology, Analysis of easy sentences and Re- 
 view, Letter Writing, Composition, Goldsmith's 
 Deserted Village . 
 
 
 n-RnORAPHT 
 
 North And South America in detail .Map Drawing 
 
 
 
 WTQTnwv .••■•! 
 
 Canadian History. 
 
 
 
 A T.niETtR ki • 
 
 Easv Exercises in Simple Equations of one un- 
 known quantity and m Factoring. 
 
 
 Geometry 
 
 Book I. 1-26. 
 
 ¥'llENf!H 
 
 Adjectivesand Pronouns, with Written Exercises 
 Regular Verbs of the four Conjugations, Trans- 
 lation, Dictation. 
 
 
 TiATIN 
 
 The four Conjugations, ^ 'itten Exercises and 
 Review. 
 
 
 Greek — •■•• 
 
 • 
 
 Physiology and Hygiene 
 
 One half hour per week for each Grade. Text- 
 
 "Drawixo 
 
 ile 4 Dominion Freehand Drawing Course. 
 
 
 
 Special Course 
 (Instead of Greek.) 
 
 
 II !' 
 
COURSE OP STUDY. 
 
 29 
 
 ACADE 
 
 3ED POEM . 
 
 MIBS 
 
 GRADE II. 
 
 GRi. Dp III. 
 
 devoted to ■ Opening Exercises, Instruction in Morals and Scripture History as in Mao- 
 
 BooK y. OB Dramatic Rbadbb. 
 
 Book V. oe Dramatic Reader. 
 
 /I ' 
 
 ngle Entry- 
 
 its applica- 
 les in Men- 
 
 ces and Re- 
 Goldsmith's 
 
 !ap Drawing 
 
 of one un- 
 
 en Exercises 
 bions, Trans- 
 
 seroises and 
 
 rade. Text- 
 
 lourse. 
 
 Copy Writing and Book-keeping. 
 
 Complete Arithmetic. 
 
 Syntax, Analysis of sentences. Com- 
 position and Review, Scott's Lady of 
 the Lake. 
 
 General Geography. 
 
 British History. 
 
 Mensuration. 
 
 Grammar^The Play of Shakespeare ap- 
 pointed for the A. A. Examination, 
 Scott's Lady of the Lake, Meiklejohn's 
 English Language and Literature. 
 
 Factoring, Fractions, G. CM. & L.C 
 M., Simple Equations and Review. 
 
 Books I. and II. 
 
 Verbs, Regular and Irregular; Written 
 Exercises, Translation, Dictation. 
 
 Syntax, Csesar, Bell. Gal. Lib. I. ,1-25 
 
 Grecian History and Ronian History . 
 
 Quadratic Equations, Involution and 
 Evolution and Revfew. 
 
 Booksl. II. and III. 
 
 Complete Grammar, Written Exercis* 
 '^s. Translation, Dictation. 
 
 Grammar, Csesar, Bell. Gal. Lib. I., 
 Virgil, JSneid, I., 300 lines. 
 
 The Declensions, the inflections of 
 verbs in Omega and Mi, with exercises 
 
 book. Cutter's Intermediate . 
 
 Grammar, Xenophon's Anabasis, 
 Book I. 
 
 No. 5, Dominion Freehand Drawing 
 Course. 
 
 General Review of Freehand and Geo- 
 metrical Drawing, with Perspective 
 and Model Drawing. 
 
 One of the following subjects :— 
 Botany, Chemistry or Physics. 
 
 One of the following subjects : — 
 Trigonometry, as In Hamblin Smitht 
 pp. 1-100 omitting chapter XI.,Bot- 
 any. Chemistry or Physios. 
 
 i 
 
90 
 
 RKGUXi.VTIOBni OF THl PROTESTANT OOMMrrTEB. 
 
 1'^ 
 
 k^il'l 
 
 Academies and Modd Schools. 
 
 08. In order that an institution may be recognized 
 as an Academy ib must fulfil the following conditions: 
 
 1. It must be under the control of, and receive finan- 
 cial support from, the school board of the municipality 
 in which it is situated. 
 
 2. A suitable school building, furnished with the 
 necessary appliances, must be provided. 
 
 3. It must be organized in three departments, viz.: 
 Elementaiy, Model School and Academy. 
 
 4. Three teachers must be employed, one of whom 
 must hold an academy diploma. 
 
 5. The teachers must be engaged at fixed salaries 
 by the school board. 
 
 6. The authorized course of study must be followed 
 in each department. 
 
 7. The pupils must pass satisfactorily the annual 
 written examination prescribed for such schools. 
 
 8. It must remain in session at least one hundred 
 and eighty days during the year. 
 
 64. In order that an institution may be recognized 
 as a Model School it must fulfil the conditions pre- 
 scribed for Academies, except that it may be organ- 
 ized in two departments, elementary and model, under 
 two teachers, one of whom must hold, at least, a model 
 school diploma. 
 
 65. It shall be competent, however, for the Pro- 
 testant Committee to recommend a special grant to 
 one school in a county, when the conditions requisite 
 for a Model School or an Academy have not been ful- 
 filled. 
 
 66. No institution is allowed to change the title 
 under which it is known, so as to transfer it from one 
 grade of institution recognized by law to a highei 
 
m. 
 
 ACADEMIES AND MODEL SCHOOLS. 
 
 81 
 
 eco^ized 
 mditions : 
 
 )ive finan- 
 nicipality 
 
 with the 
 
 lents, viz.: 
 
 of whom 
 
 d salaries 
 
 i followed 
 
 le annual 
 
 )ols. 
 
 i hundred 
 
 recognized 
 fcions pre- 
 be organ- 
 del, under 
 t, a model 
 
 «radc, without being previously authorized to do so 
 by the Protestant Co|nmittee. 
 
 «7 Every pupil desiring to enter the model school 
 department ot a superior school must undergo an 
 exammation m the subjects of Grade III. Elementai-v 
 Course, and pupils desiring to enter the academy de- 
 partment ^ust undergo an examination in the subj-ects 
 of the Grade II. Model School Course. '^ 
 
 fr.? J5® ^""h"^^ ^^l^ ^^^" ^^ «* uniform school fee 
 tor each department of a superior school so that there 
 may be one fee for the whole course of study of each 
 department. "^ 
 
 «». Academies and Model Schools, that receive no 
 grant m any year must make application if they desire 
 to be mspected by the inspector of superior schools 
 the tollowmg year. 
 
 '^^: ^^^^?J»ies and Model Schools are required to 
 send to the Department of Public Instruction, before 
 the lirst of July each year, specimens of school exer- 
 cises m Writing Drawing, Map Drawing and Mathe- 
 matics, prepared upon the approved f?rm of paper, 
 and these specimens shall be taken into consideration 
 m the distribution of the grants. 
 
 Inavection of Academies and Model Schools. 
 
 i 
 
 the Pro- 
 1 grant to 
 J requisite 
 » been ful- 
 
 1 the title 
 
 » from one 
 
 a higher 
 
 Sch^ob - ^ *^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^® Inspector of Superior 
 
 1. To inspect the Protestant Academies and Model 
 Schools of the Province at any time from 1st of Octo- 
 ber to the 1st of May, giving one day at least to the 
 inspection of each school ; 
 
 2. To examine the buildings and furnishings of each 
 school, and the condition of the outhouses ; 
 
 I 
 
?2 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 ^m 
 
 1 
 
 *""; 
 
 ' 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 • 
 
 1 
 
 li 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 • / 
 
 ^^^^^^E'l 
 
 i 
 
 i: 
 
 \l 
 
 Ji 
 
 ;i 
 il 
 
 
 ^n 
 
 
 
 ■■1 
 
 1 
 
 
 i • 
 
 (, 3, To note the number of pupils on the roll, and the 
 number present on tlie day of inspection ; 
 
 I 4. To ascertain how far the course of study ia 
 being carried out in each school and what, if any, are 
 the obstacles to this being done fully ; *' .; 
 
 6. To inquire into the work and the progress of the 
 work in the several grades ; 
 
 6. To examine the time-table, and ascertain whether 
 rt IS judiciously fi^amed ot not; , ; . r ,r 
 ' 1. To take notes of each teaclier*s method of con- 
 ducting hiij classies, whether he enlists the interest and 
 attention of his pupils, wjiether there are indications 
 of careful preparation for the w^ork on his part pr not ; 
 
 8. Jo note the strong and weak points of each 
 school; 'i' • ■■ ' ' 
 
 9. To give, each teacher, privately, such judicious 
 hints and suggestions in the, conduct of his school as 
 may seem necessary in the circumstances ; 
 
 10. To fill up the bulletin furnished by the Super- 
 intendent fpr eacti school ; . 
 
 '^11. To submit a general annual report upon the 
 prescribed work of inspection at the September meet- 
 ing of the Committee, along with the tabulated returns 
 of the results of the written examination, and to sub- 
 mit an interim report upon the wol*k of inspection at 
 each of the three remaining quarterly meetings of the 
 Committee; 
 
 12. To prepare the examination {iapeirs in dccbrd- 
 ahce with the authorized course of study, that is fif- 
 teen subjects in Academies and thirteen in Model 
 Schools^ and tp submit them to the sub-committee on 
 examinations, for revision and approval ^ 
 
 72. The Inspector of Supenbr Schools shaHl, iti the 
 tabulaifed returns Pf >the wriiten examination, report 
 in regard to each school :--»>> i ' 
 
 on 
 
 ■«,, 
 
tnd th^ 
 
 udy ia 
 ny, are 
 
 I of the 
 
 '^h.ether 
 
 )f con- 
 3st and 
 cations 
 or not ; 
 
 f each 
 
 dicious 
 hool afi 
 
 Super- 
 
 on the 
 
 c meet- 
 returns 
 to sub- 
 ttion at 
 I of the 
 
 iccbrd- 
 
 » is fif - 
 
 Model 
 
 ttee on 
 
 , in the 
 report 
 
 AOADBMIES AND MODEL SOHOOLO 
 
 1. The number of pupils on the roll for the term in 
 which the examination is held, and the number present 
 on the day of examination. 
 
 2. The number of pupils presented for examination 
 in each grade. 
 
 3. The number of pupils not classed in any grade 
 and the subjects taken by them. * 
 
 4. The number of pupils that have passed in each 
 grade, and the number that have failed in each. 
 
 5. The information required in the form of report, 
 in which the standing of the pupils in the several 
 grades shall be given, and separately the standing of 
 the ungraded pupils in the subjects which they have 
 taken, along with a copy of the examination papers. 
 
 Written Examination of Academies and Model 
 
 Schools. 
 
 •73. There shall be an annual written examination 
 of the Protestant Academies and Model Schools held 
 simultaneously under the direction of local deputy- 
 examiners appointed by the Protestant Committee. 
 
 t7^- I^ *ihese written examinations pupils shall be 
 considered as having passed in their respective grades 
 provided they pass in Writing, Spelling, Arithmetic, 
 Grammar, Geography, History, Scripture, French, 
 Physiology & Hygiene and Drawing ; except (1) that 
 pupils in Grade I. Model School Course, will also be 
 required to pass in English, (2) that pupils in Grade 
 II. Model School Course, will also be required to pass 
 m at least one of the remaining subjects of their grade 
 and (3) that pupils of Grade ifl. Model School Course, 
 and of Grades I. and II. Academy Course, will also be 
 required to pass in at least three of the remaining 
 subjects of their respective grades of which Latin shall 
 be one. 
 
 ;* 
 i" 
 
 i 
 
84 
 
 RIOULATIONS OF THIB PROTESTANT OOMMITTBB. 
 
 \^ 
 
 V ^ 
 
 1*75. The papers for these examinations shall be 
 prepared by tne inspector of superior schools. Pupils 
 who pass in the subjects prescribed for their res- 
 pective grades will be entitled to receive certificates 
 to this effect from the Department of Public In- 
 struction. 
 
 f 76. Pupils of Grade III. Academy Course, shall 
 take the tjniversity School Examinations for the 
 Certificate of Associate in Arts and those who pass for 
 the Certificate of Associate in Arts shall be held to 
 have passed in their Grade. 
 
 fT'T. The examination of the pupils of Grade III. 
 Academy Course, for tho certificate of Associate in 
 Arts, will be in accordance with the standard | re- 
 scribed in the course of study for that Grade. 
 
 7S. The examination shall be held the first week 
 in June. 
 
 •79. Pupils over eighteen years of age may receive 
 the certificates of the Universities and the title of 
 Associate in Arts, but they shall not be ranked with 
 the other candidates. 
 
 SO. The examination papers, including those for the 
 A. A. Examination, shall be distributed from the 
 Department of Public Instruction by the inspector of 
 superior schools, and the answers of the pupils shall 
 be returned to the Department in accordance with in- 
 structions to deputy-examiners. The answers of the 
 pupils of Grade III. Academies shall be transmitted 
 directly to the secretary of the Board of Examiners of 
 the Universities, for examination and report thereon 
 for the information of the Protestant Committee. . 
 
 Il;ii 
 
AOADBMIBS AND MODBL 80HOOL8. 
 
 SI. The maximum number of marks tor each sub- 
 ject shall be as follows :— In Grade I. 60 ; in Grade II 
 76 ; and in Trade III. 100. In the examinations, pupils 
 shall not oo considered as having passed in any sub- 
 ject unless they have obtained at least one-third (and 
 in the case of Keading and Dictation three-fourths) of 
 the narks attainable m that subject. ^ 
 
 tS2. The examination papers prepared by the in- 
 spector of superior schools shall consist of nine ques- 
 tions in each subject, arranged in three groups, only 
 one question from each group to be answered by pupils 
 of Grades I. and II. Model School Course, and two 
 from each group by pupils of other Grades. 
 
 S8. Two papers shall be prepared for the Academy 
 Grades I. and II. on each of the subjects ot English, 
 Geography and History in accordance with the course 
 of study, but at the option of the teacher, the deputy- 
 examiner may adopt one of the two as the examina- 
 tion paper for the two grades. No pupil, however, 
 shall select questions from more than one of such 
 papers. 
 
 54. In order to be eligible for examination a pupil 
 must be in attendance ninety days at least, during tne 
 current scholastic year. 
 
 Privileges granted to successful pupUs. 
 
 55. Pupils who have passed for the certificate of 
 Associate in Arts and who have taken two-thirds of 
 the aggregate marks, and who have passed in French, 
 shall be eligible, without further examination, to enter 
 the Model School class of the McGill Normal School ; 
 and pupils who have passed Grade III. of the Model 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
se 
 
 REOULATlOirS OF TUE PROTESiTANT OOMH ITTBB, 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 Wl' 
 
 I 
 
 J- «!^ 
 
 ill 
 
 ■ 111 
 
 School shall he eli^cihle to enter the Elementary class 
 without examination. 
 
 f2. Candidates for teachers' diplomas under the 
 Central Board of Examiners, who are Associates in 
 Arts of not more than two years' standing are entitled 
 to exemptions as provided in Regulation 41. 
 
 3. Associates in Arts who have passed in Latin, 
 Greek, Algehra and Geometry, may, without further 
 examination, enter the Faculties of Arts of the two 
 Universities of McGill College and Bishop's College. 
 Those who have passed in Algebra and Geometry may- 
 enter the Faculty of Applied Science of McGill Uni- 
 versity. 
 
 4. The secretary of the Protestant Committee will, 
 on application, burnish successful pupils with evidence 
 of th'^ir qualifications with reference to the Normal 
 School and Boards of Examiners. 
 
 SO. Deputy-examiners ^ihall observe the following 
 instructions : — 
 
 1. The pupils shall be under the direct and careful 
 supervision of the deputy-examiners throughout the 
 examination. 
 
 2. The examination questions shall be sent to the 
 deputy-examiners in sealed envelopes, and the exami- 
 nations shall oe held on the days and during the 
 hours, and these only, which are specified on the 
 envelopes. 
 
 3. Before opening the envelopes for the first hour 
 of the examination, the deputy-examiner shall read 
 aloud the special instructions to pupils. 
 
 4. The answers of the pupils shall be wrii^t^n upon 
 half pa^s of fools3a|) paper, fastened togeti^r' ^^ ^ 
 
 
▲0AUKM1E8 AMJ^ MUDKL HUHOOLS. 
 
 37 
 
 ! 
 
 top left hand comers. The pupils shall useiiu ofcher 
 paper than that provided for them. The use of blotting 
 paper or the printed examination paper or slates, for 
 rough drafts or for any writing whatever, is strictly 
 forbidden 
 
 6. No persons, except the head teacher and the 
 deputy-examiner, shall be admitted into the school 
 room during the examinations, and neither teacher nor 
 deputy-examiner shall communicate with any pupil dur- 
 ing the progress of any examination. Any necessary 
 instruction shall be given aloud to the whole class. 
 
 6. At the hour appointed for each subject, after all 
 books have been removed from the desks occupied, and 
 the pupils have been given their allotted places, and 
 provided with paper, blotting paper, pens and ink, the 
 envelopes for that hour shall be opened and the exami- 
 nation papers distributed to the pupils. 
 
 7. The examination papers or any question therein 
 may be read aloud to the pupils by the deputy-exami- 
 ner : but no explanation, whatever, shall be given as 
 the meaning or purport of the questions. 
 
 8. No pupil shall be permitted to enter the exami- 
 nation room, after the expiration of an hour from the 
 commencement of the examination, nor after a pupil 
 has left the examination room. Any pupil leaving the 
 examination room after the issue of the examination 
 papers in any subject shall not be permitted to return 
 during the examination of the subject then in hand. 
 
 9. At the close of the time allotted for each subject, 
 the answers of the pupils shall be collected by the 
 deputy-examiners, placed in the appropriate envelope 
 provided for the purpose, and sealed in the presence 
 of the pupils, without being read by the teacher or 
 depu'^y-examiners. No paper shall be returned to the 
 pupils for corrections or' a^dditions after it has been 
 received from the pupils. 
 
 V.1 
 
 ^* 
 
i 
 
 '.i I 
 
 . Ni 
 
 3ti > 1 BKUULATlONa OF THE FttOTESTAMT OOMMITTEB. , '• 
 
 10. At the close of the examination, the envelopes 
 containing the pupils' answers in the several subjects, 
 shall be carefully packed together and forwarded to 
 the inspector of superior schools, Department of 
 Public Instruction, Quebec. 
 
 11. No pupil shall give or receive assistance of any 
 kind in answering the examination questions. Anjr 
 pupil detected (a) in taking into the examination room 
 or having about him any boDk or writing from which 
 he might derive assistance in the examination ; (6) in 
 applying under any circumstances whatever to other 
 pupils; (c) in answering under any circumstances 
 whatever applications from other pupils ; {d) in expos- 
 ing written papers to the view of other pupils ; (e) in 
 endeavoring to overlook the work of other pupils, 
 shall be immediately dismissed from the examination 
 by the deputy-examiners. The plea of accident or for- 
 getfulness shall not be received. 
 
 12. The head teacher and the deputy-examiners of 
 each school shall sign the following declaration at the 
 close of the examination and forward it to the inspec- 
 tor of superior schools :— 
 
 We hereby solemnly declare that the examination 
 
 of — . has been conducted strictly in accordance 
 
 with the special regulations prescribed for such exami- 
 nations, that the envelopes containing the printed 
 examination papers were opened, and that the envel- 
 opes containing the answers were sealed, in the pres- 
 ence of the pupils and at the times specified, and that 
 answers forwarded to the Department have been given, 
 to the best of our knowledge, by the pupils themselves, 
 without assistance from deputy-examiner, teacher, 
 fellow pupils, memoranda or text-book, during the 
 time of examination. 
 
 o- A f Deputy-Examiners, 
 
AOADEK lEB AND MODEL SOHOOIA. 
 
 89 
 
 87 The following instructions shall be observed 
 by the pupils : — 
 
 1. Write your name (or number in case of Grade 
 III. Academies), on the right hand upper corner of 
 each page. 
 
 2. Write as plainly as you can, and use one side 
 only of the paper. 
 
 8. Leave a margin on the left hand side of the page. 
 Write in the margin nothing but the number of the 
 question you are about to answer. Do not write the 
 question itself. Two answers on the same page must 
 be separated by a line. 
 
 4. You must on no account ask any one to explain 
 the meaning of any question. 
 
 6. The full number of sheets, fastened together and 
 given to you for writing your answers, must be re- 
 turned. No sheet is to be separated, torn out, or de- 
 stroyed. Draw your pen through any writing not 
 intended as an answer or part of an answer. 
 
 6. Your answers must be written upon the paper 
 provided. The use of other paper, blotting paper, the 
 printed examination paper, or slates, for rough drafts 
 or any writing whatever, is strictly forbidden. 
 
 7. You must not communicate with any pupil or 
 other person in the room, directly or indirectly, dur- 
 ing the progress of an examination. You must not 
 give or receive assistance of any kind in answering 
 the questions, either from pupils, memoranda or books. 
 Any infraction of this or the preceding rule will in- 
 volve the loss of the v;hole examination. 
 
 Note.— No fees will be exacted for the ezamination of pnpils of 
 Academies under the control of the Protestant Committee, out in 
 order to obtain the certificate from the Universities the prescribed 
 
 ^AAa vSw • ^A AA ^/vvt A A AAi**il%/»afAa anil ^0 AA Iai* liinini* nAf*4i AoafAfl 
 
 must be paid to the Secretary of the Unirersity Examiners. 
 
t 
 
 li ' 
 
 nil ^ 
 
 i:>> 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 40 RE6OL4?Z02ra OV 4 f ROTKSTAKT COMM ITTBl. 
 
 IV. 
 
 CONCERNINQ TBB MOaiLL NORMAL SCHOOL. 
 
 88. The McGill Normal School in the city of Mont- 
 real is established chiefly for the purpose of training 
 teachers for the Protestant population, and tor all 
 other religious denominations of the Province of 
 Quebec other than the Roman Catholic. The studies 
 in this school are carried on chiefly in English, but 
 French shall also be taught. 
 
 8!>. The Coq)oration of McGill University is asso- 
 ciated with the Superintendent of Public Instruction 
 in the direction of the McGill Normal School under 
 the regulations of the Protestant Committee, and it is 
 authorized to appoint a standing committee consisting 
 of five members, called "Thfr Normal School Commit- 
 tee," which shall have the general supervision of the 
 affairs of the Normal School. 
 
 00. It shall be the duty of this Committee, in con- 
 junction with the Superintendent of Public Instruction, 
 under the regulations of the Protestant Committee of 
 the Council of Public Instruction, to watch over the 
 interests of the school, to supervise its expenditures, 
 to make by-laws for its government, to provide for all 
 unforseen emergencies, and to employ from year to 
 year assistants in the Normal and Model Schools other 
 than th© principal and professors of the Normal 
 School and the head master and head mistresses of the 
 Model Schools.. 
 
 The Staff of the McGill Normal and Model Schools. 
 
 01. The prof essoin of the Normal School shall be 
 divided into two elasseu, Ordinary professors and as- 
 sociate professora These shall be under the direction 
 
VCGILL NORVAL SCHOOL. 
 
 41 
 
 f 
 
 of a principal, who, as such, will hav« particular duties 
 to perform, for which he will bear the responsibility. 
 Any one of the ordinary professors may be chosen to 
 •fill the office. 
 
 2. Each ordinary professor may be required to teach 
 several branches of study, and to devote the whole of 
 his time to the Normal School. 
 
 8. The associate professors shall teach one or more 
 separate branches, and shall not be required to devote 
 the whole of their time to the school. 
 
 02. There shall be a Head Master of the Boys' 
 Model School, a Head Mistress of the Girls' Model 
 School and a Head Mistress of the Primary School, and 
 they shall be under the general direction of the prin« 
 cipal of the Normal School. 
 
 Annual Sessions of the Normal and Model Schools. 
 
 03. The Annual Sessions of the Normal and Model 
 Schools shall begin on the first school day of Septem- 
 ber of each year and end in the Normal School on the 
 last school day of May, and in the Model School on 
 the last school day of June. Such holidays shall be 
 kept as are prescribed by the Protestant Committee of 
 the Council of Public Instruction, or by the Normal 
 School Committee. 
 
 Course of Study, 
 
 94. The course of study in the Normal School shall 
 embrace in each grade the subjects of the Syllabus of 
 Examination for the teachers of that grade, together 
 with such additfr ml subjects as may from time to 
 time be chosen by the Normal School Committee. 
 
 The Model Schools shall conform as closely as possi- 
 
 V f 
 
 ml 
 
i2 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THB PROTESTANT OOMMITTEB. 
 
 I 
 
 ble to the authorized course of study for Elementary 
 and Model Schoola 
 
 Terms of Admission. 
 
 95. Any British subject who produces a certificate 
 of good moral character from the minister of the con- 
 gregation to srhich he belong and evidence to show 
 that he has completed the sixteenth year of his a^e, 
 may be admitted to examination for entrance into the 
 Elementary School Class, or, if he has completed his 
 seventeenth year, to the entrance examinations of the 
 Model School Class. 
 
 OO. Previous to admission tb the Elementary School 
 Class every pupil-teacher shall undergo an examination 
 as to his sufficient knowledge of reading, writing, the 
 rudiments of grammar in his own language, geography, 
 and arithmetic ; before admission to the Model School 
 Class he must give proof of his knowledge of the sub- 
 jects of the previous year. Except as stated below, 
 the examination shall take place before the principal, 
 or before such other person as ho may specially ap- 
 point for the purpose. 
 
 OT. All candidates who present certificates of hav- 
 ing passed in Qrade III. Model School Course, and all 
 holders of elementary school diplomas, shall be ex- 
 empt from examination for admission to the Element- 
 ary School Class. All candidates who have passed at 
 the A. A. examinations, taking two-thirds or the ag- 
 gregate marks, and who have passed in French, and 
 all holders of model school diplomas, shall be exempt 
 from examination for admission to the Model School 
 Class. Holders of elementary school diplomas, desir- 
 ing admission to the Model School Class, shall be ex- 
 amined in Algebra, Geometry and French only. 
 
 98. No candidate is admitted to the Normal Sch^x)l 
 
 
MOaXLL NORMAL 80HOOL. 
 
 43 
 
 con- 
 
 unfcil the provisions of the school laws respectmg ad- 
 mission have been fulfilled. 
 
 09. Candidates shall be admitted to examination 
 for entrance only at the times regularly appointed by 
 the principal of the school at ttie beginning of the 
 session. Candidates exempt from examination can 
 only be admitted during the first week of the session 
 except that teachers who may be actually engaged in 
 teaching at the commencement of the session may, at 
 the discretion of the principal, be admitted up to but 
 not later than the close of the Christmas vacation. 
 No teacher-in-training so admitted later than the first 
 of October shall share in that part of the bursary fund 
 which is distributed at Christmas. 
 
 Conditions of continuance in the Normal SchooL 
 
 100. Teachers-in-training guilty of drunkenness, 
 of frequenting taverns, of entering disorderly houses 
 or gambling houses, or keeping company with dis- ' 
 orderly persons, or committing any act of immorality 
 or insubordination, shall be expelled. 
 
 101. Each professor shall have the power of ex- 
 cluding from his lectures any student who may be in- 
 attentive to his studies, or guilty of any minor infrac- 
 tion of the regulations, until the matter can be report- 
 ed to the principal. 
 
 10S5. All teachers-in-training must in order to con- 
 tinue in the Normal School pass the Christmas semi- 
 sessional examinations. 
 
 103. In exceptional cases the principal of the Nor- 
 mal School may admit on trial to the classes persons 
 whose qualifications may be insufficient for entrance. 
 Such persons may be excluded from the school by the 
 principal whenever he may judge it best so to do ; but 
 
a 
 
 RBOULATIONB OF tfil PROTBSTAlft OOMlilTTBK. 
 
 liii 
 
 none shall be permitted to enter or to remain on trial 
 after the semi-sessional examinations. ^ 
 
 Boarding Houses, 
 
 104. The teachers-in-traininff shall state the place 
 of their residence ; and those who cannot reside with 
 their parents will be permitted to live in boarding 
 faonses, but in such only as shall be specially approved 
 of. No boarding houses having permission to board 
 male teachers-in-training will be permitted to receive 
 female teachers-in-training as boarders, and vice versa. 
 
 2. They are on no account to be absent from their 
 lodgings after half-past nine o'clock in the evening. 
 
 3. They will be allowed to attend such lectures and 
 
 fublic meetings only as may be considered by the 
 'rincipal conducive to their moral and mental improve- 
 ment. 
 
 4. A copy of the regulations shall be sent to all 
 keepers of lodging-houses at the beginning of the 
 fiession. 
 
 5. In case of lodgings being chosen by parents or 
 guardians, a written statement of the parent or guar- 
 3ian shall be presented to the principal. 
 
 6. Ail intended changes of lodgings shall be maile 
 known beforehand to the principal or to one of the 
 professors. 
 
 7. Boarding-houses shall be visited monthly by a 
 committee of professors. 
 
 8. Special visitations shall be made in case of sick- 
 ness being reported, either by professors or by ladies 
 4»nnected with the school ; and, if necessary, medical 
 attendance shall be procured. 
 
 9. Students and lodging-house keepers are required 
 to report, as soon as possible, all cases of serious illness 
 and all infractions of rules touching boarding-housess. 
 
KOOILL NORMAL SCHOOL. 
 
 45 
 
 >n trial 
 
 ie place 
 ie with 
 oarding 
 )proved 
 ) board 
 receive 
 e versa. 
 m their 
 aing. 
 res and 
 by the 
 nprove- 
 
 \, to all 
 ; of the 
 
 •ents or 
 r guar- 
 
 ►e made 
 ( of the 
 
 y by a 
 
 Df sick- 
 Y ladies 
 medical 
 
 equired 
 s illness 
 louses. 
 
 Attendance on RcligioTia Inetruction. 
 
 105. Teachers-in-training will be required to state 
 with what religious denomination they are connected ; 
 and a list of the students connected with each denom- 
 ination shall be furnished to one of the ministers of 
 such denomination resident in Montreal, with the re- 
 quest that he will meet weekly with that portion of 
 the teachers-in-training, or otherwise provide for their 
 religious instruction. Every Thursday after four 
 o'clock will be assigned for this purpose. 
 
 106. In addition to punctual attendance at weekly 
 religious instruction, each student will be required to 
 atteiM public worship at his own church at least once 
 e verm Sunday. 
 
 Privileges of Teachers-in-training, 
 
 lOy. All teachers-in -training are entitled to free 
 tuition. 
 
 108. At the close of the semi-sessional examina- 
 tions the sum of $400 from the bursary fund will be 
 divided among the forty most successful pupils who 
 do not reside at home with parents or guardians during 
 their attendance at the school. Similarly the sum of 
 $800 will be divided at the close of the sessional ex- 
 aminations. The remainder of the bursary fund will be 
 divided as an allowance for travelling expemes among 
 Teachers-in-iraining residing in the Province of Quebec 
 at a distance of more than ninety miles from Montreal, 
 in a proportion determined by the excess of distance 
 above ninety miles, it being provided that no allo?r- 
 ance for travelling expenses shall exceed ten dollars. 
 
 109. All teachers-in-training who pass the semi- 
 sessional examinations in the Normal School with 60 
 per cent, of the total marks and who have not fallen 
 below 60 per cent, in any one of the groups of sub- 
 

 4^ RBQULATIONS Off THB PROTESTANT OOMMITTEB. 
 
 jects, English, Mathematics, French and Miscellaneous, 
 nor in any one of the subjects required by the Sylla- 
 bus of Examination prescribed for diplomas of the 
 grade to which they aspire, shall be entitled to con- 
 tinue in their classes after Christmas. Except by the 
 special permission of the principal, none others shall 
 be entitled to this privil^e, nor to a share in the 
 Christmas bursary. 
 
 no. All teachers-in-training who attain the stand- 
 ards defined above at the final examinations in the 
 Normal Schools shall be entitled to diplomas of jthe 
 grade of the class to which they belong, and, except 
 with the concurrence of the pnncipal of the school and 
 the professor of each subject in which there has been 
 failure, none others shall receive diplomas or share in 
 the bursary' fund. 
 
 111. All holders of elementary school diplomas ob- 
 tained by reaching the standards defined above shall 
 be entited to admission to the Model School Class; 
 none others, without the special permission of the 
 principal. Such holders of elementary school di- 
 plomas as have taken not less than 75 per cent, of the 
 total marks nor less than 60 per cent, of those in any 
 subject essential to the diploma according to the Syl- 
 labus of Examination of the Protestant Committee of 
 the Council of Public Instruction, shall be entitled to 
 admissioi^ among the "selected students" mentioned 
 in the following paragraph, but others may be so ad- 
 mitted by the principal. 
 
 Students for the Academy Diploma. 
 
 112. The Normal School shall bring up selected 
 students at the end of the Model School year to the 
 examinations for the entrance into the first year of the 
 
 T7» 11-- -c A -i._ -c A.1-- TT_* ij.:.- mu-. 1 — ^,. 
 
 r acuity oi -a-rts ui luu uiiivt;raiwtj». ±u\iy inu,y uu ua- 
 
 amined either at the examinations for the Associate in 
 
I. 
 
 illaneous, 
 he Sylla- 
 3 of the 
 I to con- 
 it by the 
 lers shall 
 >e in the 
 
 [le stand- 
 is in the 
 IS of jbhe 
 d, except 
 shool and 
 has been 
 ' share in 
 
 [omas ob- 
 ove shall 
 ol Class; 
 n of the 
 chool di- 
 nt, of the 
 se in any 
 
 ► the Syl- 
 imittee of 
 ntitled to 
 mentioned 
 be so ad- 
 
 X. 
 
 ► selected 
 
 ar to the 
 
 ear of the 
 — 1 — — 
 
 .U,y UKJ UA- 
 
 society in 
 
 MOaiLL NORMAL SCHOOL. 
 
 47 
 
 Arts in June, or at those for the marticulation in 
 autumn, and shall take the full course of study in the 
 first and second years. 
 
 2. Such students shall be enrolled in the Normal 
 School as students of the Academy Class, and shall be 
 under the usual pledge to teach for three years. They 
 shall engage in the practice of teaching at such times 
 and in such schools as may be from time to time ar- 
 ranged by the principal in consistence with their 
 college work, and shall be under the principal and the 
 regulations of the Normal School. 
 
 3. On report of the colleges which such students 
 may bo attending that they have passed creditably in 
 the Christmas and sessional examinations respectively 
 they shall be entitled to bursaries, not exceeding thirty 
 dollars per session, in aid of fees and board. Such 
 bursaries may be paid by the Normal School Coipmit- 
 tee out of any fund available for the purpose. 
 
 4. On passing the intermediate, or equivalent exam- 
 ination, of the Universities, such students will be en- 
 titled to receive academy diplomas, in accordance with 
 the regulations of the Protestant Committee of the 
 Council of Public Instruction for such diplomas. 
 
 5. Such students may, with the advice of the prin- 
 cipal, attend classes at McGill or its affiliated col- 
 leges, or at Bishop's College, and the Normal School 
 Committee shall make such arrangements as may be 
 possible for free tuition at such colleges. 
 
 6. It shall be competent to the principal of the Nor- 
 mal School to provide any tutorial assistance that may 
 in his judgment be necessary for academy students. 
 Also, it shall be his duty in the case of optional studies 
 to select for the students those required for the cur- 
 riculum of the Normal School. 
 
 7. It snail be competent to students who have taken 
 academy diplomas as above to continue for two years 
 
 i< m 
 
si! II 
 
 I 
 
 48 RBQULATIOlfB OV THI PROTESTANT OOMMITTBB. 
 
 bnger at the University, or to return thereto after 
 teaching for a time, in order to take the degree of 
 Bachelor of Arts, but they shall be held bound to fulfil 
 their engagements to teach, and they shall not bo en- 
 titled to bursaries. 
 
 Teachers* Institutes, 
 
 113. Institutes for the instruction of teachers in 
 the Science and Art of Education and School Manage- 
 ment, shall be held annually. 
 
 114. The Institutes shall be under the management 
 of the (English) secretary of the Department of Pub- 
 lic Instruction and the principal of the McGill Normal 
 School, as Directors, who shall bo responsible to 
 the Protestant Committee of the Council of Public 
 Instruction for the proper conduct of the Institutes. 
 
 115. The directors shall, subject to the approval of 
 the Protestant Committee, determine each year the 
 number of Institutes to be held, the time and place for 
 holding the same and the programme to be followed at 
 each Institute. 
 
 no. Certificates of attendance at the Institutes 
 shall be issued to members of such from and upon such 
 conditions as may be determined from time to time by 
 the directors with the approval of the Protestant Com- 
 mittee. 
 
 117. In conducting the Institutes the directors shall 
 have the assistance of the professors " the McGill 
 Normal School and of the inspector ■\'. ?iotesta'»t 
 superior schools. 
 
 lis. Until a special grant is made for the main- 
 tenance of the Institutes, the expenses incurred in 
 connectrOTj therewith by the principal and professors 
 or Hue jio^iiij Ljormai Dcnooi snau oe aeirayea oy um 
 
 I 
 
> after 
 nree of 
 fulfil 
 bo en- 
 
 V. 
 
 4d 
 
 OONCEBNINQ THE DUTIES OF SCHOOL COMMISSIONERS 
 
 AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 lers m 
 anage- 
 
 jement 
 )f Pub- 
 formal 
 blc to 
 Public 
 iitcs. 
 oval of 
 3ar the 
 ace tor 
 •wed at 
 
 stitutes 
 m such 
 iinie by 
 it Com- 
 
 rs shall 
 McGill 
 testa' '.*■• 
 
 i main- 
 
 rred in 
 
 ►fe.ssors 
 
 1 i-i - 
 
 oy wie 
 
 School Grounds. 
 
 119. School sites shall, when possible, be in dry 
 elevated positions, easily accessible, and provided with 
 good water. 
 
 120. Scliool sites shall, when possible, be isolated 
 and so situated that the surroundings will not inter- 
 fere with the work of the school room nor with the 
 morals of the pupils. 
 
 1511. School sites shall be as far removed as possible 
 from swamp, or cemetery. 
 
 122. The school grounds shall be properly levelled 
 and drained, planted with shade trees and enclosed by 
 a substantial fence. They shall, when possible, not be 
 less than a quarter of an acre in extent A larger 
 area shall be provided for large schools. 
 
 123. Separate closets or privies shall be provided 
 for the sexes. A close fence, at least six feet in height, 
 extending from the closets to the school building, shall 
 separate the approaches to these closets. 
 
 12i. Proper care shall be taken to secure cleanli- 
 ness in these closets and to prevent unpleasant and un- 
 healthy odoi-s. The approaches from the school house 
 to the closets shall be so kept that the cks^ts may be 
 reached with comfort in all kinds of weather. 
 
 SchocUwu&ea, 
 
 _ _ _ ^^^ • 
 
 125. The schoolhouse shall, when possible, be placfed 
 at jeast thirty feet from the publie highway. 
 
 law. when the number of children of'^ school age 
 in a district exceeds seventy-five, th^d 8eh<dOlhO\i8^ shilll 
 
 ! 
 
lil 
 
 lie 
 
 |!'!i ' 
 
 60 MGULATIONS OF THB PBOnSSTAKT OOMMITTM. 
 
 contain at least two rooms, when it •'^'ref ^^^ one hun- 
 drod and twenty-five three rooms an add/t'O^*! \^°?''/; 
 i«<.«t liPinff rcauired for each additional fitty children, 
 ^"^27 ?n e^ch school room the area shall be a east 
 fifteen square feet for each pupil, and the height from 
 floor to ceiling at least ten feet so as to give at least 
 one hundred !nd fifty cubic feet of air space per pupil. 
 138 There shall L ante-rooms or cloak rooms for 
 DUPils of both sexes, separate from the^ school room 
 ^Tmed and ventilated U supplied with hooks and 
 with shflves for the pupils' luncheon. (1 he outside 
 d^r should never open directly into the school room). 
 12» The heating apparatus shall be so placed as to 
 eive a' uniform temperature of sixty-fi^■^ degrees, de- 
 termined by a thermometer, in the school room during 
 BchwUiours. ^.^^^^^^ ^j ^ ^^^^ ^^^ hall be placed 
 on both sides of the school room, or on the left side ot 
 the pupils and behind them, but never m front of the 
 pupils The area of the windows collectively, shall 
 Ke less than one-sixth of the floor surtace of the 
 school room. The top of each window shal bo carried 
 up as near the ceiling as possible | and th« bottom ot 
 the side windows shall be at least four feet trom the 
 floor of the room, and the bottom of the windows be- 
 hind the pupils at least six feet from the floor. 
 
 181 The windows shall open readily from the top 
 and bottom, and when double windows are used a ven- 
 tilator shall be provided at the top and bottom of each 
 
 double window. , , ^, 
 
 133 There shall be in every school room ample 
 
 provision for the admission and circulation of pure air 
 
 and for the escape of impure oir.^ __ ^ 
 
 lisS The schooihouaes aie to uo ouuv in a 
 
 with plans and specifications f umiahed or approv 
 
 tlie Superintendent 
 
 k /»/»/-» 1«rl « ri r C 
 
 ^7 
 
 I 
 
COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. 
 
 51 
 
 hun- 
 m, 8.t 
 dren, 
 least 
 from 
 least 
 pupil. 
 IS for 
 room, 
 =$ and 
 iitside 
 •oom). 
 I as to 
 3S, do- 
 luring 
 
 placed 
 side of 
 of the 
 \ shall 
 of the 
 carried 
 toi^n of 
 3m the 
 ►ws b@- 
 
 tho top 
 . a veu- 
 of each 
 
 I ample 
 3ure air 
 
 oved Ly 
 
 
 134. School boards shall see that each schoolhouse 
 is kept in good repair, that the windows are properly 
 filled with glass, and that suitable fuel is provided ; 
 that the desks and seats are in good repair, that the 
 outhouses are properly provided with doors and kept 
 clean, that the blackboards are kept painted, that there 
 is a supply of good water, and that everything that is 
 necessary for the comfort of the pupils and the success 
 of the school is provided. When a manager is ap- 
 pointed, the school board shall see that he performs 
 his duties in a proper manner. 
 
 J 35. No public schoolhouse or school ground or any 
 building, furniture, or other thing pertaining thereto, 
 shall be used or occupied for any other purpose than 
 for the use or accommodation of the public school of 
 the district, without the express permission of the 
 school board or the chairman thereof, and then only on 
 condition that all damages are made good by the per- 
 sons obtaining permission, and that the school room is 
 properly cleaned before the time for opening the school. 
 
 136. The teacher has charge of the schoolhouse on 
 behalf of the school board. He has no authority to 
 use the schoolhouse other than as directed by them, 
 without their sanction. At the request of the school 
 board he must at onee deliver up the key of the school- 
 house to the chairman. 
 
 School Fumitmre and A'pjparatvs, 
 
 137. A sufficient number of .^eats, provided with 
 backs, and desks shall be provided for the accommoda- 
 tion of all the pupils ordinarily in attendance at the 
 school. 
 
 m»^J9, 
 
 
 the pupils may sit facing the teacher. Not more than 
 two pupils shall be allowed to sit at one desk. 
 
 !( 
 
 I'll 
 
52 
 
 BEGULATTONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEB. 
 
 I I 
 
 'i 
 
 la» The height of the seats shall be so graduated 
 that all pupils may be seated with their feet firmly 
 upon the floor. (To accommodate pupils of all ages 
 the desks should be of three different sizes). 
 
 140 The seats and desks shall be fastened to the 
 floor hi rows with aisles at least eighteen inches in 
 width between the rows ; passages, at least three teet 
 wide, shall be left between the outside rows and the 
 side and the rear walls of the room, and a space from 
 three to five feet wide, between the teacher s plattorm 
 
 and the front desks. , , . .^ •, -n 
 
 141. Each desk shall be so placed that its edge will 
 be directly over the edge of the seat behind it. The 
 desk shall be provided with a shelf for pupils' books. 
 
 142. There shall be a teacher's desk of convenient 
 form with lock and key placed upon a dais or platform 
 
 at least six inches in height. . , , -xu i i 
 
 143. There shall be a cupboard, provided with lock 
 and key, for the preservation of school records and 
 
 apparatus. . .i 
 
 144. There shall be a blackboard, at least three 
 feet six inches wide, extending across the whole room 
 in rear of the teacher's desk, with its lower edge not 
 more than two and a half feet above the floor or plat- 
 form ; and, when possible, there shall be an additional 
 blackboard on each side of the room. At the lower 
 edge of each blackboard there shall be a shelf or trough 
 for holding crayons and brushes. . , . j 
 
 145. There shall be in every school room, a jacketed 
 stove (unless another system of heating is used) a wood- 
 box or coal-bucket, a shovel, a poker, a broom, a 
 water bucket, a drinking cup, a hand bell, a clock, a 
 thermometer, a copy of the school regulations, a copy 
 of the authorized course of study, and an authorized 
 school journal ; and in every school a standard tiiction- 
 ary, a visitors* register, a set of tablet lessons of Part 
 
OOMMISSIONBRS AND TRU8TBB8. 
 
 63 
 
 I. of the First Reader, a supply of crayons and black- 
 board brushes, a waste paper box, a map of North 
 America, a map of Canada and a map of the Province 
 of Quebec. 
 
 146. Provision shall be made by every school board 
 for sweeping each schoolhouse daily and for scrubbing 
 the floors at least once every two months, and for 
 making fires one hour before the time for opening 
 school when requisite, but it is not the duty of teachers 
 to do this work. , 
 
 *'- ■ 
 
 The School Year. 
 
 14'7. All schools shall be closed from the 1st July 
 to the 15th August each year ; but any school board 
 may with the approval of the Superintendent, open 
 one or more of its schools during this period when the 
 circumstances of the school render it necessary. 
 
 14S. The schools of a municipality shall open each 
 year after the 15 th of August, and not later than the 
 first Monday in September as may be determined by 
 resolution of the school board of the municipality. 
 
 140. The schools of each municipality shall con- 
 tinue in session each day, except the holidays 
 hereinafter provided, from the date appointed for the 
 opening until the close of the school session. In 
 school municipalities where the school session is less 
 than ten months the school boards may provide by 
 resolution for closing the schools during the breaking 
 up of the roads. 
 
 150. The holidays for the Protestant Schools of the 
 Province shall be as follows : 
 
 Every Saturday and Sunday ; From 24th December 
 Birthday ; Dominion Day ; and such days as are pro- 
 
fii 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTOOTANT OOMMITTBB. 
 
 claimed by authority or granted by resolution of the 
 school board of the municipality or by the Superin- 
 tendent of Public Instruction. 
 
 School Hov/rs, 
 
 151. The school hours shall be from nine o'clock in 
 the forenoon till four o'clock in the afternoon, unless 
 the school board by resolution prescribes a shorter 
 period. . 
 
 There shall be a recess of not less than ten min- 
 utes each forenoon and afternoon, and a recess of 
 one hour at least sliall be allowed for recreation during 
 the middle of the school day. 
 
 « 
 
 Engagement of Teachers, 
 
 , , *^^- ^^^ school board shall engage its teachers for 
 the time, at least, that the schools are to be in opera- 
 tion dunng the school year, and not for any less 
 period, except to replace a teacher retiring before the 
 end of the school year. 
 
 153. Each school board shall appoint a day, and 
 give due notice thereof, upon which they will meet 
 aiid receive applications and engage teachers for all 
 the schools of the municipality. 
 
 154. In the engagement of teachers the school 
 board shall consider the special needs and circumstan- 
 ®?f X xu ^^^^^^"^ schools under its control and shall 
 allot the teachers among these schools so as best to 
 promote the interests of the whole municipality. 
 
 155. No school board shall require or permit any 
 teacher under its control to " board around ' among 
 the inhabitants of the district 
 
 156. The tea<jher's engagements for Protestant 
 sciioois shall HA mado i*^ o ^ . . — 
 
 vj-i tf% w^ ^ .M 
 
 -•j-U TT" 
 
 ■VT 
 
 «<vwi.via«u\;c WibU r Oriii ISO. 4 
 
i of the 
 uperin- 
 
 ilock in 
 , unless 
 shorter 
 
 n min- 
 cess of 
 during 
 
 ers for 
 opera- 
 ly less 
 •re the 
 
 y, and 
 i meet 
 Por ail 
 
 school 
 nstan- 
 i shall 
 est to 
 
 t any 
 Lmong 
 
 3stant 
 
 XT M 
 
 iSQ. % 
 
 COMMISSIONERS AND TRUSTEES. gg 
 
 engageJfor thiSl 'Xl S ^t' •^'^^" ^^ 
 
 Religious Instruction. 
 158. Religious Instruction shall be o-ivpn m oii 
 
 davw^fh^r^'^ Prote.tant school shall be opened each 
 
 Mot's r'c^.Kr..'" "■' ■f-"- *"* 
 
 exercises, (prescribed by the nrf opr^inrr w^ ^P^nmg 
 mstructio/in morals, Tnd'L^S iistr'''*fi 
 Ho^^ Scriptures and the authorized text-boSs shall 
 be used for th.s purpose. No denominationarte JhS 
 shall be given m such schools. wacning 
 
 Authorized Text-Booh and Forms. 
 
 ked*btKkf oT^Tk ''?^' f ^'«* *''°"' the author- 
 n«i;t,; * * *** text-books for use in the munici- 
 
 fn^h sXeef o^H ^°'^' "^ T ^"^^ -* «>*" 
 ,;T>r^ru^ J . *"® <"'*"^^ of study, and shall insist 
 upon their use in the schools of the muniStr^ 
 the exclusion of all others. A copy of SSs fi shaU 
 be placed in each school of the municimlity (S 
 
 f ». ***:. f "^"''^ J^"^^ ^Jia" provide and use the an- 
 municipaS^i;:' *"'" """"^ '"'^'^''^ '^«e^«t«' i** their 
 
 ! i 
 
 i ! 
 
 i'l. 
 
H 
 
 i'l; 
 
 WEStJtlTICnfS OP THE PB0IB8TART COMMIITEB. 
 
 ^retary-treasurer'a experuea, as provided \y 8112 
 
 - R.8.q. 
 
 fhf *^' ^® secretary-treasurer shall be provided by 
 minnfl ^I' Commissioners or trustees wit6 a suitable 
 
 5:stherZk:'"'^' "^^ '''''' «**«-«^ - 
 
 if '»>?=*•• J'^t^^wi commissioners and trustees shall, 
 
 l^h^? ^^^''* *'^^^'. '""*«'»g« >" *•»« «»ost centra 
 school of the municipality, and if they hold Uiefr 
 
 meetings at any other place, they shall not pay rent 
 1 ««' Wh''°"* *•»" permission of the SuperinteC 
 n.7.t ».r u * secretary-treasurer travels upon busi- 
 ness of the school corporation he shall be paid his just 
 travelling expenses , but any indemnity which may 
 have been accorded him by a court of justice or by any 
 
 hfnt .f^°'*'"fr'P*i ^<^^ *°^ t^e same journey 
 shalj^be deducted from his expenses. ^ 
 
 1««. A secretary-treasurer shall only be considered 
 to travel upon business of the corporation when he U 
 pecial y authorized to do so by a resolution Idojted a 
 
 Ob eft of ?h'*'"" °' '^' '"^r^ corporation statfng the 
 object of the journey, or, if there is not time for a 
 
 Z'lZi "T T '"^^' 'i.^''^ ^y *he chairman or in 
 his absence by two members of the school corporation. 
 
 ...K V.I, , ?*■««' towns and municipalities of 
 
 which the population amounted at the taking ^''the 
 last census, to more than three thousand so^ls or of 
 which the extent is more than nine miles in enc^h 
 
 Jn"a. of' h''' r- r*^' " '^''^'^ «»•» for taking the 
 
 add^e sed bVi"'- "P°"-* '^''>"'^'''°» *° *hat°effect 
 aaaressed by the commissioners or trustees to the 
 
 Superintendent and approved by the scho^iLrector 
 
 168 Every sum allowed to the secretary-trelsurer 
 
 cr otherwise paid out in accordance with the Drewdincl 
 
 • egalations, shall be paid out of the funds of fheseS 
 
POOR MUNfCrpALfTIBS. 57 
 
 ««nidpa«ty and shall be accounted for in the ordinary 
 
 Poor Municipalities 
 
 shJ" of Sli°'' ;tirt"'"'p*i">^^ 
 
 M«nici3M;s Fund ^ ' ^"' * ^'■*"* ^••°™ *•>« P-^^^ 
 
 S«3outZr'* regulations have beenVithfSly 
 ^rSnpet^nt %T^^^^^^^ ^2) that the teacher^ 
 
 solvent7eSs'- S) tLl tt''' ^'.^^^^^^'^ due by 
 
 nlv l^'j,®!"***?^ niunicipalities that have failed to com- 
 
 n 
 
 f 
 
. 1 
 , i 
 
 dd 
 
 REGULATIONS OP THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 VI. 
 
 !| 
 
 
 I i 
 
 COMCERNINQ TEACHERS. 
 
 1*78. When tv/o or more teachers are employed in 
 a school one shall be the head teacher. The head 
 teacher shall be responsible for the organization, classi- 
 fication, and discipline of the whole school, and shall 
 prescribe, (v/ith the concurrence of the school board), 
 the duties of the assistant-teachers. 
 
 174. Teachers shall not absent themselves from 
 school nor close their schools on regular school days 
 without permission from the school board or the chair- 
 man thereof, unless in case of- sickness or other un- 
 avoidable cause, in which case the absence shall be 
 immediately reported to the school board. 
 
 1*75. It is the duty of a teacher in a public school : 
 
 1. To see that the schoolhouse is ready for the re- 
 ception of the pupils at least fifteen minutes before 
 the time prescribed for opening the school in the morn- 
 ing, and five minutes before the time for opening in 
 afternoon ; 
 
 2. To give vigilant attention to the ventilation and 
 temperature of the school rooms, and to determine the 
 temperature by a thermometer. At each recess the 
 windows and doors shall be opened for the purpose of 
 changing the atmosphere of the room ; 
 
 3. To give strict attention to the proper cleanliness 
 of the schoolhouse and outbuildings, to make and en- 
 force such rules as will ensure the keeping of the school 
 grounds and outbuildings in a neat and cleanly condi- 
 tion, and to inspect these at least once each day ; 
 
 4. To see that no damage is done to the furniture, 
 fences, outbuildings, or other school property, and to 
 give notice in writing to the school board of any such 
 damage and also of any necessary repairs ; 
 
 •% 
 
DUTIES OP TBAOHBRS. 
 
 ffd 
 
 Dyed in 
 le head 
 I, classi- 
 id shall 
 board), 
 
 js from 
 ol days 
 e chair- 
 ler un- 
 iiall be 
 
 school : 
 the re- 
 before 
 } morn- 
 ling in 
 
 ion and 
 ine the 
 ess the 
 30se of 
 
 nliness 
 
 nd en- 
 
 I school 
 
 condi- 
 
 r • 
 
 niture, 
 and to 
 y such 
 
 5 To see that the schoolhouse and outbuildinffs 
 
 see th^t ^^ ^" P^'^r ^T^' ^^ ^^^^ ^^^ locked to 
 see that they are under the charge of a teacher, or 
 
 b!v.?nT^i.'i^"''\"'" faithfulnel the teacher shiSl 
 be responsible (or of a caretaker after school hours ;) 
 
 .Jh^^ ^i^'"'^^ ^^! P^'P^l" «^"^% according to the 
 authorized course of study ; 6 «" ""^ 
 
 ./• ^K !?i'^'''® ®^^ P"P'l '^ ^^ thoroughly the work 
 prescribed for one grade before promoting him to^the 
 next higher grade. Pupils who Lve fallen behkd in 
 
 WeTg^dl;''"' ^"'^ ^'^'^ '^ ^'^''^ ^ *^« --* 
 8. To prepare and keep in a conspicuous place in the 
 schoo room for the guidance of teacher and pupHs, a 
 time-table showing the order of exercises for each cl^s 
 tor each day m the week, and the time devoted to each 
 exercise per day ; 
 
 .nt f^^ to require nor permit any pupil to use as a 
 school text-book any book not included in the list of 
 text-books prescribed for the use of pupils in the 
 municipality; r i' " ""o 
 
 10. To open the school each morning with reading a 
 portion of the Holy Scriptures, followed by the Lord'a 
 rrayer; ^ vi«, 
 
 11. To furnish the pupils with constant employment 
 during school hours, and to endeavor by judicious and 
 
 versified methods to render the exercises of the school 
 ^.sant as well as profitable ; 
 
 12. To make special preparation beforehand for each 
 day s work with the several classes ; 
 
 13. To teach diligently and faithfully aU the sub- 
 jects ot the authorized course of study ; 
 
 J^Ii,^®^?^^^^ ®^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ assigned, pointing 
 out the difficult parts, that every pupil may know 
 what he is expected to do for the next recitation and 
 
 — a^v TT M.V JUS v\j ijx; KHJim 1 
 
410 
 
 SEOUL ATTONS Of THE PROTEST ANT OOMMTTTEB. 
 
 i'\ ! :. 
 
 I 
 
 16. To give his undivided attention to the school 
 work, and not to engage in any private business or 
 work on the school premises during school hours ; 
 
 16. To use such methods to secure discipline as may 
 be adopted by a kind, firm and judicious parent in his 
 family, avoiding corporal punishment, except when it 
 flhall appear to be imperatively necessary, and then a 
 record of the offence and the punishment shall be 
 made in the school journal. All degrading and unusual 
 punishments shall be avoided. Teachers are specially 
 warned not to inflict any blow with the hand or other- 
 wise upon the head of a pupil ; 
 
 17. To read to the pupils, from time to time, the 
 flchool regulations that apply to them, that they may 
 have a clear understanding of the rules by which they 
 Are governed ; 
 
 18. To preserve a careful oversight of the conduct 
 and habits of the pupils during school hours ; 
 
 19. To keep, in the prescribed form, a journal of the 
 daily attendance, and to enquire into causes of tardi- 
 ness and absence ; 
 
 20. To keep the visitors' register, and to allow visi- 
 tors free access to the same ; 
 
 21. To make up all returns required by the superin- 
 iendent, the inspector and the school board, as far as 
 ihe information required can be supplied ; 
 
 22. To carry out the suggestions of the inspector to 
 the best of his ability ; 
 
 23. To preserve for reference the educational jour- 
 nal and other works, &c., furnished to the school, and 
 <m retiring from the school to leave them in order f or 
 his successor ; 
 
 24 To endeavor to improve his professional status 
 i)y attending the teachers meetings held in the co;uity, 
 And, if possible, the annual Teachers' Institute, and by 
 Drofesssonal readine^e 
 
DUTIES OF PUPILS. A| 
 
 VIL 
 
 OONOERNINQ PlTPILa 
 
 ?o^^l ni^.''!?'^ regularly, to follow the authorized 
 course of study, to conform to the regulations of the 
 school, to obey promptly all the diJections of the 
 teacher, to be Jihgent in study, respectful to teachera^ 
 kind and obliging to schoolmates, clean and neat in 
 habits person and clothing, and to refrain eatirely 
 trom the use of profane and vulgar language. 
 
 177. No pupil who is affected with, or exposed io. 
 any conta^ous disease shall be permitted to attend 
 school until he produces medical or other satisfactory 
 evidence that all danger from his mingling with the 
 other pupils, or from his exposure to the disease, has 
 passed away. . > «« 
 
 178. Pupils are required to procure the text-books 
 and other school requisites indicated by the course of 
 study for the class to which they belong. 
 
 179. The school board may provide Ind lend to in- 
 digent pupils, with due precautions for their proper 
 preservation, text-books and other school requisites 
 
 4f *^?' }^ ^^^ ^^^^ °^ absence pupils are required to 
 tumish trom their parents or guardians on returnin.^ 
 to school sufficient reasons for such absence. ° 
 
 X- ***-^^o pupil shall be permitted to leave at any 
 timt before the regular hour for closing his class, ex- 
 cept m case of sickness or on a written or personal re- 
 quest of his parent or guardian. 
 
 183. Each pupil is required to be present at each 
 inspection and examination of his school or depart 
 ment, or to present a satisfactory excuse for absence. 
 — ■' *^^" i'^i'" ai.i.ai.1 iittvw ib particular ciesk, aiiti 
 
 '1 1 
 
 M 
 

 62 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTEStANT OOMMITTBB. 
 
 shall keep the same and the floor beneath it in a neat 
 and orderly condition. 
 
 184. Pupils of one district shall not attend the 
 school of another district unless by special permission 
 of the school board. 
 
 185. When the school board establishes more than 
 one department or school in a district, all the pupils 
 shall be classified according to their attainments and 
 shall attend such department therein as they shall be 
 found qualified for, as determined by proper examina- 
 tion. 
 
 186. Pupils shall be responsible to the teacher for 
 their conduct on the school premises and also when 
 going to, or returning from, school unless they are ac- 
 companied by their parents or guardians. 
 
 187. Any school property or furniture, injured or 
 destroyed by a pupil, must be made good forthwith by 
 the parent or guardian. 
 
 188. When the ordinary discipline of the school 
 fails to secure becoming conduct in a pupil, the teacher 
 shall notify the parents of the fact. If no improve- 
 ment takes place, the teacher may then suspend him 
 from the school for a period not exceeding five school 
 days. If the suspension be for refusal to do some 
 definite act that may rightfully be demanded, it may 
 be extended until the offender returns and does that 
 which he had refused to do. 
 
 18». Whenever any teacher suspends a pupil, ho 
 shall at once notify the parents or guardians in writ- 
 ing stating the length of time for which the pupil is 
 suspended and the reasons for such suspension. 
 
 lOO. When it becomes evident that the conduct of 
 a pupil is such as to endanger the morals of his com- 
 panions, or the authority of the teacher and the ordin- 
 ary modes of discipline fail to secure amendment, the 
 head teacher may report the nuoil to the school board 
 
APPBAL8. 
 
 63 
 
 (amiiia> 
 
 for expulsion, and may suspend the pupil pending the 
 decision of the school board. *- ^ ^ 5 
 
 u ^^}\^^y P^P^^ expelled from school by the school 
 board shall not be re-admitted to any school in the 
 municipality without the written consent of the school 
 board ; but any pupil expelled from school who shall 
 express to the teacher his regret for his conduct as 
 openly and explicitly as the case may require may. 
 with the approval of the teacher and the school board, 
 be re-admitted to the school. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 OONCERNINQ APPEALS TO THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE 
 FROM THE DECISIONS OF THE SUPERINTENDENT. 
 
 1»2. Any person who desires to appeal to the Pro- 
 testant Committee from the decision of the Superin- 
 tendent shall do so by petition and in conformity with 
 the following provisions : 
 
 1. The petition addressed to the Protestant Com- 
 mittee of the Council of Public Instruction shall be 
 forwarded to the secretary of the committee by regis- 
 tered letter or it shall be served on him by a bailiff; 
 
 2. This petition shall state the grounds or reasons of 
 the appeal and no others will be taken into considera- 
 tion by the committee j 
 
 3. The persons interested shall appear before the 
 committee or a sub-committee, personally (or by their 
 attorney if they desire), otherwise the committee will 
 proceed against them by default ; 
 
 4. The superintendent shall submit to the committee 
 all the documents in his possession relative to said 
 appeal, and no other document concemin«' matt 
 
 
H 
 
 TEXT BOOKS. 
 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 » 
 
 facts which may have happened since the judgment 
 which is appealed against, was rendered, shall be pro^ 
 duced before the committee ; 
 
 5. The Superintendent, if he desires to do so, shall 
 give to the committee explanations concerning the 
 question or questions' which form the subject <I the 
 appeal, in the presence of the persons interested ; 
 
 6. The appeal shall be made within fifteen days from 
 the day in which the judgment of the Superintendent 
 IS communicated or transmitted to the representatives 
 of both appellants and respondents ; 
 
 7. No petition in appeal will be received by- the 
 committee unless accompanied with a deposit of four 
 dollars to pay for copying documents required for the 
 appeal 
 
 [X. 
 
 If 
 
 CONCERNING TEXT-BOOKS SUBMITTED FOR 
 AUTHORIZATION. 
 
 l»a. Persons desiring to submit a text-book to the 
 Protestant Committee for authorization shall forward 
 one dozen copies of the book to the Superintendent 
 for examination, stating the retail price and the price 
 per dozen. 
 
 1»4. A sample copy of every edition of every book 
 authorized by the Protestant Committee shall be 
 deposited in the Department of Public Instruction by 
 the pubhsher, and.no edition of any book shall be con- 
 sidered as approved without a certificate to that effect 
 from the Superintendent of Public Instiniction, which 
 certificate may be withdJi^Wtt i^ 
 request of the committer 
 
 
judgment 
 ill be pro- 
 
 a so, shall 
 rning the 
 ict of the 
 ited; 
 
 days from 
 rintendent 
 sent^atives 
 
 d by- the 
 t of four 
 id for the 
 
 FORMS. 
 
 69 
 
 aAhf\ Ivl ^""^^T^f book shall bear the impriut 
 of trie publisher, and shall show upon the cover or 
 title p..^e the authorized retail price and no r^i^f of 
 the book shall be used for advertiL^pui^pos:,' w tS 
 hf ilctt ""^^^ ^' ^'^^ SuperfnLLt ^f Pub- 
 . 1»6. No alterations in contents, typo'n-ap'iv bind- 
 ing, paper, or any otlier material respectsTsh if in a„l 
 
 Committed "'*^""* '''' "PP'""^' "^ "'« ?- "''^3 
 
 iov^lv.i7y°^' reeommemle,] as aids to teaebcrs 
 
 tttCk?bftrp:pii: ^'"'^■- -''''' "°^ '^ --^^ - 
 
 Form No. 1. 
 
 'OR 
 
 3k to the 
 
 forward 
 
 intendent 
 
 bhe price 
 
 ety book 
 shall be 
 lotion by 
 11 be con- 
 lat effeefc 
 »ii, which 
 
 ., .^4. i.K„ 
 
 son 
 
 Form of Certificate of Moral Character, 
 
 Jhis is to certify that I, the undersigned, have per- 
 ally known and had opportunity of oh«Prvir.n. ^ 
 
 for the 
 
 ^luring ail 'such tim; " ^^i lifV and conduft £ £ 
 witliout reproach ; and I affirm that I belive /«m to 
 be an upright conscientious and strictly sober man." 
 (lh%s cerhficate mwt he signed by the Minister of 
 
 tu^y^r^ '" y'^^^ ^^ candidate belongs aJd 
 0;/ tivo school commissioners or trustees or school visl- 
 
ij: 
 
 '•i 
 
 f 
 
 66 
 
 REGULATIONS OF THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE. 
 
 § Form No. 2. 
 Canada. ^ Protestant Committee of the 
 
 Y Council of Public Instruc- 
 Province of Quebec. J tion. 
 
 We hereby certify that 
 
 a native of aged 
 
 residing at and professing the 
 
 Protestant faith, has produced the requisite certificates, 
 passed the examinations, and fulfilled the conditions 
 prescribed by the School Law and Regulations for 
 Candidates for the position of Inspector of Protestant 
 Schools to the satisfaction of the Protestant Committee. 
 
 We further certify that a .... .^ class certificate has been 
 
 grantedtohimandtliatheis,therefore,eligibleforappointinent 
 as Inspector of Protestant Schools in the Province of Quebec. 
 
 In witness whereof, by ordeu of the Protestant Committee of 
 the Council of Public Instmction, we have hereunto affixed our 
 
 handsthe .day of in the year 189 . 
 
 Chairman. 
 
 Secretary. 
 
 § Form No. 3. 
 To the Secretary, 
 
 Protestant Central Board of Examiners, Quebec. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 1, {name in fuU) residing at 
 
 {Post Office.) county of professsing the 
 
 Faith, have the honor to inform you that 
 
 I intend to present myself at for the 
 
 examination for diploma in July next. 
 
 I enclose herewith : — 
 
 1. A certificate that I was born at county of 
 
 .,,.. on the day of the month 
 
 of'.*..'.'..* 189 
 
 2 A certificate of moral character according to the 
 
 authorized form. 
 
 3. The sum of dollars for examination fees. 
 
 {Signature in full.) 
 
EE. ' 
 
 Fon!.r,«». 
 
 67 
 
 i of the 
 Instruc- 
 
 FoRM No. 4. 
 
 jssing the 
 rtificates, 
 onditions 
 .tions for 
 *rotestant 
 Dmmittee. 
 be has been 
 pointment 
 Df Quebec, 
 mmittee of 
 affixed our 
 
 lauTiian. 
 3cretary. 
 
 lebec. 
 
 residing at 
 esssing the 
 m you that 
 . . . . for the 
 July next. 
 
 ..county of 
 the month 
 
 ig to the 
 
 on fees. 
 
 Canada, 1 ., . . ,., , 
 
 Province of Quebec. J ^^^^^^P^^^^^ ^^ 
 
 On the day of the month in the year 
 
 18 , it is mutually agreed and stipulated between the 
 school of the municipality of 
 
 in the county of , represented by 
 
 their chairman under a resolution of the said 
 passed on the day of 18 , and 
 
 tcaclier holding a diploma for the Province of 
 
 Quebec and residing at as follows : — 
 
 The said teacher hereby makes an engagement with 
 the said school for term of year from the 
 day of 18 to the day of 
 
 IS (unless the diploma of the said teacher be with- 
 drawn, or any other legal impediment arise) to teach 
 the school in district No. , according 
 
 to the school law and regulations, every day dnrin'? 
 said term except on holidays prescribed by the Regu"^ 
 lations for Protestant Schools. 
 
 The said agree to pay to the said teacher 
 
 the sum of ^ for the said school year, payable 
 
 in current money and not otherwise, and 
 
 neither the secretary-treasurer nor any person shall 
 
 alter this method of payment. 
 
 Done at the day and date first above men- 
 
 tioned, and the parties have signed after heariiio- the 
 same read. 
 
 Chairman of the School 
 
 i 
 
 ■ 
 
 il 
 
 ieacner 
 
 full.) 
 
El 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Academy : — 
 
 Conditions ^« 
 
 Special "y//".'.'.*.V." r? 
 
 Change of name .'..V.V..!.V"..'..'..' fir 
 
 Entrance examination '. p? 
 
 Fees of V////.'.'.'..*.'.'*.* rl 
 
 Specimens of work /.'.'..'.*.'.*.'.'.*.* "o 
 
 Inspection of. (J9 71 
 
 Examination of. '. ................ 73-84 
 
 Academy Diplomas: — 
 
 Form of diploma ko 
 
 From Central Board so 
 
 Conditions for graduates .'.*.'.'.'.'.'.'.' ^4 
 
 For Normal School students Z..'"' ^? 
 
 First Class ..........'.'.'.'.".'."" 56 
 
 By whom recommended *.*.'.'.'.'.'.*.'.*.*.'. 57 
 
 Examination for si'Vs fSQ 
 
 Appeals TO Protestant Com miitee 100 
 
 Authorization of Text-Books 10V107 
 
 Authorized Forms " {^i 
 
 BULLEITNS OF INSPECTION ..V.*.'.*.'."..'.'.*.*.'.'.'.'.' *.* 9— Vl 71-40 
 
 Blackboard ' 144 
 
 Boarding Around '.!!.......,.,............... itt 
 
 Board of Examiners : — 
 
 Central Board 17-51 
 
 For Inspectors .V.V.V..'.'.*.'.*....!1........1']]["/^^ 1-8 
 
 Central Board : — 
 
 Powers of. -.y 
 
 , Grades of diplomas "-.^..V.'.V.V.'.'.'.V.V.'.".*.*.*!!.*.'.'.*.*.*.'' * 18 
 
 Classes of diplomas .*.'.*.*.*.'.'.'.'.'.!! 19 
 
 Local centres ...'.*.!.*.....*..'..*.......... '>o 
 
 Time of examinations V.'.*.*.. ..*.***.**."**.'***'.**'**'>] 39 
 
 Notice required ,..,.„ '...'..V.'.'.V.V.'.".. ' " ' '>'^ 
 
 Certificate 90 
 
 ff^s "'^!^™'!Z"*z;;;!*z;;!!;;'' h 
 
 Metnod of examination 25-31 
 
|i I 
 
 fl. 
 
 Subjects of examination 32, 34 
 
 Standard required 35-30 
 
 Exemptions granted 40, 41 
 
 Records and reports 42,43,46,47, 49 
 
 Action annulled 44 
 
 Re-examination 45 
 
 Examiners 48 
 
 Rules for candidates 50 
 
 Duties of secretary 51 
 
 Classification of Schools CO, Gl 
 
 Course of Study : — 
 
 For three jzrades of sciiools C2 
 
 In relation to inspectors 9—2, 3, 13, 10 
 
 In relation to superior scliodls G3— 6, 71—4, 12, 74 
 
 Of Normal School 94 
 
 In relation to teachers 9—3, 175—6, 7, 13 
 
 In relation to pupils : 9—2, 176 
 
 Diplomas : — 
 
 Grades of 18 
 
 Classes of 19 
 
 Sealed 43 
 
 Academy 52 
 
 Cancelled 44, 45 
 
 Deputy- Examiners for Central Board : — 
 
 Appointment 26 
 
 Remuneration 26 
 
 Duties 27-31, 50 
 
 Deputy-Examiners for Superior ScnooT,s : — 
 
 Appointment 73 
 
 Duties 86 
 
 Engagement of Teaciieks : — 
 
 Length of. 152 
 
 Day for 153 
 
 Form of 150 
 
 Educational Journals 175—23 
 
 Fees:— 
 
 For examination of inspectors (i 
 
 " " "teachers 24, 37 
 
 For superior schools 68 
 
 J.-\jr \j.ii-i.vt3i.axvj ^■cxiiiij.^ai^.,, ,,,,,, ••••!•• •i«>«0{ IXOIU 
 
 '; For deputy-examiners 26 
 
 J For appeals 192-7 
 
 
35-39 
 
 ,...40, 41 
 
 6,47, 49 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 48 
 
 50 
 
 51 
 
 ,...00, 01 
 
 02 
 
 ■2, 3, 13, 10 
 1-4, 12, 74 
 
 94 
 
 75-6, 7, 13 
 
 ..9-2. 176 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 43 
 
 • ••••••• 0<w 
 
 44, 45 
 
 26 
 
 26 
 
 27-31, 50 
 
 73 
 
 ■••••••• oO 
 
 152 
 
 153 
 
 to — i> 
 
 
 
 ....24, 37 
 
 68 
 
 ...o< ixuiu 
 
 26 
 
 192-7 
 
 
m. 
 
 Holidays --^ 
 
 Head Teacher „ " .V.V3»V»V.V/3"/Z"!!!!!;;! 173 
 
 Institutes : — 
 
 Held annually ^,« 
 
 Management of. '.**.* iVi' 11? 
 
 Certificates \\p .:!t 
 
 N. S. professors '.',',', ' {{i 
 
 Expenses of \\!, 
 
 Inspector's duty., o _i6 
 
 Teachers' duty ........'.'.*........'..'.*....... '. . ..." 1 7oI-24 
 
 Inspector :— 
 Examination of. 
 
 Composition of board I 
 
 Expenses of board !'".'.V.V. .'. *> 
 
 Duties of board .'."'.'.'".'..'.".'.Va 8 
 
 Time of examination *. ' 4 
 
 Subjects of exam inatioi 1 !".'.'.*.*.*.'..'..'. 7 
 
 Certificates required r 
 
 Deposits required ): 
 
 Duties of... .7.'.*.''..!::'.'.."*; 
 
 Concerning Schools !........."'.......*. * o-l 
 
 " Teachers 1..V..\\"V.V.9— i.'s.'trT." 8, ;i 
 
 Pupils ()_2 
 
 ** Commissioners .'....*.'.*.*..*.*.'.*.'.. iV—l'i, vi 
 
 " Teachers' Meetings .*.'.*.'.'.i)-i"i,' ]fi 
 
 • Superintendent 0-9, 3, 11, v.), u 
 
 Secretary-Treasurer <)-h 
 
 Prize-Books io-jo 
 
 Inspector op Superior Schools :~ 
 Duties of. 
 
 To inspect model schools and .academies ?[ 
 
 lo prepare questions 7:, 
 
 To report on inspection . . . 71-n 
 
 To report on written examinations 7- 
 
 Maps i r 
 
 • • 14<i 
 
 Model School:— 
 
 Conditions for ^'^^ 
 
 Special cases .'.*.'.'.'.*.'.'..".'.*..*.'....'.." (I.-, 
 
 Change of name .V..'!!]!!!!!!.'.//.......,]]"]'. (;(j 
 
 Entrance examinations *;? 
 
 icca ul /•« 
 
 Application for inspection *......,..*......... '.... . . . . . . (jl) 
 
It. 
 
 Specimens of work 70 
 
 Inspection of 71 
 
 Examination of. 73-84 
 
 Normal School (McGill) : — 
 
 Purpose of. 88 
 
 Direction of. 89 
 
 Committee of. 90 
 
 Staff of. 91-92 
 
 Annual Session 93 
 
 Course of Study 94 
 
 Admission 95-99 
 
 Condition of continuance. 100-103 
 
 Boarding houses 104 
 
 Religious instruction 10.5-1 00 
 
 Privileges of teachers 107-111 
 
 Academy students 112 
 
 Outbuildings ; iL'o, 124, 17.")-3, 5 
 
 Piazi>Boo'vs 10-10 
 
 Poor MuNiciPAnniis 109-172 
 
 PuriLs : — 
 
 Duties of 170 
 
 Classification 175— fi. 18.') 
 
 Woriv of 175-7 
 
 Discipline of 175-16,188-191 
 
 Conduct of 175-18, ISO 
 
 Contagious Diseases 177 
 
 Text-Books for 178, 179 
 
 Beasons for absence ISO 
 
 Cannot leave school 181 
 
 To be present at inspection 182 
 
 Of adjoining district 184 
 
 Damages by 1S7 
 
 Duties of in examination S7 
 
 Privileges of. S.') 
 
 Punishments ]7o— 1^^ 
 
 Religious iNSTRicnoN 158-100 
 
 School Boards : — 
 
 In relation to school grounds 119-124 
 
 " " " schoolliouses 125-130, 140 
 
 " school furniture 137-145 
 
 " " " teachers' engagements 152-157 
 
 " " " text-books 101 
 
 Authorized Forms c 102 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
, 70 
 
 , 71 
 
 73-«4 
 
 88 
 
 89 
 
 90 
 
 91-92 
 
 , 93 
 
 94 
 
 95-99 
 
 ..100-103 
 
 , 104 
 
 ..105-100 
 ..107-111 
 
 112 
 
 , 175-3. 5 
 
 10-10 
 
 ..1 09-172 
 
 170 
 
 75-0. 185 
 
 1/0—' 
 
 ', 188-191 
 5-18, 180 
 
 177 
 
 ..178, 17!) 
 
 ISO 
 
 181 
 
 182 
 
 184 
 
 187 
 
 87 
 
 85 
 
 ....175— lii 
 ..158-100 
 
 ..119-124 
 1-1 30, 140 
 ..137-145 
 ..152-157 
 
 101 
 
 102 
 
Hi 
 
 8p] 
 
 Te: 
 
 Tl.- 
 
 Tim 
 
 Tli.M 
 
 Vkn 
 
 VlHl 
 
T, 
 
 SecBBTARY-TrEASUBER's EXPENSES ,/>o i«o 
 
 School Journal '^'\"An":^'A^^^^^^ 
 
 School Year...... ^^* 1^5, 162, 175-19 
 
 School Hours.. 147-150 
 
 151 
 
 ScHoor.HousE : — 
 
 Position 
 
 Size 119-122, 125 
 
 Plans.....'.';.*;;; 126,127 
 
 Windows ;;;;;;;'.;;;::*.;:;;; ^?^'i?'^ 
 
 Repairs ^^^> ^'^1 
 
 Use of. v.'.'.'.*.*.*.;*.'.'.*.*.*. V ^ii-^ 
 
 l^'urniture ;; ^^^* 1^»^» 
 
 Cleaning anci'fires;;;;;;;;;;;;;.* \"aP1^'H 
 
 Damages ^'n':".' ^'^^~^ 
 
 To be locked. ^^^' ^^'^-'' 1^7 
 
 In charge of teacner.**.;*.;;'.;;'.*.;; ^^^' ^"J"? 
 
 ***** • • lob 
 
 Specimens of School Work •— 
 
 Elementary School..; ,. ^ 
 
 Superior Schools .* '^. 
 
 70 
 
 Text 1{(X)ks :— 
 
 ^utJiorization of ,.., 
 
 Uniform Series of.....; '"'/'V"^^'^ 
 
 Pupils provided with....!;'.! Y-\ 
 
 May be lent to pupils i'^ 
 
 * 1/9 
 
 TKACIIKIiS : — 
 
 Attendance 
 
 Jnities of. 1'^' Uo—l 
 
 Head Teacher... *.*.'.*.'.'.'.'.*.*.*.'.■* ^l~] 
 
 Engagements *;:*; }i'^ 
 
 Number of. 152-lo7 
 
 ^u:I:^z:::: •■••■•""""::::::::::i^:'i;-io:7v::i;-i7^ 
 
 lfvn.0KMSEK,.S0B'lVv;:B00KZ '^^'l^O-S 
 
 V i:N'nj,v'iioN' 'A"\ -^^1